Base version of ncurses-5.7 library
diff --git a/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html b/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91b3150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.22 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>captoinfo 1m</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>captoinfo 1m</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG> - convert a <EM>termcap</EM> description into a <EM>terminfo</EM>
+ description
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG> [<STRONG>-v</STRONG><EM>n</EM> <EM>width</EM>] [<STRONG>-V</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-1</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>] <EM>file</EM> . . .
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG> looks in <EM>file</EM> for <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> descriptions. For
+ each one found, an equivalent <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> description is
+ written to standard output. Termcap <STRONG>tc</STRONG> capabilities are
+ translated directly to terminfo <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities.
+
+ If no <EM>file</EM> is given, then the environment variable <STRONG>TERMCAP</STRONG>
+ is used for the filename or entry. If <STRONG>TERMCAP</STRONG> is a full
+ pathname to a file, only the terminal whose name is speci-
+ fied in the environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> is extracted from
+ that file. If the environment variable <STRONG>TERMCAP</STRONG> is not
+ set, then the file <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG> is read.
+
+ <STRONG>-v</STRONG> print out tracing information on standard error as
+ the program runs.
+
+ <STRONG>-V</STRONG> print out the version of the program in use on stan-
+ dard error and exit.
+
+ <STRONG>-1</STRONG> cause the fields to print out one to a line. Other-
+ wise, the fields will be printed several to a line to
+ a maximum width of 60 characters.
+
+ <STRONG>-w</STRONG> change the output to <EM>width</EM> characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ /usr/share/terminfo Compiled terminal description
+ database.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>TRANSLATIONS FROM NONSTANDARD CAPABILITIES</H2><PRE>
+ Some obsolete nonstandard capabilities will automatically
+ be translated into standard (SVr4/XSI Curses) terminfo
+ capabilities by <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG>. Whenever one of these auto-
+ matic translations is done, the program will issue an
+ notification to stderr, inviting the user to check that it
+ has not mistakenly translated a completely unknown and
+ random capability and/or syntax error.
+
+
+ Nonstd Std From Terminfo
+ name name capability
+ -----------------------------------------------
+ BO mr AT&T enter_reverse_mode
+ CI vi AT&T cursor_invisible
+ CV ve AT&T cursor_normal
+ DS mh AT&T enter_dim_mode
+ EE me AT&T exit_attribute_mode
+ FE LF AT&T label_on
+ FL LO AT&T label_off
+ XS mk AT&T enter_secure_mode
+ EN @7 XENIX key_end
+ GE ae XENIX exit_alt_charset_mode
+ GS as XENIX enter_alt_charset_mode
+ HM kh XENIX key_home
+
+ LD kL XENIX key_dl
+ PD kN XENIX key_npage
+ PN po XENIX prtr_off
+ PS pf XENIX prtr_on
+ PU kP XENIX key_ppage
+ RT @8 XENIX kent
+ UP ku XENIX kcuu1
+ KA k; Tek key_f10
+ KB F1 Tek key_f11
+ KC F2 Tek key_f12
+ KD F3 Tek key_f13
+ KE F4 Tek key_f14
+ KF F5 Tek key_f15
+ BC Sb Tek set_background
+ FC Sf Tek set_foreground
+ HS mh Iris enter_dim_mode
+
+ XENIX termcap also used to have a set of extension capa-
+ bilities for forms drawing, designed to take advantage of
+ the IBM PC high-half graphics. They were as follows:
+
+
+ Cap Graphic
+ -----------------------------
+ G2 upper left
+ G3 lower left
+ G1 upper right
+ G4 lower right
+ GR pointing right
+ GL pointing left
+ GU pointing up
+ GD pointing down
+ GH horizontal line
+ GV vertical line
+ GC intersection
+ G6 upper left
+ G7 lower left
+ G5 upper right
+ G8 lower right
+ Gr tee pointing right
+ Gr tee pointing left
+ Gu tee pointing up
+ Gd tee pointing down
+ Gh horizontal line
+ Gv vertical line
+ Gc intersection
+ GG acs magic cookie count
+
+ If the single-line capabilities occur in an entry, they
+ will automatically be composed into an <EM>acsc</EM> string. The
+ double-line capabilities and <STRONG>GG</STRONG> are discarded with a warn-
+ ing message.
+
+ IBM's AIX has a terminfo facility descended from SVr1 ter-
+ minfo but incompatible with the SVr4 format. The following
+ AIX extensions are automatically translated:
+
+ IBM XSI
+ -------------
+ ksel kslt
+ kbtab kcbt
+ font0 s0ds
+ font1 s1ds
+ font2 s2ds
+ font3 s3ds
+
+ Additionally, the AIX <EM>box1</EM> capability will be automati-
+ cally translated to an <EM>acsc</EM> string.
+
+ Hewlett-Packard's terminfo library supports two nonstan-
+ dard terminfo capabilities <EM>meml</EM> (memory lock) and <EM>memu</EM>
+ (memory unlock). These will be discarded with a warning
+ message.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ This utility is actually a link to <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, running in <EM>-I</EM>
+ mode. You can use other <STRONG>tic</STRONG> options such as <STRONG>-f</STRONG> and <STRONG>-x</STRONG>.
+
+ The trace option is not identical to SVr4's. Under SVr4,
+ instead of following the <STRONG>-v</STRONG> with a trace level n, you
+ repeat it n times.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/clear.1.html b/doc/html/man/clear.1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22661b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/clear.1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: clear.1,v 1.6 2006/12/24 18:07:53 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>clear 1</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>clear 1</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="clear.1.html">clear(1)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="clear.1.html">clear(1)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>clear</STRONG> - clear the terminal screen
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>clear</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>clear</STRONG> clears your screen if this is possible. It looks in
+ the environment for the terminal type and then in the <STRONG>ter-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>minfo</STRONG> database to figure out how to clear the screen.
+
+ <STRONG>clear</STRONG> ignores any command-line parameters that may be
+ present.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="tput.1.html">tput(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="clear.1.html">clear(1)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af7c895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_add_wch.3x,v 1.6 2006/12/24 15:22:22 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_add_wch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_add_wch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>echo_wchar</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wecho_wchar</STRONG> - add a complex character and rendition to a
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window, then advance the cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>add_wch(</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wadd_wch(</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvadd_wch(</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwadd_wch(</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>echo_wchar(</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wecho_wchar(</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwadd_wch</STRONG> functions
+ put the complex character <EM>wch</EM> into the given window at its
+ current position, which is then advanced. These functions
+ perform wrapping and special-character processing as fol-
+ lows:
+
+ - If <EM>wch</EM> refers to a spacing character, then any previ-
+ ous character at that location is removed. A new
+ character specified by <EM>wch</EM> is placed at that location
+ with rendition specified by <EM>wch</EM>. The cursor then
+ advances to the next spacing character on the screen.
+
+ - If <EM>wch</EM> refers to a non-spacing character, all previ-
+ ous characters at that location are preserved. The
+ non-spacing characters of <EM>wch</EM> are added to the spac-
+ ing complex character, and the rendition specified by
+ <EM>wch</EM> is ignored.
+
+ - If the character part of <EM>wch</EM> is a tab, newline,
+ backspace or other control character, the window is
+ updated and the cursor moves as if <STRONG>addch</STRONG> were called.
+
+ The <STRONG>echo_wchar</STRONG> function is functionally equivalent to a
+ call to <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>. Similarly,
+ the <STRONG>wecho_wchar</STRONG> is functionally equivalent to a call to
+ <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>. The knowledge
+ that only a single character is being output is taken into
+ consideration and, for non-control characters, a consider-
+ able performance gain might be seen by using the *<STRONG>echo</STRONG>*
+ functions instead of their equivalents.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+ success.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>echo_wchar</STRONG>
+ may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ All these functions are described in the XSI Curses stan-
+ dard, Issue 4. The defaults specified for forms-drawing
+ characters apply in the POSIX locale.
+
+ XSI documents constants beginning with <STRONG>WACS_</STRONG> which are
+ used for line-drawing. Those are not currently imple-
+ mented in <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="putwc.3.html">putwc(3)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11d93b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_add_wchstr.3x,v 1.6 2005/01/02 01:28:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_add_wchstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_add_wchstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>add_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>add_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wadd_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wadd_wchnstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvadd_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wchnstr</STRONG>
+ - add an array of complex characters (and attributes) to a
+ curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>add_wchstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>add_wchnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wadd_wchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvadd_wchstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvadd_wchnstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines copy the array of complex characters <EM>wchstr</EM>
+ into the window image structure at and after the current
+ cursor position. The four routines with <EM>n</EM> as the last
+ argument copy at most <EM>n</EM> elements, but no more than will
+ fit on the line. If <STRONG>n</STRONG>=<STRONG>-1</STRONG> then the whole array is copied,
+ to the maximum number of characters that will fit on the
+ line.
+
+ The window cursor is <EM>not</EM> advanced. These routines work
+ faster than <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG>. On the other hand, they do not per-
+ form checking (such as for the newline, backspace, or car-
+ riage return characters), they do not advance the current
+ cursor position, they do not expand other control charac-
+ ters to ^-escapes, and they truncate the string if it
+ crosses the right margin, rather than wrapping it around
+ to the new line.
+
+ These routines end successfully on encountering a null
+ <EM>cchar</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>t</EM>, or when they have filled the current line. If a
+ complex character cannot completely fit at the end of the
+ current line, the remaining columns are filled with the
+ background character and rendition.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ All functions except <STRONG>wadd_wchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+ success.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ All these entry points are described in the XSI Curses
+ standard, Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..162532c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.27 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_addch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_addch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>addch</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>echochar</STRONG>, <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> -
+ add a character (with attributes) to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window, then
+ advance the cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addch(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>echochar(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wechochar(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>addch</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG> routines put the
+ character <EM>ch</EM> into the given window at its current window
+ position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to
+ <STRONG>putchar</STRONG> in <STRONG><A HREF="stdio.3.html">stdio(3)</A></STRONG>. If the advance is at the right mar-
+ gin, the cursor automatically wraps to the beginning of
+ the next line. At the bottom of the current scrolling
+ region, if <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> is enabled, the scrolling region is
+ scrolled up one line.
+
+ If <EM>ch</EM> is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor is moved
+ appropriately within the window. Backspace moves the cur-
+ sor one character left; at the left edge of a window it
+ does nothing. Newline does a <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG>, then moves the
+ cursor to the window left margin on the next line,
+ scrolling the window if on the last line. Tabs are con-
+ sidered to be at every eighth column. The tab interval
+ may be altered by setting the <STRONG>TABSIZE</STRONG> variable.
+
+ If <EM>ch</EM> is any control character other than tab, newline, or
+ backspace, it is drawn in <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> notation. Calling <STRONG>winch</STRONG>
+ after adding a control character does not return the char-
+ acter itself, but instead returns the ^-representation of
+ the control character.
+
+ Video attributes can be combined with a character argument
+ passed to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> or related functions by logical-ORing them
+ into the character. (Thus, text, including attributes,
+ can be copied from one place to another using <STRONG>inch</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.) See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG> page for values of prede-
+ fined video attribute constants that can be usefully OR'ed
+ into characters.
+
+ The <STRONG>echochar</STRONG> and <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> routines are equivalent to a
+ call to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, or a call to
+ <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>. The knowledge that
+ only a single character is being output is used and, for
+ non-control characters, a considerable performance gain
+ may be seen by using these routines instead of their
+ equivalents.
+
+ <STRONG>Line</STRONG> <STRONG>Graphics</STRONG>
+ The following variables may be used to add line drawing
+ characters to the screen with routines of the <STRONG>addch</STRONG> fam-
+ ily. The default character listed below is used if the
+ <STRONG>acsc</STRONG> capability does not define a terminal-specific
+ replacement for it. The names are taken from VT100
+ nomenclature.
+
+
+ <EM>Name</EM> <EM>Default</EM> <EM>Description</EM>
+ --------------------------------------------------
+ ACS_BLOCK # solid square block
+ ACS_BOARD # board of squares
+ ACS_BTEE + bottom tee
+ ACS_BULLET o bullet
+ ACS_CKBOARD : checker board (stipple)
+ ACS_DARROW v arrow pointing down
+ ACS_DEGREE ' degree symbol
+ ACS_DIAMOND + diamond
+ ACS_GEQUAL > greater-than-or-equal-to
+ ACS_HLINE - horizontal line
+ ACS_LANTERN # lantern symbol
+ ACS_LARROW < arrow pointing left
+ ACS_LEQUAL < less-than-or-equal-to
+ ACS_LLCORNER + lower left-hand corner
+ ACS_LRCORNER + lower right-hand corner
+ ACS_LTEE + left tee
+ ACS_NEQUAL ! not-equal
+ ACS_PI * greek pi
+ ACS_PLMINUS # plus/minus
+ ACS_PLUS + plus
+ ACS_RARROW > arrow pointing right
+ ACS_RTEE + right tee
+ ACS_S1 - scan line 1
+ ACS_S3 - scan line 3
+ ACS_S7 - scan line 7
+ ACS_S9 _ scan line 9
+ ACS_STERLING f pound-sterling symbol
+ ACS_TTEE + top tee
+ ACS_UARROW ^ arrow pointing up
+ ACS_ULCORNER + upper left-hand corner
+ ACS_URCORNER + upper right-hand corner
+ ACS_VLINE | vertical line
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+ success (the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+ other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless other-
+ wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>addch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>echochar</STRONG> may be
+ macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ All these functions are described in the XSI Curses stan-
+ dard, Issue 4. The defaults specified for forms-drawing
+ characters apply in the POSIX locale.
+
+ Some ACS symbols (ACS_S3, ACS_S7, ACS_LEQUAL, ACS_GEQUAL,
+ ACS_PI, ACS_NEQUAL, ACS_STERLING) were not documented in
+ any publicly released System V. However, many publicly
+ available terminfos include <STRONG>acsc</STRONG> strings in which their
+ key characters (pryz{|}) are embedded, and a second-hand
+ list of their character descriptions has come to light.
+ The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>TABSIZE</STRONG> variable is implemented in some versions of
+ curses, but is not part of X/Open curses.
+
+ If <EM>ch</EM> is a carriage return, the cursor is moved to the
+ beginning of the current row of the window. This is true
+ of other implementations, but is not documented.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="putc.3.html">putc(3)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw)
+ library are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d342f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_addchstr.3x,v 1.12 2006/12/02 17:02:45 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_addchstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_addchstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>addchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddchstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvaddchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddchnstr</STRONG> - add a string of
+ characters (and attributes) to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addchstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addchnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddchstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddchnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines copy <EM>chstr</EM> into the window image structure
+ at and after the current cursor position. The four rou-
+ tines with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument copy at most <EM>n</EM> elements,
+ but no more than will fit on the line. If <STRONG>n</STRONG>=<STRONG>-1</STRONG> then the
+ whole string is copied, to the maximum number of charac-
+ ters that will fit on the line.
+
+ The window cursor is <EM>not</EM> advanced, and these routines work
+ faster than <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG>. On the other hand, they do not per-
+ form any kind of checking (such as for the newline,
+ backspace, or carriage return characters), they do not ad-
+ vance the current cursor position, they do not expand oth-
+ er control characters to ^-escapes, and they truncate the
+ string if it crosses the right margin, rather than wrap-
+ ping it around to the new line.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+ success (the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+ other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless other-
+ wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. This imple-
+ mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all routines except <STRONG>waddchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These entry points are described in the XSI Curses stan-
+ dard, Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) li-
+ brary are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccc93a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_addstr.3x,v 1.13 2005/05/15 16:17:14 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_addstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_addstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>addstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddnstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvwaddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddnstr</STRONG> - add a string of characters to a
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window and advance cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddnstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str,</EM> <EM>int</EM> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines write the characters of the (null-terminat-
+ ed) character string <EM>str</EM> on the given window. It is simi-
+ lar to calling <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> once for each character in the
+ string. The four routines with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument
+ write at most <EM>n</EM> characters. If <EM>n</EM> is -1, then the entire
+ string will be added, up to the maximum number of charac-
+ ters that will fit on the line, or until a terminating
+ null is reached.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+ success (the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+ other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. This imple-
+ mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null
+ or if the string pointer is null or if the corresponding
+ calls to <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> return an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all of these routines except <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ All these entry points are described in the XSI Curses
+ standard, Issue 4. The XSI errors EILSEQ and EOVERFLOW,
+ associated with extended-level conformance, are not yet
+ detected.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0bd724
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_addwstr.3x,v 1.7 2006/02/25 20:59:08 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_addwstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_addwstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>addwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddwstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvaddnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddnwstr</STRONG> - add a string of wide
+ characters to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window and advance cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addwstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addnwstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddnwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddwstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddnwstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines write the characters of the (null-terminat-
+ ed) <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> character string <EM>wstr</EM> on the given window. It
+ is similar to constructing a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> for each wchar_t in
+ the string, then calling <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG> for the resulting
+ <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG>.
+
+ The <EM>mv</EM> routines perform cursor movement once, before writ-
+ ing any characters. Thereafter, the cursor is advanced as
+ a side-effect of writing to the window.
+
+ The four routines with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument write at
+ most <EM>n</EM> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> characters. If <EM>n</EM> is -1, then the entire
+ string will be added, up to the maximum number of charac-
+ ters that will fit on the line, or until a terminating
+ null is reached.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+ success.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all of these routines except <STRONG>waddnwstr</STRONG> may be
+ macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ All these entry points are described in the XSI Curses
+ standard, Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a7b2a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.31 2007/03/17 20:30:33 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_attr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_attr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattrset</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>color_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcolor_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>standend</STRONG>, <STRONG>wstandend</STRONG>, <STRONG>standout</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wstandout</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_get</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_off</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>attr_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>chgat</STRONG>, <STRONG>wchgat</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvchgat</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwchgat</STRONG>, <STRONG>PAIR_NUMBER</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> character and
+ window attribute control routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attroff(int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattroff(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attron(int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattron(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrset(int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattrset(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>color_set(short</STRONG> <STRONG>color_pair_number,</STRONG> <STRONG>void*</STRONG> <STRONG>opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wcolor_set(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color_pair_number,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void*</STRONG> <STRONG>opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>standend(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wstandend(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>standout(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wstandout(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_get(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_get(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*pair,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_off(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_off(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_on(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_on(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_set(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_set(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>chgat(int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wchgat(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvchgat(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwchgat(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines manipulate the current attributes of the
+ named window. The current attributes of a window apply to
+ all characters that are written into the window with <STRONG>wadd-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>ch</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG> and <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>. Attributes are a property of the
+ character, and move with the character through any
+ scrolling and insert/delete line/character operations. To
+ the extent possible, they are displayed as appropriate
+ modifications to the graphic rendition of characters put
+ on the screen.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>attrset</STRONG> sets the current attributes of the
+ given window to <EM>attrs</EM>. The routine <STRONG>attroff</STRONG> turns off the
+ named attributes without turning any other attributes on
+ or off. The routine <STRONG>attron</STRONG> turns on the named attributes
+ without affecting any others. The routine <STRONG>standout</STRONG> is the
+ same as <STRONG>attron(A_STANDOUT)</STRONG>. The routine <STRONG>standend</STRONG> is the
+ same as <STRONG>attrset(A_NORMAL)</STRONG> or <STRONG>attrset(0)</STRONG>, that is, it turns
+ off all attributes.
+
+ The <STRONG>attrset</STRONG> and related routines do not affect the at-
+ tributes used when erasing portions of the window. See
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG> for functions which modify the attributes
+ used for erasing and clearing.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>color_set</STRONG> sets the current color of the given
+ window to the foreground/background combination described
+ by the color_pair_number. The parameter opts is reserved
+ for future use, applications must supply a null pointer.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>wattr_get</STRONG> returns the current attribute and
+ color pair for the given window; <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG> returns the cur-
+ rent attribute and color pair for <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>. The remaining
+ <STRONG>attr_</STRONG>* functions operate exactly like the corresponding
+ <STRONG>attr</STRONG>* functions, except that they take arguments of type
+ <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> rather than <STRONG>int</STRONG>.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>chgat</STRONG> changes the attributes of a given number
+ of characters starting at the current cursor location of
+ <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>. It does not update the cursor and does not per-
+ form wrapping. A character count of -1 or greater than
+ the remaining window width means to change attributes all
+ the way to the end of the current line. The <STRONG>wchgat</STRONG> func-
+ tion generalizes this to any window; the <STRONG>mvwchgat</STRONG> function
+ does a cursor move before acting. In these functions, the
+ color argument is a color-pair index (as in the first ar-
+ gument of <EM>init</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM>, see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>). The <STRONG>opts</STRONG> argu-
+ ment is not presently used, but is reserved for the future
+ (leave it <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+ The following video attributes, defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>, can
+ be passed to the routines <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, and <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, or
+ OR'd with the characters passed to <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
+
+
+ <STRONG>A_NORMAL</STRONG> Normal display (no highlight)
+ <STRONG>A_STANDOUT</STRONG> Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+ <STRONG>A_UNDERLINE</STRONG> Underlining
+ <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG> Reverse video
+ <STRONG>A_BLINK</STRONG> Blinking
+ <STRONG>A_DIM</STRONG> Half bright
+ <STRONG>A_BOLD</STRONG> Extra bright or bold
+ <STRONG>A_PROTECT</STRONG> Protected mode
+ <STRONG>A_INVIS</STRONG> Invisible or blank mode
+ <STRONG>A_ALTCHARSET</STRONG> Alternate character set
+ <STRONG>A_CHARTEXT</STRONG> Bit-mask to extract a character
+ <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR(</STRONG><EM>n</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG> Color-pair number <EM>n</EM>
+
+ The following macro is the reverse of <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR(</STRONG><EM>n</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG>:
+
+ <STRONG>PAIR_NUMBER(</STRONG><EM>attrs</EM>) Returns the pair number associated
+ with the <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR(</STRONG><EM>n</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG> attribute.
+
+ The return values of many of these routines are not mean-
+ ingful (they are implemented as macro-expanded assignments
+ and simply return their argument). The SVr4 manual page
+ claims (falsely) that these routines always return <STRONG>1</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wattrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>standend</STRONG> and <STRONG>standout</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+ <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR</STRONG> values can only be OR'd with attributes if the
+ pair number is less than 256. The alternate functions
+ such as <STRONG>color_set</STRONG> can pass a color pair value directly.
+ However, ncurses ABI 4 and 5 simply OR this value within
+ the alternate functions. You must use ncurses ABI 6 to
+ support more than 256 color pairs.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are supported in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard defined the dedicated type for
+ highlights, <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>, which is not defined in SVr4 curses.
+ The functions taking <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> arguments are not supported
+ under SVr4.
+
+ The XSI Curses standard states that whether the tradition-
+ al functions <STRONG>attron</STRONG>/<STRONG>attroff</STRONG>/<STRONG>attrset</STRONG> can manipulate at-
+ tributes other than <STRONG>A_BLINK</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_BOLD</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_DIM</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>A_STANDOUT</STRONG>, or <STRONG>A_UNDERLINE</STRONG> is "unspecified". Under this
+ implementation as well as SVr4 curses, these functions
+ correctly manipulate all other highlights (specifically,
+ <STRONG>A_ALTCHARSET</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_PROTECT</STRONG>, and <STRONG>A_INVIS</STRONG>).
+
+ XSI Curses added the new entry points, <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_on</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>attr_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_get</STRONG>, <STRONG>wat-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>tr_set</STRONG>. These are intended to work with a new series of
+ highlight macros prefixed with <STRONG>WA_</STRONG>.
+
+ Older versions of this library did not force an update of
+ the screen when changing the attributes. Use <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> to
+ force the screen to match the updated attributes.
+
+
+ <STRONG>WA_NORMAL</STRONG> Normal display (no highlight)
+ <STRONG>WA_STANDOUT</STRONG> Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+ <STRONG>WA_UNDERLINE</STRONG> Underlining
+ <STRONG>WA_REVERSE</STRONG> Reverse video
+ <STRONG>WA_BLINK</STRONG> Blinking
+ <STRONG>WA_DIM</STRONG> Half bright
+ <STRONG>WA_BOLD</STRONG> Extra bright or bold
+ <STRONG>WA_ALTCHARSET</STRONG> Alternate character set
+
+ The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair of corre-
+ sponding <STRONG>A_</STRONG> and <STRONG>WA_</STRONG>-using functions operates on the same
+ current-highlight information.
+
+ The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new high-
+ lights <STRONG>A_HORIZONTAL</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_LEFT</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_LOW</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_RIGHT</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_TOP</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_VER-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>TICAL</STRONG> (and corresponding <STRONG>WA_</STRONG> macros for each) which this
+ implementation does not yet support.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success, or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions.
+
+ This implementation returns an error if the window pointer
+ is null. The <STRONG>wcolor_set</STRONG> function returns an error if the
+ color pair parameter is outside the range 0..COL-
+ OR_PAIRS-1. This implementation also provides <STRONG>getattrs</STRONG>
+ for compatibility with older versions of curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..271acc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_beep.3x,v 1.10 2005/01/08 17:55:51 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_beep 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_beep 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>beep</STRONG>, <STRONG>flash</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> bell and screen flash routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>beep(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>flash(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>beep</STRONG> and <STRONG>flash</STRONG> routines are used to alert the terminal
+ user. The routine <STRONG>beep</STRONG> sounds an audible alarm on the
+ terminal, if possible; otherwise it flashes the screen
+ (visible bell). The routine <STRONG>flash</STRONG> flashes the screen, and
+ if that is not possible, sounds the alert. If neither
+ alert is possible, nothing happens. Nearly all terminals
+ have an audible alert (bell or beep), but only some can
+ flash the screen.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> if they succeed in beeping or
+ flashing, <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> otherwise.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+ SVr4's beep and flash routines always returned <STRONG>OK</STRONG>, so it
+ was not possible to tell when the beep or flash failed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return
+ <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e73f90f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.19 2003/12/27 18:50:40 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_bkgd 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_bkgd 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG>, <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbkgd</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+ background manipulation routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgdset(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgdset(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgd(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgd(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>getbkgd(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG> routines manipulate the back-
+ ground of the named window. The window background is a
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e.,
+ rendition) and a character. The attribute part of the
+ background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank charac-
+ ters that are written into the window with <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>. Both
+ the character and attribute parts of the background are
+ combined with the blank characters. The background
+ becomes a property of the character and moves with the
+ character through any scrolling and insert/delete
+ line/character operations.
+
+ To the extent possible on a particular terminal, the
+ attribute part of the background is displayed as the
+ graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
+
+ The <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> functions set the background property
+ of the current or specified window and then apply this
+ setting to every character position in that window:
+
+ The rendition of every character on the screen is
+ changed to the new background rendition.
+
+ Wherever the former background character appears,
+ it is changed to the new background character.
+
+ The <STRONG>getbkgd</STRONG> function returns the given window's current
+ background character/attribute pair.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The routines <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG>. The
+ SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative integer if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG>
+ is set", but this appears to be an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG> and <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. It specifies that <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure. but gives no failure conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_out-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd761b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_bkgrnd.3x,v 1.3 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_bkgrnd 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_bkgrnd 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgrnd</STRONG>, <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgrndset</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbkgrnd</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window complex background manipulation
+ routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgrnd(</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgrnd(</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgrndset(const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgrndset(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getbkgrnd(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgrndset</STRONG> routines manipulate the back-
+ ground of the named window. The window background is a
+ <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e.,
+ rendition) and a complex character. The attribute part of
+ the background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank
+ characters that are written into the window with <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>.
+ Both the character and attribute parts of the background
+ are combined with the blank characters. The background
+ becomes a property of the character and moves with the
+ character through any scrolling and insert/delete
+ line/character operations.
+
+ To the extent possible on a particular terminal, the
+ attribute part of the background is displayed as the
+ graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
+
+ The <STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgrnd</STRONG> functions set the background prop-
+ erty of the current or specified window and then apply
+ this setting to every character position in that window:
+
+ The rendition of every character on the screen is
+ changed to the new background rendition.
+
+ Wherever the former background character appears,
+ it is changed to the new background character.
+
+ The <STRONG>getbkgrnd</STRONG> function returns the given window's current
+ background character/attribute pair via the <STRONG>wch</STRONG> pointer.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG>, <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG>, and <STRONG>getbkgrnd</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgrndset</STRONG> routines do not return a
+ value.
+
+ Upon successful completion, the other functions return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+ Otherwise, they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>. A null window pointer is
+ treated as an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e084827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.19 2007/02/24 16:15:38 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_border 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_border 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>border</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder</STRONG>, <STRONG>box</STRONG>, <STRONG>hline</STRONG>, <STRONG>whline</STRONG>, <STRONG>vline</STRONG>, <STRONG>wvline</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvhline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwhline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvvline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline</STRONG> - create <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ borders, horizontal and vertical lines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>border(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ls,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>rs,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ts,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bs,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tr,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>br);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wborder(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ls,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>rs,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ts,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bs,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>br);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>box(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>verch,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>horch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>hline(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>whline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vline(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wvline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvhline(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwhline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvvline(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwvline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>border</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder</STRONG> and <STRONG>box</STRONG> routines draw a box around the
+ edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument
+ is a character with attributes:
+
+ <EM>ls</EM> - left side,
+ <EM>rs</EM> - right side,
+ <EM>ts</EM> - top side,
+ <EM>bs</EM> - bottom side,
+ <EM>tl</EM> - top left-hand corner,
+ <EM>tr</EM> - top right-hand corner,
+ <EM>bl</EM> - bottom left-hand corner, and
+ <EM>br</EM> - bottom right-hand corner.
+
+ If any of these arguments is zero, then the corresponding
+ default values (defined in <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG>) are used instead:
+
+ <STRONG>ACS_VLINE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ACS_VLINE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ACS_HLINE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ACS_HLINE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ACS_ULCORNER</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ACS_URCORNER</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ACS_LLCORNER</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ACS_LRCORNER</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>box(</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG> is a shorthand for the following
+ call: <STRONG>wborder(</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>0,</STRONG> <STRONG>0,</STRONG> <STRONG>0,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>0)</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>hline</STRONG> and <STRONG>whline</STRONG> functions draw a horizontal (left to
+ right) line using <EM>ch</EM> starting at the current cursor posi-
+ tion in the window. The current cursor position is not
+ changed. The line is at most <EM>n</EM> characters long, or as
+ many as fit into the window.
+
+ The <STRONG>vline</STRONG> and <STRONG>wvline</STRONG> functions draw a vertical (top to
+ bottom) line using <EM>ch</EM> starting at the current cursor posi-
+ tion in the window. The current cursor position is not
+ changed. The line is at most <EM>n</EM> characters long, or as
+ many as fit into the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG>. The SVr4.0 manual
+ says "or a non-negative integer if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is set", but
+ this appears to be an error.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. This imple-
+ mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The borders generated by these functions are <EM>inside</EM> bor-
+ ders (this is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is
+ not documented).
+
+ Note that <STRONG>border</STRONG> and <STRONG>box</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..415e810
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_border_set.3x,v 1.6 2005/05/15 16:17:37 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_border_set 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_border_set 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>border_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>box_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>hline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>whline_set</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>vline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wvline_set</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvvline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline_set</STRONG> - create <STRONG>curses</STRONG> borders or lines
+ using complex characters and renditions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>border_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ls</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>rs</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ts</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>bs</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>tl</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>tr</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>bl</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>br</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wborder_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ls</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>rs</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ts</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>bs</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>tl</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>tr</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>bl</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>br</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>box_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>verch</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>horch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>hline_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>whline_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvhline_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwhline_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM>,
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vline_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wvline_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvvline_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwvline_set(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM>,
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM>,
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>border_set</STRONG> and <STRONG>wborder_set</STRONG> functions draw a border
+ around the edges of the current or specified window.
+ These functions do not change the cursor position, and do
+ not wrap.
+
+ Other than the window, each argument is a complex charac-
+ ter with attributes:
+ <EM>ls</EM> - left side,
+ <EM>rs</EM> - right side,
+ <EM>ts</EM> - top side,
+ <EM>bs</EM> - bottom side,
+ <EM>tl</EM> - top left-hand corner,
+ <EM>tr</EM> - top right-hand corner,
+ <EM>bl</EM> - bottom left-hand corner, and
+ <EM>br</EM> - bottom right-hand corner.
+
+ If any of these arguments is zero, then the corresponding
+ default values (defined in <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG>) are used instead:
+ <STRONG>WACS_VLINE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>WACS_VLINE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>WACS_HLINE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>WACS_HLINE</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>WACS_ULCORNER</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>WACS_URCORNER</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>WACS_LLCORNER</STRONG>, and
+ <STRONG>WACS_LRCORNER</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>box_set(</STRONG><EM>win</EM>, <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG> is a shorthand for the follow-
+ ing call:
+
+ <STRONG>wborder_set(</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>NULL,</STRONG> <STRONG>NULL,</STRONG> <STRONG>NULL,</STRONG> <STRONG>NULL);</STRONG>
+
+ The <STRONG>*line_set</STRONG> functions use <EM>wch</EM> to draw a line starting at
+ the current cursor position in the window. The line is at
+ most <EM>n</EM> characters long or as many as fit into the window.
+ The current cursor position is not changed.
+
+ The <STRONG>hline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwhline_set</STRONG>, and <STRONG>whline_set</STRONG>
+ functions draw a line proceeding toward the last column of
+ the same line.
+
+ The <STRONG>vline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvvline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline_set</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wvline_set</STRONG>
+ functions draw a line proceeding toward the last line of
+ the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>border_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>hline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvvline_set</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvwhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline_set</STRONG>, and <STRONG>vline_set</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ Upon successful completion, these functions return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+ Otherwise, they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+ Functions using a window parameter return an error if it
+ is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86bb486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_clear.3x,v 1.11 2007/12/29 15:58:38 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_clear 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_clear 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>erase</STRONG>, <STRONG>werase</STRONG>, <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclear</STRONG>, <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclrtobot</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclrtoeol</STRONG> - clear all or part of a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#</STRONG> <STRONG>include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>erase(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>werase(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clear(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wclear(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clrtobot(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wclrtobot(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clrtoeol(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wclrtoeol(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>erase</STRONG> and <STRONG>werase</STRONG> routines copy blanks to every posi-
+ tion in the window, clearing the screen.
+
+ The <STRONG>clear</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclear</STRONG> routines are like <STRONG>erase</STRONG> and <STRONG>werase</STRONG>,
+ but they also call <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, so that the screen is cleared
+ completely on the next call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> for that window
+ and repainted from scratch.
+
+ The <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclrtobot</STRONG> routines erase from the cursor
+ to the end of screen. That is, they erase all lines below
+ the cursor in the window. Also, the current line to the
+ right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased.
+
+ The <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclrtoeol</STRONG> routines erase the current line
+ to the right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end of the
+ current line.
+
+ Blanks created by erasure have the current background ren-
+ dition (as set by <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG>) merged into them.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure. The SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative inte-
+ ger if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is set", but this appears to be an error.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion, functions using a window pointer parameter return an
+ error if it is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>erase</STRONG>, <STRONG>werase</STRONG>, <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclear</STRONG>, <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG>, and <STRONG>clr-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>toeol</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+ Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocu-
+ mented feature, the ability to do the equivalent of
+ <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG> or <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>scr)</STRONG>. This will not work under ncurses.
+
+ This implementation, and others such as Solaris, sets the
+ current position to 0,0 after erasing via <STRONG>werase()</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>wclear()</STRONG>. That fact is not documented in other implemen-
+ tations, and may not be true of implementations which were
+ not derived from SVr4 source.
+
+ Not obvious from the description, most implementations
+ clear the screen after <STRONG>wclear</STRONG> even for a subwindow or de-
+ rived window. If you do not want to clear the screen dur-
+ ing the next <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, use <STRONG>werase</STRONG> instead.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..684605f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.28 2005/12/18 00:00:37 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_color 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_color 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>start_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG>, <STRONG>init_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_colors</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>can_change_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>color_content</STRONG>, <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG>, <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR</STRONG>
+ - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> color manipulation routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#</STRONG> <STRONG>include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>start_color(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>init_pair(short</STRONG> <STRONG>pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>f,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>b);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>init_color(short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>r,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>g,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>b);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>has_colors(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>can_change_color(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>color_content(short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*r,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*g,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*b);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pair_content(short</STRONG> <STRONG>pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*f,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*b);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>Overview</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> support color attributes on terminals with that ca-
+ pability. To use these routines <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> must be
+ called, usually right after <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>. Colors are always
+ used in pairs (referred to as color-pairs). A color-pair
+ consists of a foreground color (for characters) and a
+ background color (for the blank field on which the charac-
+ ters are displayed). A programmer initializes a color-
+ pair with the routine <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG>. After it has been ini-
+ tialized, <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR</STRONG>(<EM>n</EM>), a macro defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>,
+ can be used as a new video attribute.
+
+ If a terminal is capable of redefining colors, the pro-
+ grammer can use the routine <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> to change the defi-
+ nition of a color. The routines <STRONG>has_colors</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>can_change_color</STRONG> return <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>, depending on
+ whether the terminal has color capabilities and whether
+ the programmer can change the colors. The routine <STRONG>col-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>or_content</STRONG> allows a programmer to extract the amounts of
+ red, green, and blue components in an initialized color.
+ The routine <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG> allows a programmer to find out
+ how a given color-pair is currently defined.
+
+ <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Descriptions</STRONG>
+ The <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> routine requires no arguments. It must be
+ called if the programmer wants to use colors, and before
+ any other color manipulation routine is called. It is
+ good practice to call this routine right after <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.
+ <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> initializes eight basic colors (black, red,
+ green, yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, and white), and two
+ global variables, <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS</STRONG> (respectively
+ defining the maximum number of colors and color-pairs the
+ terminal can support). It also restores the colors on the
+ terminal to the values they had when the terminal was just
+ turned on.
+
+ The <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG> routine changes the definition of a color-
+ pair. It takes three arguments: the number of the color-
+ pair to be changed, the foreground color number, and the
+ background color number. For portable applications:
+
+ - The value of the first argument must be between <STRONG>1</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS-1</STRONG>.
+
+ - The value of the second and third arguments must be
+ between 0 and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>. Color pair 0 is assumed to be
+ white on black, but is actually whatever the terminal
+ implements before color is initialized. It cannot be
+ modified by the application.
+
+ If the color-pair was previously initialized, the screen
+ is refreshed and all occurrences of that color-pair are
+ changed to the new definition.
+
+ As an extension, ncurses allows you to set color pair 0
+ via the <STRONG>assume_default_colors</STRONG> routine, or to specify the
+ use of default colors (color number <STRONG>-1</STRONG>) if you first in-
+ voke the <STRONG>use_default_colors</STRONG> routine.
+
+ The <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> routine changes the definition of a color.
+ It takes four arguments: the number of the color to be
+ changed followed by three RGB values (for the amounts of
+ red, green, and blue components). The value of the first
+ argument must be between <STRONG>0</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>. (See the section
+ <STRONG>Colors</STRONG> for the default color index.) Each of the last
+ three arguments must be a value between 0 and 1000. When
+ <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> is used, all occurrences of that color on the
+ screen immediately change to the new definition.
+
+ The <STRONG>has_colors</STRONG> routine requires no arguments. It returns
+ <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> if the terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise, it
+ returns <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>. This routine facilitates writing terminal-
+ independent programs. For example, a programmer can use
+ it to decide whether to use color or some other video at-
+ tribute.
+
+ The <STRONG>can_change_color</STRONG> routine requires no arguments. It
+ returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> if the terminal supports colors and can
+ change their definitions; other, it returns <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>. This
+ routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs.
+
+ The <STRONG>color_content</STRONG> routine gives programmers a way to find
+ the intensity of the red, green, and blue (RGB) components
+ in a color. It requires four arguments: the color number,
+ and three addresses of <STRONG>short</STRONG>s for storing the information
+ about the amounts of red, green, and blue components in
+ the given color. The value of the first argument must be
+ between 0 and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>. The values that are stored at the
+ addresses pointed to by the last three arguments are be-
+ tween 0 (no component) and 1000 (maximum amount of compo-
+ nent).
+
+ The <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG> routine allows programmers to find out
+ what colors a given color-pair consists of. It requires
+ three arguments: the color-pair number, and two addresses
+ of <STRONG>short</STRONG>s for storing the foreground and the background
+ color numbers. The value of the first argument must be
+ between 1 and <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS-1</STRONG>. The values that are stored
+ at the addresses pointed to by the second and third argu-
+ ments are between 0 and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>Colors</STRONG>
+ In <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> the following macros are defined. These are
+ the default colors. <STRONG>curses</STRONG> also assumes that <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG>
+ is the default background color for all terminals.
+
+ <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_RED</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_GREEN</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_YELLOW</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_BLUE</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_MAGENTA</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_CYAN</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>COLOR_WHITE</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The routines <STRONG>can_change_color()</STRONG> and <STRONG>has_colors()</STRONG> return
+ <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
+
+ All other routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and
+ an <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. This implementation
+ will return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on attempts to use color values outside
+ the range 0 to COLORS-1 (except for the default colors ex-
+ tension), or use color pairs outside the range 0 to COL-
+ OR_PAIR-1. Color values used in <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> must be in the
+ range 0 to 1000. An error is returned from all functions
+ if the terminal has not been initialized. An error is re-
+ turned from secondary functions such as <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG> if
+ <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> was not called.
+
+ <STRONG>init_color</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the terminal does not sup-
+ port this feature, e.g., if the <EM>initial-</EM>
+ <EM>ize</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>color</EM> capability is absent from the termi-
+ nal description.
+
+ <STRONG>start_color</STRONG>
+ returns an error If the color table cannot be
+ allocated.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ In the <EM>ncurses</EM> implementation, there is a separate color
+ activation flag, color palette, color pairs table, and as-
+ sociated COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS counts for each screen;
+ the <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> function only affects the current screen.
+ The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with this in
+ mind, and historical implementations may use a single
+ shared color palette.
+
+ Note that setting an implicit background color via a color
+ pair affects only character cells that a character write
+ operation explicitly touches. To change the background
+ color used when parts of a window are blanked by erasing
+ or scrolling operations, see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ Several caveats apply on 386 and 486 machines with VGA-
+ compatible graphics:
+
+ - COLOR_YELLOW is actually brown. To get yellow, use
+ COLOR_YELLOW combined with the <STRONG>A_BOLD</STRONG> attribute.
+
+ - The A_BLINK attribute should in theory cause the
+ background to go bright. This often fails to work,
+ and even some cards for which it mostly works (such
+ as the Paradise and compatibles) do the wrong thing
+ when you try to set a bright "yellow" background (you
+ get a blinking yellow foreground instead).
+
+ - Color RGB values are not settable.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's minimum maxi-
+ mums for <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG> routine accepts negative values of fore-
+ ground and background color to support the <STRONG>use_de-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>fault_colors</STRONG> extension, but only if that routine has been
+ first invoked.
+
+ The assumption that <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG> is the default background
+ color for all terminals can be modified using the <STRONG>as-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>sume_default_colors</STRONG> extension.
+
+ This implementation checks the pointers, e.g., for the
+ values returned by <STRONG>color_content</STRONG> and <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG>, and
+ will treat those as optional parameters when null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>default_col-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">ors(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b6562a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_delch.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:42:57 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_delch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_delch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>delch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wdelch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvdelch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwdelch</STRONG> - delete character under
+ the cursor in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delch(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wdelch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvdelch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwdelch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines delete the character under the cursor; all
+ characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are
+ moved to the left one position and the last character on
+ the line is filled with a blank. The cursor position does
+ not change (after moving to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>, if specified). (This
+ does not imply use of the hardware delete character fea-
+ ture.)
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
+ upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>delch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvdelch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwdelch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e73ce5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_deleteln.3x,v 1.11 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_deleteln 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_deleteln 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>deleteln</STRONG>, <STRONG>wdeleteln</STRONG>, <STRONG>insdelln</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG>, <STRONG>insertln</STRONG>, <STRONG>win-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>sertln</STRONG> - delete and insert lines in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>deleteln(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wdeleteln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insdelln(int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsdelln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insertln(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsertln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>deleteln</STRONG> and <STRONG>wdeleteln</STRONG> routines delete the line under
+ the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line
+ are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is
+ cleared. The cursor position does not change.
+
+ The <STRONG>insdelln</STRONG> and <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG> routines, for positive <EM>n</EM>,
+ insert <EM>n</EM> lines into the specified window above the current
+ line. The <EM>n</EM> bottom lines are lost. For negative <EM>n</EM>,
+ delete <EM>n</EM> lines (starting with the one under the cursor),
+ and move the remaining lines up. The bottom <EM>n</EM> lines are
+ cleared. The current cursor position remains the same.
+
+ The <STRONG>insertln</STRONG> and <STRONG>winsertln</STRONG> routines insert a blank line
+ above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
+ upon successful completion.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion, if the window parameter is null, an error is
+ returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all but <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+ These routines do not require a hardware line delete or
+ insert feature in the terminal. In fact, they will not
+ use hardware line delete/insert unless <STRONG>idlok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>TRUE)</STRONG>
+ has been set on the current window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..483003c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999-on
+ * @Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.17 2006/12/24 18:01:48 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_extend 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_extend 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_extend.3x.html">curs_extend(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_extend.3x.html">curs_extend(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>curses_version</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_extended_names</STRONG> - miscellaneous curses
+ extensions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>curses_version(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_extended_names(bool</STRONG> <STRONG>enable);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are extensions to the curses library which
+ do not fit easily into other categories.
+
+ Use <EM>curses</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>version()</EM> to get the version number, including
+ patch level of the library, e.g., <STRONG>5.0.19991023</STRONG>
+
+ The <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>extended</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>names()</EM> function controls whether the
+ calling application is able to use user-defined or non-
+ standard names which may be compiled into the terminfo
+ description, i.e., via the terminfo or termcap interfaces.
+ Normally these names are available for use, since the
+ essential decision is made by using the <STRONG>-x</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG>
+ to compile extended terminal definitions. However you can
+ disable this feature to ensure compatibility with other
+ implementations of curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>key-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="keybound.3x.html">bound(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_extend.3x.html">curs_extend(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40a77c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_get_wch.3x,v 1.6 2006/02/25 21:47:06 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_get_wch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_get_wch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG> - get
+ (or push back) a wide character from curses terminal key-
+ board
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>get_wch(wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wget_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvget_wch(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwget_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>unget_wch(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG> functions
+ read a character from the terminal associated with the
+ current or specified window. In no-delay mode, if no
+ input is waiting, the value <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned. In delay
+ mode, the program waits until the system passes text
+ through to the program. Depending on the setting of
+ <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG>, this is after one character (cbreak mode), or
+ after the first newline (nocbreak mode). In half-delay
+ mode, the program waits until the user types a character
+ or the specified timeout interval has elapsed.
+
+ Unless <STRONG>noecho</STRONG> has been set, these routines echo the char-
+ acter into the designated window.
+
+ If the window is not a pad and has been moved or modified
+ since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> will be called
+ before another character is read.
+
+ If <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> is enabled, these functions respond to the
+ pressing of a function key by setting the object pointed
+ to by <EM>wch</EM> to the corresponding <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> value defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> and returning <STRONG>KEY_CODE_YES</STRONG>. If a character
+ (such as escape) that could be the beginning of a function
+ key is received, curses sets a timer. If the remainder of
+ the sequence does arrive within the designated time,
+ curses passes through the character; otherwise, curses
+ returns the function key value. For this reason, many
+ terminals experience a delay between the time a user
+ presses the escape key and the time the escape is returned
+ to the program.
+
+ The <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG> function pushes the wide character <EM>wch</EM> back
+ onto the head of the input queue, so the wide character is
+ returned by the next call to <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>. The pushback of one
+ character is guaranteed. If the program calls <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG>
+ too many times without an intervening call to <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, the
+ operation may fail.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> automatically includes the
+ header file <STRONG><stdio.h></STRONG>.
+
+ Applications should not define the escape key by itself as
+ a single-character function.
+
+ When using <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>, or <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG>,
+ applications should not use <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> mode and <STRONG>echo</STRONG> mode at
+ the same time. Depending on the state of the tty driver
+ when each character is typed, the program may produce
+ undesirable results.
+
+ All functions except <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> and <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ When <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG> func-
+ tions successfully report the pressing of a function key,
+ they return <STRONG>KEY_CODE_YES</STRONG>. When they successfully report a
+ wide character, they return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>. Otherwise, they return
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+ Upon successful completion, <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG>. Other-
+ wise, the function returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..159cebe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_get_wstr.3x,v 1.6 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_get_wstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_get_wstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>getn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvgetn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwget_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr</STRONG> - get an array of
+ wide characters from a curses terminal keyboard
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>get_wstr(wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getn_wstr(wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wget_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetn_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvget_wstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetn_wstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwget_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The effect of <STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG> is as though a series of calls to
+ <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG> were made, until a newline, other end-of-line, or
+ end-of-file condition is processed. An end-of-file condi-
+ tion is represented by <STRONG>WEOF</STRONG>, as defined in <STRONG><wchar.h></STRONG>. The
+ newline and end-of-line conditions are represented by the
+ <STRONG>\n</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> value. In all instances, the end of the string
+ is terminated by a null <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>. The routine places re-
+ sulting values in the area pointed to by <EM>wstr</EM>.
+
+ The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted. If
+ keypad mode is on for the window, <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>KEY_BACKSPACE</STRONG> are both considered equivalent to the user's
+ kill character.
+
+ Characters input are echoed only if <STRONG>echo</STRONG> is currently on.
+ In that case, backspace is echoed as deletion of the pre-
+ vious character (typically a left motion).
+
+ The effect of <STRONG>wget_wstr</STRONG> is as though a series of calls to
+ <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> were made.
+
+ The effect of <STRONG>mvget_wstr</STRONG> is as though a call to <STRONG>move</STRONG> and
+ then a series of calls to <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG> were made.
+
+ The effect of <STRONG>mvwget_wstr</STRONG> is as though a call to <STRONG>wmove</STRONG> and
+ then a series of calls to <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> were made.
+
+ The <STRONG>getn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG>
+ functions are identical to the <STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvwget_wstr</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wget_wstr</STRONG> functions, respectively, except
+ that the <STRONG>*n_*</STRONG> versions read at most <EM>n</EM> characters, letting
+ the application prevent overflow of the input buffer.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Using <STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwget_wstr</STRONG>, or <STRONG>wget_wstr</STRONG> to
+ read a line that overflows the array pointed to by <STRONG>wstr</STRONG>
+ causes undefined results. The use of <STRONG>getn_wstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvgetn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr</STRONG>, or <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG>, respectively, is
+ recommended.
+
+ These functions cannot return <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> values because there is
+ no way to distinguish a <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> value from a valid <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>
+ value.
+
+ All of these routines except <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ All of these functions return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon successful comple-
+ tion. Otherwise, they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+ Functions using a window parameter return an error if it
+ is null.
+
+ <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the associated call to
+ <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> failed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in The Single Unix Specifi-
+ cation, Version 2. No error conditions are defined. This
+ implementation returns ERR if the window pointer is null,
+ or if the lower-level <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> call returns an ERR. In
+ the latter case, an ERR return without other data is
+ treated as an end-of-file condition, and the returned ar-
+ ray contains a <STRONG>WEOF</STRONG> followed by a null <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>.
+
+ X/Open curses documents these functions to pass an array
+ of <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>, but all of the vendors implement this using
+ <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ Functions: <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b55ce1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_getcchar.3x,v 1.11 2008/05/17 19:37:05 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_getcchar 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_getcchar 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getcchar.3x.html">curs_getcchar(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getcchar.3x.html">curs_getcchar(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG>, <STRONG>setcchar</STRONG> - Get a wide character string and ren-
+ dition from a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> or set a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> from a wide-charac-
+ ter string
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getcchar(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>opts</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setcchar(</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>short</STRONG> <EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>opts</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> function gets a wide-character string and
+ rendition from a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> argument. When <EM>wch</EM> is not a null
+ pointer, the <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> function does the following:
+
+ - Extracts information from a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> value <EM>wcval</EM>
+
+ - Stores the character attributes in the location
+ pointed to by <EM>attrs</EM>
+
+ - Stores the color-pair in the location pointed to by
+ <EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM>
+
+ - Stores the wide-character string, characters refer-
+ enced by <EM>wcval</EM>, into the array pointed to by <EM>wch</EM>.
+
+ When <EM>wch</EM> is a null pointer, the <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> function does the
+ following:
+
+ - Obtains the number of wide characters pointed to by
+ <EM>wcval</EM>
+
+ - Does not change the data referenced by <EM>attrs</EM> or
+ <EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM>
+
+ The <STRONG>setcchar</STRONG> function initializes the location pointed to
+ by <EM>wcval</EM> by using:
+
+ - The character attributes in <EM>attrs</EM>
+
+ - The color pair in <EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM>
+
+ - The wide-character string pointed to by <EM>wch</EM>. The
+ string must be L'\0' terminated, contain at most one
+ spacing character, which must be the first.
+
+ Up to <STRONG>CCHARW_MAX</STRONG>-1 nonspacing characters may follow.
+ Additional nonspacing characters are ignored.
+
+ The string may contain a single control character
+ instead. In that case, no nonspacing characters are
+ allowed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The <EM>opts</EM> argument is reserved for future use. Currently,
+ an application must provide a null pointer as <EM>opts</EM>.
+
+ The <EM>wcval</EM> argument may be a value generated by a call to
+ <STRONG>setcchar</STRONG> or by a function that has a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> output argu-
+ ment. If <EM>wcval</EM> is constructed by any other means, the
+ effect is unspecified.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ When <EM>wch</EM> is a null pointer, <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> returns the number of
+ wide characters referenced by <EM>wcval</EM>.
+
+ When <EM>wch</EM> is not a null pointer, <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon
+ successful completion, and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> otherwise.
+
+ Upon successful completion, <STRONG>setcchar</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG>. Other-
+ wise, it returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ Functions: <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="wcwidth.3.html">wcwidth(3)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getcchar.3x.html">curs_getcchar(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7df663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_getch.3x,v 1.30 2006/12/02 17:02:53 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_getch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_getch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> - get
+ (or push back) characters from <STRONG>curses</STRONG> terminal keyboard
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getch(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ungetch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>has_key(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, routines read a
+ character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input
+ is waiting, the value <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned. In delay mode, the
+ program waits until the system passes text through to the
+ program. Depending on the setting of <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG>, this is af-
+ ter one character (cbreak mode), or after the first new-
+ line (nocbreak mode). In half-delay mode, the program
+ waits until a character is typed or the specified timeout
+ has been reached.
+
+ Unless <STRONG>noecho</STRONG> has been set, then the character will also
+ be echoed into the designated window according to the fol-
+ lowing rules: If the character is the current erase char-
+ acter, left arrow, or backspace, the cursor is moved one
+ space to the left and that screen position is erased as if
+ <STRONG>delch</STRONG> had been called. If the character value is any oth-
+ er <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> define, the user is alerted with a <STRONG>beep</STRONG> call.
+ Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen.
+
+ If the window is not a pad, and it has been moved or modi-
+ fied since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> will be
+ called before another character is read.
+
+ If <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>, and a function key is pressed, the to-
+ ken for that function key is returned instead of the raw
+ characters. Possible function keys are defined in <STRONG><curs-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>es.h></STRONG> as macros with values outside the range of 8-bit
+ characters whose names begin with <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG>. Thus, a variable
+ intended to hold the return value of a function key must
+ be of short size or larger.
+
+ When a character that could be the beginning of a function
+ key is received (which, on modern terminals, means an es-
+ cape character), <STRONG>curses</STRONG> sets a timer. If the remainder of
+ the sequence does not come in within the designated time,
+ the character is passed through; otherwise, the function
+ key value is returned. For this reason, many terminals
+ experience a delay between the time a user presses the es-
+ cape key and the escape is returned to the program.
+
+ The <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG> routine places <EM>ch</EM> back onto the input queue to
+ be returned by the next call to <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>. There is just one
+ input queue for all windows.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Function</STRONG> <STRONG>Keys</STRONG>
+ The following function keys, defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>, might
+ be returned by <STRONG>getch</STRONG> if <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> has been enabled. Note
+ that not all of these are necessarily supported on any
+ particular terminal.
+
+
+ <EM>Name</EM> <EM>Key</EM> <EM>name</EM>
+ KEY_BREAK Break key
+ KEY_DOWN The four arrow keys ...
+ KEY_UP
+ KEY_LEFT
+ KEY_RIGHT
+ KEY_HOME Home key (upward+left arrow)
+ KEY_BACKSPACE Backspace
+ KEY_F0 Function keys; space for 64 keys
+ is reserved.
+ KEY_F(<EM>n</EM>) For 0 <= <EM>n</EM> <= 63
+ KEY_DL Delete line
+ KEY_IL Insert line
+ KEY_DC Delete character
+ KEY_IC Insert char or enter insert mode
+ KEY_EIC Exit insert char mode
+ KEY_CLEAR Clear screen
+ KEY_EOS Clear to end of screen
+ KEY_EOL Clear to end of line
+ KEY_SF Scroll 1 line forward
+ KEY_SR Scroll 1 line backward (reverse)
+ KEY_NPAGE Next page
+ KEY_PPAGE Previous page
+ KEY_STAB Set tab
+ KEY_CTAB Clear tab
+ KEY_CATAB Clear all tabs
+ KEY_ENTER Enter or send
+ KEY_SRESET Soft (partial) reset
+ KEY_RESET Reset or hard reset
+ KEY_PRINT Print or copy
+ KEY_LL Home down or bottom (lower left)
+ KEY_A1 Upper left of keypad
+ KEY_A3 Upper right of keypad
+ KEY_B2 Center of keypad
+ KEY_C1 Lower left of keypad
+ KEY_C3 Lower right of keypad
+ KEY_BTAB Back tab key
+ KEY_BEG Beg(inning) key
+ KEY_CANCEL Cancel key
+ KEY_CLOSE Close key
+ KEY_COMMAND Cmd (command) key
+ KEY_COPY Copy key
+ KEY_CREATE Create key
+ KEY_END End key
+ KEY_EXIT Exit key
+ KEY_FIND Find key
+ KEY_HELP Help key
+ KEY_MARK Mark key
+ KEY_MESSAGE Message key
+ KEY_MOUSE Mouse event read
+ KEY_MOVE Move key
+ KEY_NEXT Next object key
+ KEY_OPEN Open key
+ KEY_OPTIONS Options key
+ KEY_PREVIOUS Previous object key
+ KEY_REDO Redo key
+ KEY_REFERENCE Ref(erence) key
+ KEY_REFRESH Refresh key
+ KEY_REPLACE Replace key
+ KEY_RESIZE Screen resized
+ KEY_RESTART Restart key
+ KEY_RESUME Resume key
+
+ KEY_SAVE Save key
+ KEY_SBEG Shifted beginning key
+ KEY_SCANCEL Shifted cancel key
+ KEY_SCOMMAND Shifted command key
+ KEY_SCOPY Shifted copy key
+ KEY_SCREATE Shifted create key
+ KEY_SDC Shifted delete char key
+ KEY_SDL Shifted delete line key
+ KEY_SELECT Select key
+ KEY_SEND Shifted end key
+ KEY_SEOL Shifted clear line key
+ KEY_SEXIT Shifted exit key
+ KEY_SFIND Shifted find key
+ KEY_SHELP Shifted help key
+ KEY_SHOME Shifted home key
+ KEY_SIC Shifted input key
+ KEY_SLEFT Shifted left arrow key
+ KEY_SMESSAGE Shifted message key
+ KEY_SMOVE Shifted move key
+ KEY_SNEXT Shifted next key
+ KEY_SOPTIONS Shifted options key
+ KEY_SPREVIOUS Shifted prev key
+ KEY_SPRINT Shifted print key
+ KEY_SREDO Shifted redo key
+ KEY_SREPLACE Shifted replace key
+ KEY_SRIGHT Shifted right arrow
+ KEY_SRSUME Shifted resume key
+ KEY_SSAVE Shifted save key
+ KEY_SSUSPEND Shifted suspend key
+ KEY_SUNDO Shifted undo key
+ KEY_SUSPEND Suspend key
+ KEY_UNDO Undo key
+
+ Keypad is arranged like this:
+
+
+ +-----+------+-------+
+ | <STRONG>A1</STRONG> | <STRONG>up</STRONG> | <STRONG>A3</STRONG> |
+ +-----+------+-------+
+ |<STRONG>left</STRONG> | <STRONG>B2</STRONG> | <STRONG>right</STRONG> |
+ +-----+------+-------+
+ | <STRONG>C1</STRONG> | <STRONG>down</STRONG> | <STRONG>C3</STRONG> |
+ +-----+------+-------+
+ The <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> routine takes a key value from the above list,
+ and returns TRUE or FALSE according to whether the current
+ terminal type recognizes a key with that value. Note that
+ a few values do not correspond to a real key, e.g.,
+ <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> and <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG>. See <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG> for more de-
+ tails about <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG>, and <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG> for a discus-
+ sion of <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG>.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
+ integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> (<STRONG>OK</STRONG> in the case of ungetch())
+ upon successful completion.
+
+ <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG>
+ returns an error if there is no more room in
+ the FIFO.
+
+ <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window pointer is
+ null, or if its timeout expires without having
+ any data.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Use of the escape key by a programmer for a single charac-
+ ter function is discouraged, as it will cause a delay of
+ up to one second while the keypad code looks for a follow-
+ ing function-key sequence.
+
+ Note that some keys may be the same as commonly used con-
+ trol keys, e.g., <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> versus control/M, <STRONG>KEY_BACKSPACE</STRONG>
+ versus control/H. Some curses implementations may differ
+ according to whether they treat these control keys spe-
+ cially (and ignore the terminfo), or use the terminfo def-
+ initions. <STRONG>Ncurses</STRONG> uses the terminfo definition. If it
+ says that <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> is control/M, <STRONG>getch</STRONG> will return
+ <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> when you press control/M.
+
+ When using <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, or <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, nocbreak
+ mode (<STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>) and echo mode (<STRONG>echo</STRONG>) should not be used at
+ the same time. Depending on the state of the tty driver
+ when each character is typed, the program may produce un-
+ desirable results.
+
+ Note that <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+ Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined
+ by the extremely function-key-rich keyboard of the AT&T
+ 7300, aka 3B1, aka Safari 4. Modern personal computers
+ usually have only a small subset of these. IBM PC-style
+ consoles typically support little more than <STRONG>KEY_UP</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>KEY_DOWN</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_RIGHT</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_HOME</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_END</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>KEY_NPAGE</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_PPAGE</STRONG>, and function keys 1 through 12. The
+ Ins key is usually mapped to <STRONG>KEY_IC</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses stan-
+ dard, Issue 4. They read single-byte characters only.
+ The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on failure,
+ but specifies no error conditions.
+
+ The echo behavior of these functions on input of <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> or
+ backspace characters was not specified in the SVr4 docu-
+ mentation. This description is adopted from the XSI Curs-
+ es standard.
+
+ The behavior of <STRONG>getch</STRONG> and friends in the presence of han-
+ dled signals is unspecified in the SVr4 and XSI Curses
+ documentation. Under historical curses implementations,
+ it varied depending on whether the operating system's im-
+ plementation of handled signal receipt interrupts a
+ <STRONG><A HREF="read.2.html">read(2)</A></STRONG> call in progress or not, and also (in some imple-
+ mentations) depending on whether an input timeout or non-
+ blocking mode has been set.
+
+ Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared
+ for either of two cases: (a) signal receipt does not in-
+ terrupt <STRONG>getch</STRONG>; (b) signal receipt interrupts <STRONG>getch</STRONG> and
+ causes it to return ERR with <STRONG>errno</STRONG> set to <STRONG>EINTR</STRONG>. Under
+ the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> implementation, handled signals never inter-
+ rupt <STRONG>getch</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> function is unique to <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>. We recommend
+ that any code using it be conditionalized on the <STRONG>NCURS-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>ES_VERSION</STRONG> feature macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) li-
+ brary are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5f9d07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.15 2006/01/12 00:30:58 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_getstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_getstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>getstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>getnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetnstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvwgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetnstr</STRONG> - accept character strings from
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> terminal keyboard
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getnstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>getstr</STRONG> is equivalent to a series of calls to
+ <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, until a newline or carriage return is received (the
+ terminating character is not included in the returned
+ string). The resulting value is placed in the area point-
+ ed to by the character pointer <EM>str</EM>.
+
+ <STRONG>wgetnstr</STRONG> reads at most <EM>n</EM> characters, thus preventing a
+ possible overflow of the input buffer. Any attempt to en-
+ ter more characters (other than the terminating newline or
+ carriage return) causes a beep. Function keys also cause
+ a beep and are ignored. The <STRONG>getnstr</STRONG> function reads from
+ the <EM>stdscr</EM> default window.
+
+ The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted. If
+ keypad mode is on for the window, <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>KEY_BACKSPACE</STRONG> are both considered equivalent to the user's
+ kill character.
+
+ Characters input are echoed only if <STRONG>echo</STRONG> is currently on.
+ In that case, backspace is echoed as deletion of the pre-
+ vious character (typically a left motion).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
+ upon successful completion.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions.
+
+ In this implementation, these functions return an error if
+ the window pointer is null, or if its timeout expires
+ without having any data.
+
+ This implementation provides an extension as well. If a
+ SIGWINCH interrupts the function, it will return <STRONG>KEY_RE-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>SIZE</STRONG> rather than <STRONG>OK</STRONG> or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>getstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetstr</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwgetstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. They read single-byte characters only. The
+ standard does not define any error conditions. This im-
+ plementation returns ERR if the window pointer is null, or
+ if the lower-level <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> call returns an ERR.
+
+ SVr3 and early SVr4 curses implementations did not reject
+ function keys; the SVr4.0 documentation claimed that "spe-
+ cial keys" (such as function keys, "home" key, "clear"
+ key, <EM>etc</EM>.) are "interpreted", without giving details. It
+ lied. In fact, the `character' value appended to the
+ string by those implementations was predictable but not
+ useful (being, in fact, the low-order eight bits of the
+ key's KEY_ value).
+
+ The functions <STRONG>getnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetnstr</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwgetnstr</STRONG> were
+ present but not documented in SVr4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22b3aec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_getyx.3x,v 1.16 2007/05/12 16:34:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_getyx 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_getyx 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> - get <STRONG>curses</STRONG> cursor
+ and window coordinates
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getparyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getbegyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getmaxyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>getyx</STRONG> macro places the current cursor position of the
+ given window in the two integer variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+ If <EM>win</EM> is a subwindow, the <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG> macro places the
+ beginning coordinates of the subwindow relative to the
+ parent window into two integer variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>. Other-
+ wise, <STRONG>-1</STRONG> is placed into <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+ Like <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, the <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> macros store the
+ current beginning coordinates and size of the specified
+ window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The return values of these macros are undefined (i.e.,
+ they should not be used as the right-hand side of assign-
+ ment statements).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ All of these interfaces are macros. A "<STRONG>&</STRONG>" is not neces-
+ sary before the variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> macros are
+ described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+
+ This implementation also provides functions <STRONG>getbegx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getb-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>egy</STRONG>, <STRONG>getcurx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getcury</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxy</STRONG>, <STRONG>getparx</STRONG> and <STRONG>get-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>pary</STRONG> for compatibility with older versions of curses.
+
+ Although X/Open Curses does not address this, many imple-
+ mentations provide members of the WINDOW structure con-
+ taining values corresponding to these macros. For best
+ portability, do not rely on using the data in WINDOW,
+ since some implementations make WINDOW opaque (do not
+ allow direct use of its members).
+
+ Besides the problem of opaque structures, the data stored
+ in like-named members may not have like-values in differ-
+ ent implementations. For example, the WINDOW._maxx and
+ WINDOW._maxy values in ncurses have (at least since
+ release 1.8.1) differed by one from some other implementa-
+ tions. The difference is hidden by means of the macro
+ <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab4083b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_in_wch.3x,v 1.2 2006/02/25 21:42:22 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_in_wch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_in_wch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>in_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>win_wch</STRONG> - extract a complex
+ character and rendition from a window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>in_wch(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvin_wch(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>win_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These functions extract the complex character and rendi-
+ tion from the current position in the named window into
+ the <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> object referenced by wcval.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ No errors are defined in the XSI Curses standard. This
+ implementation checks for null pointers, returns ERR in
+ that case. Also, the <EM>mv</EM> routines check for error moving
+ the cursor, returning ERR in that case. Otherwise they
+ return OK
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all of these routines may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f576286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_in_wchstr.3x,v 1.6 2006/12/02 17:03:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_in_wchstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_in_wchstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>in_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>in_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>win_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>win_wchnstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvin_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchnstr</STRONG> -
+ get an array of complex characters and renditions from a
+ curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>in_wchstr(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>in_wchnstr(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>win_wchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>win_wchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvin_wchstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvin_wchnstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM>, int <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These functions return an array of complex characters in
+ <EM>wchstr</EM>, starting at the current cursor position in the
+ named window. Attributes (rendition) are stored with the
+ characters.
+
+ The <STRONG>in_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchnstr</STRONG> and <STRONG>win_wchn-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>str</STRONG> fill the array with at most <EM>n</EM> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> elements.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all routines except <STRONG>win_wchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+ Reading a line that overflows the array pointed to by <EM>wch-</EM>
+ <EM>str</EM> with <STRONG>in_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchstr</STRONG> or <STRONG>win_wch-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>str</STRONG> causes undefined results. Therefore, the use of
+ <STRONG>in_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchnstr</STRONG>, or <STRONG>win_wchnstr</STRONG> is
+ recommended.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ Upon successful completion, these functions return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+ Otherwise, they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses defines no error conditions. This imple-
+ mentation checks for null pointers, returning ERR in that
+ case.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ Functions: <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d601804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.13 2006/12/02 16:58:55 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_inch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_inch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>inch</STRONG>, <STRONG>winch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinch</STRONG> - get a character and
+ attributes from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>inch(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>winch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return the character, of type <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>, at
+ the current position in the named window. If any
+ attributes are set for that position, their values are
+ OR'ed into the value returned. Constants defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> can be used with the <STRONG>&</STRONG> (logical AND) operator
+ to extract the character or attributes alone.
+
+ <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+ The following bit-masks may be AND-ed with characters
+ returned by <STRONG>winch</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>A_CHARTEXT</STRONG> Bit-mask to extract character
+ <STRONG>A_ATTRIBUTES</STRONG> Bit-mask to extract attributes
+ <STRONG>A_COLOR</STRONG> Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all of these routines may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw)
+ library are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b73cc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_inchstr.3x,v 1.12 2006/12/02 17:00:58 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_inchstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_inchstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>inchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>inchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinchstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvinchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinchnstr</STRONG> - get a string of
+ characters (and attributes) from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>inchstr(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>inchnstr(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinchstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinchnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return a NULL-terminated array of <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+ quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the
+ named window and ending at the right margin of the window.
+ The four functions with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument, return a
+ leading substring at most <EM>n</EM> characters long (exclusive of
+ the trailing (chtype)0). Constants defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ can be used with the <STRONG>&</STRONG> (logical AND) operator to extract
+ the character or the attribute alone from any position in
+ the <EM>chstr</EM> [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>].
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
+ integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful completion
+ (the number of characters retrieved, exclusive of the
+ trailing 0).
+
+ No error conditions are defined. If the <EM>chstr</EM> parameter
+ is null, no data is returned, and the return value is ze-
+ ro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all routines except <STRONG>winchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+ SVr4 does not document whether the result string is 0-ter-
+ minated; it does not document whether a length limit argu-
+ ment includes any trailing 0; and it does not document the
+ meaning of the return value.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. It is no more specific than the SVr4 documenta-
+ tion on the trailing 0. It does specify that the success-
+ ful return of the functions is <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) li-
+ brary are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5fd544
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.14 2005/05/15 16:18:01 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_initscr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_initscr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>, <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>isendwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_term</STRONG>, <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> -
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen initialization and manipulation routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*initscr(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>endwin(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>isendwin(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*newterm(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*type,</STRONG> <STRONG>FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*outfd,</STRONG> <STRONG>FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*infd);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*set_term(SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*new);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>delscreen(SCREEN*</STRONG> <STRONG>sp);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> is normally the first <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine to call when
+ initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes
+ need to be called before it; these are <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>filter</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_env</STRONG>. For multiple-terminal applications,
+ <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> may be called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.
+
+ The initscr code determines the terminal type and initial-
+ izes all <STRONG>curses</STRONG> data structures. <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> also causes the
+ first call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> to clear the screen. If errors oc-
+ cur, <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> writes an appropriate error message to stan-
+ dard error and exits; otherwise, a pointer is returned to
+ <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.
+
+ A program that outputs to more than one terminal should
+ use the <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> routine for each terminal instead of
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>. A program that needs to inspect capabilities, so
+ it can continue to run in a line-oriented mode if the ter-
+ minal cannot support a screen-oriented program, would also
+ use <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>. The routine <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> should be called once
+ for each terminal. It returns a variable of type <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG>
+ which should be saved as a reference to that terminal.
+ The arguments are the <EM>type</EM> of the terminal to be used in
+ place of <STRONG>$TERM</STRONG>, a file pointer for output to the terminal,
+ and another file pointer for input from the terminal (if
+ <EM>type</EM> is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>, <STRONG>$TERM</STRONG> will be used). The program must also
+ call <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> for each terminal being used before exiting
+ from <STRONG>curses</STRONG>. If <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> is called more than once for the
+ same terminal, the first terminal referred to must be the
+ last one for which <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> is called.
+
+ A program should always call <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> before exiting or es-
+ caping from <STRONG>curses</STRONG> mode temporarily. This routine re-
+ stores tty modes, moves the cursor to the lower left-hand
+ corner of the screen and resets the terminal into the
+ proper non-visual mode. Calling <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> after
+ a temporary escape causes the program to resume visual
+ mode.
+
+ The <STRONG>isendwin</STRONG> routine returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> if <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> has been
+ called without any subsequent calls to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, and <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>
+ otherwise.
+
+ The <STRONG>set_term</STRONG> routine is used to switch between different
+ terminals. The screen reference <STRONG>new</STRONG> becomes the new cur-
+ rent terminal. The previous terminal is returned by the
+ routine. This is the only routine which manipulates
+ <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> pointers; all other routines affect only the cur-
+ rent terminal.
+
+ The <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> routine frees storage associated with the
+ <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> data structure. The <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> routine does not do
+ this, so <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> should be called after <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> if a par-
+ ticular <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> is no longer needed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon
+ successful completion.
+
+ Routines that return pointers always return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> returns an error if the terminal was not ini-
+ tialized.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> and <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. It specifies that portable applications must not
+ call <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> more than once.
+
+ Old versions of curses, e.g., BSD 4.4, may have returned a
+ null pointer from <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> when an error is detected,
+ rather than exiting. It is safe but redundant to check
+ the return value of <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> in XSI Curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7eec3ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_inopts.3x,v 1.13 2005/05/15 16:18:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_inopts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_inopts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG>, <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>, <STRONG>echo</STRONG>, <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>, <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>keypad</STRONG>, <STRONG>meta</STRONG>, <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>notimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>raw</STRONG>, <STRONG>noraw</STRONG>, <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>timeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>typeahead</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input
+ options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>cbreak(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nocbreak(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>echo(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>noecho(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>halfdelay(int</STRONG> <STRONG>tenths);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>intrflush(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>keypad(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>meta(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nodelay(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>raw(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>noraw(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>noqiflush(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>qiflush(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>notimeout(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>timeout(int</STRONG> <STRONG>delay);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wtimeout(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delay);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>typeahead(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fd);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a
+ newline or carriage return is typed. The <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> routine
+ disables line buffering and erase/kill character-process-
+ ing (interrupt and flow control characters are unaffect-
+ ed), making characters typed by the user immediately
+ available to the program. The <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> routine returns
+ the terminal to normal (cooked) mode.
+
+ Initially the terminal may or may not be in <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode,
+ as the mode is inherited; therefore, a program should call
+ <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> or <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> explicitly. Most interactive programs
+ using <STRONG>curses</STRONG> set the <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode. Note that <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> over-
+ rides <STRONG>raw</STRONG>. [See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG> for a discussion of how
+ these routines interact with <STRONG>echo</STRONG> and <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>.]
+
+ The <STRONG>echo</STRONG> and <STRONG>noecho</STRONG> routines control whether characters
+ typed by the user are echoed by <STRONG>getch</STRONG> as they are typed.
+ Echoing by the tty driver is always disabled, but initial-
+ ly <STRONG>getch</STRONG> is in echo mode, so characters typed are echoed.
+ Authors of most interactive programs prefer to do their
+ own echoing in a controlled area of the screen, or not to
+ echo at all, so they disable echoing by calling <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>.
+ [See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG> for a discussion of how these routines
+ interact with <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> and <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>.]
+
+ The <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG> routine is used for half-delay mode, which
+ is similar to <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode in that characters typed by the
+ user are immediately available to the program. However,
+ after blocking for <EM>tenths</EM> tenths of seconds, ERR is re-
+ turned if nothing has been typed. The value of <STRONG>tenths</STRONG>
+ must be a number between 1 and 255. Use <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> to leave
+ half-delay mode.
+
+ If the <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG> option is enabled, (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), when an
+ interrupt key is pressed on the keyboard (interrupt,
+ break, quit) all output in the tty driver queue will be
+ flushed, giving the effect of faster response to the in-
+ terrupt, but causing <STRONG>curses</STRONG> to have the wrong idea of what
+ is on the screen. Disabling (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), the option
+ prevents the flush. The default for the option is inher-
+ ited from the tty driver settings. The window argument is
+ ignored.
+
+ The <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> option enables the keypad of the user's termi-
+ nal. If enabled (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), the user can press a func-
+ tion key (such as an arrow key) and <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> returns a sin-
+ gle value representing the function key, as in <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>.
+ If disabled (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), <STRONG>curses</STRONG> does not treat function
+ keys specially and the program has to interpret the escape
+ sequences itself. If the keypad in the terminal can be
+ turned on (made to transmit) and off (made to work local-
+ ly), turning on this option causes the terminal keypad to
+ be turned on when <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> is called. The default value for
+ keypad is false.
+
+ Initially, whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant
+ bits on input depends on the control mode of the tty driv-
+ er [see <STRONG><A HREF="termio.7.html">termio(7)</A></STRONG>]. To force 8 bits to be returned, in-
+ voke <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>); this is equivalent, under POSIX, to
+ setting the CS8 flag on the terminal. To force 7 bits to
+ be returned, invoke <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>); this is equivalent,
+ under POSIX, to setting the CS7 flag on the terminal. The
+ window argument, <EM>win</EM>, is always ignored. If the terminfo
+ capabilities <STRONG>smm</STRONG> (meta_on) and <STRONG>rmm</STRONG> (meta_off) are defined
+ for the terminal, <STRONG>smm</STRONG> is sent to the terminal when
+ <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>) is called and <STRONG>rmm</STRONG> is sent when <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>,
+ <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>) is called.
+
+ The <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG> option causes <STRONG>getch</STRONG> to be a non-blocking call.
+ If no input is ready, <STRONG>getch</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>. If disabled (<EM>bf</EM>
+ is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), <STRONG>getch</STRONG> waits until a key is pressed.
+
+ While interpreting an input escape sequence, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> sets a
+ timer while waiting for the next character. If <STRONG>notime-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>out(</STRONG><EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>) is called, then <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> does not set a
+ timer. The purpose of the timeout is to differentiate be-
+ tween sequences received from a function key and those
+ typed by a user.
+
+ The <STRONG>raw</STRONG> and <STRONG>noraw</STRONG> routines place the terminal into or out
+ of raw mode. Raw mode is similar to <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode, in that
+ characters typed are immediately passed through to the us-
+ er program. The differences are that in raw mode, the in-
+ terrupt, quit, suspend, and flow control characters are
+ all passed through uninterpreted, instead of generating a
+ signal. The behavior of the BREAK key depends on other
+ bits in the tty driver that are not set by <STRONG>curses</STRONG>.
+
+ When the <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG> routine is used, normal flush of input
+ and output queues associated with the <STRONG>INTR</STRONG>, <STRONG>QUIT</STRONG> and <STRONG>SUSP</STRONG>
+ characters will not be done [see <STRONG><A HREF="termio.7.html">termio(7)</A></STRONG>]. When <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>
+ is called, the queues will be flushed when these control
+ characters are read. You may want to call <STRONG>noqiflush()</STRONG> in
+ a signal handler if you want output to continue as though
+ the interrupt had not occurred, after the handler exits.
+
+ The <STRONG>timeout</STRONG> and <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG> routines set blocking or non-
+ blocking read for a given window. If <EM>delay</EM> is negative,
+ blocking read is used (i.e., waits indefinitely for in-
+ put). If <EM>delay</EM> is zero, then non-blocking read is used
+ (i.e., read returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if no input is waiting). If <EM>delay</EM>
+ is positive, then read blocks for <EM>delay</EM> milliseconds, and
+ returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if there is still no input. Hence, these rou-
+ tines provide the same functionality as <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG>, plus the
+ additional capability of being able to block for only <EM>de-</EM>
+ <EM>lay</EM> milliseconds (where <EM>delay</EM> is positive).
+
+ The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library does ``line-breakout optimization'' by
+ looking for typeahead periodically while updating the
+ screen. If input is found, and it is coming from a tty,
+ the current update is postponed until <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>
+ is called again. This allows faster response to commands
+ typed in advance. Normally, the input FILE pointer passed
+ to <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>, or <STRONG>stdin</STRONG> in the case that <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> was used,
+ will be used to do this typeahead checking. The <STRONG>typeahead</STRONG>
+ routine specifies that the file descriptor <EM>fd</EM> is to be
+ used to check for typeahead instead. If <EM>fd</EM> is -1, then no
+ typeahead checking is done.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+ ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
+ than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
+ noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. In this im-
+ plementation, functions with a window parameter will re-
+ turn an error if it is null. Any function will also re-
+ turn an error if the terminal was not initialized. Also,
+
+ <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>
+ returns an error if its parameter is outside
+ the range 1..255.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+ The ncurses library obeys the XPG4 standard and the his-
+ torical practice of the AT&T curses implementations, in
+ that the echo bit is cleared when curses initializes the
+ terminal state. BSD curses differed from this slightly;
+ it left the echo bit on at initialization, but the BSD <STRONG>raw</STRONG>
+ call turned it off as a side-effect. For best portabili-
+ ty, set echo or noecho explicitly just after initializa-
+ tion, even if your program remains in cooked mode.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>echo</STRONG>, <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>, <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>meta</STRONG>, <STRONG>node-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>lay</STRONG>, <STRONG>notimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>timeout</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG>
+ may be macros.
+
+ The <STRONG>noraw</STRONG> and <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> calls follow historical practice in
+ that they attempt to restore to normal (`cooked') mode
+ from raw and cbreak modes respectively. Mixing raw/noraw
+ and cbreak/nocbreak calls leads to tty driver control
+ states that are hard to predict or understand; it is not
+ recommended.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="termio.7.html">termio(7)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e69d8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_ins_wch.3x,v 1.3 2006/02/25 21:42:22 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_ins_wch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_ins_wch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>ins_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvins_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwins_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wins_wch</STRONG> - insert a com-
+ plex character and rendition into a window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ #include <curses.h>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_wch(const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wins_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win,</EM> <EM>const</EM> <EM>cchar</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>t</EM> <EM>*wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvins_wch(int</STRONG> <EM>y,</EM> <EM>int</EM> <EM>x,</EM> <EM>const</EM> <EM>cchar</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>t</EM> <EM>*wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwins_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win,</EM> <EM>int</EM> <EM>y,</EM> <EM>int</EM> <EM>x,</EM> <EM>const</EM> <EM>cchar</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>t</EM>
+ <EM>*wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines, insert the complex character <EM>wch</EM> with ren-
+ dition before the character under the cursor. All charac-
+ ters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the
+ right, with the possibility of the rightmost character on
+ the line being lost. The insertion operation does not
+ change the cursor position.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ If successful, these functions return OK. If not, they
+ return ERR.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>ERRORS</H2><PRE>
+ No errors are defined.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d81870
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_ins_wstr.3x,v 1.4 2005/05/15 17:02:54 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_ins_wstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_ins_wstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>ins_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>ins_nwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wins_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wins_nwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvins_wstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvins_nwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwins_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwins_nwstr</STRONG> - insert a wide-
+ character string into a curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_wstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr);</EM>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_nwstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wins_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wins_nwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvins_wstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvins_nwstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwins_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines insert a <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> character string (as many
+ characters as will fit on the line) before the character
+ under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cur-
+ sor are shifted right, with the possibility of the right-
+ most characters on the line being lost. No wrapping is
+ performed. The cursor position does not change (after
+ moving to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>, if specified). The four routines with <EM>n</EM>
+ as the last argument insert a leading substring of at most
+ <EM>n</EM> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> characters. If <EM>n</EM> is less than 1, the entire
+ string is inserted.
+
+ If a character in <EM>wstr</EM> is a tab, newline, carriage return
+ or backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately within the
+ window. A newline also does a <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG> before moving.
+ Tabs are considered to be at every eighth column. If a
+ character in <EM>wstr</EM> is another control character, it is
+ drawn in the <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> notation. Calling <STRONG>win_wch</STRONG> after adding a
+ control character (and moving to it, if necessary) does
+ not return the control character, but instead returns a
+ character in the ^-representation of the control charac-
+ ter.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all but wins_nwstr may be macros.
+
+ If the first character in the string is a nonspacing char-
+ acter, these functions will fail. XSI does not define
+ what will happen if a nonspacing character follows a con-
+ trol character.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ Upon successful completion, these functions return OK.
+ Otherwise, they return ERR.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ffe0ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_insch.3x,v 1.10 2006/12/02 17:01:50 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_insch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_insch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>insch</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinsch</STRONG> - insert a character
+ before cursor in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insch(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinsch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinsch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines insert the character <EM>ch</EM> before the charac-
+ ter under the cursor. All characters to the right of the
+ cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possi-
+ bility of the rightmost character on the line being lost.
+ The insertion operation does not change the cursor posi-
+ tion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+ ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
+ than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
+ noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ These routines do not necessarily imply use of a hardware
+ insert character feature.
+
+ Note that <STRONG>insch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwinsch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw)
+ library are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a43951
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_insstr.3x,v 1.18 2006/12/24 14:59:30 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_insstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_insstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>insstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>insnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsnstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvwinsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinsnstr</STRONG> - insert string before cursor in a
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinsstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinsnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinsstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinsnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines insert a character string (as many charac-
+ ters as will fit on the line) before the character under
+ the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are
+ shifted right with the possibility of the rightmost char-
+ acters on the line being lost. The cursor position does
+ not change (after moving to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>, if specified). The
+ functions with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument insert a leading
+ substring of at most <EM>n</EM> characters. If <EM>n</EM><=0, then the
+ entire string is inserted.
+
+ Special characters are handled as in <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+ ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
+ than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
+ noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion, if the window parameter is null or the str parameter
+ is null, an error is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all but <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4, which adds const qualifiers to the arguments.
+
+ The Single Unix Specification, Version 2 states that
+ <STRONG>insnstr</STRONG> and <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG> perform wrapping. This is probably
+ an error, since it makes this group of functions inconsis-
+ tent. Also, no implementation of curses documents this
+ inconsistency.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98ae39e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.13 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_instr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_instr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>instr</STRONG>, <STRONG>innstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>str</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinnstr</STRONG> - get a string of characters from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>instr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>innstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return a string of characters in <EM>str</EM>,
+ extracted starting at the current cursor position in the
+ named window. Attributes are stripped from the charac-
+ ters. The four functions with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument
+ return a leading substring at most <EM>n</EM> characters long
+ (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All of the functions return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure, or the num-
+ ber of characters actually read into the string.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion, if the window parameter is null or the str parameter
+ is null, a zero is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all routines except <STRONG>winnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ SVr4 does not document whether a length limit includes or
+ excludes the trailing NUL.
+
+ The ncurses library extends the XSI description by allow-
+ ing a negative value for <EM>n</EM>. In this case, the functions
+ return the string ending at the right margin.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17e13b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_inwstr.3x,v 1.5 2006/02/25 21:20:20 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_inwstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_inwstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>inwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>innwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinnwstr</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>mvwinwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinnwstr</STRONG> - get a string of <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> characters
+ from a curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>inwstr(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>innwstr(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winnwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinwstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinnwstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinnwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return a string of <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> characters in
+ <EM>wstr</EM>, extracted starting at the current cursor position in
+ the named window. Attributes are stripped from the char-
+ acters. The four functions with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument
+ return a leading substring at most <EM>n</EM> bytes long (exclusive
+ of the trailing NUL). Transfer stops at the end of the
+ current line, or when <EM>n</EM> bytes have been stored at the
+ location referenced by <EM>wstr</EM>.
+
+ If the size <EM>n</EM> is not large enough to store a complete
+ character, an error is generated.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all routines except <STRONG>winnwstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure. Upon successful com-
+ pletion, the *<STRONG>inwstr</STRONG> routines return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>, and the *<STRONG>innwstr</STRONG>
+ routines return the number of characters read into the
+ string.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11f41d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_kernel.3x,v 1.15 2005/05/15 16:18:13 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_kernel 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_kernel 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>resetty</STRONG>, <STRONG>savetty</STRONG>, <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>napms</STRONG> - low-level <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>def_prog_mode(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>def_shell_mode(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>reset_prog_mode(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>reset_shell_mode(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>resetty(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>savetty(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getsyx(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>setsyx(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ripoffline(int</STRONG> <STRONG>line,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*init)(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int));</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>curs_set(int</STRONG> <STRONG>visibility);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>napms(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ms);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The following routines give low-level access to various
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> capabilities. Theses routines typically are used
+ inside library routines.
+
+ The <STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG> routines save the
+ current terminal modes as the "program" (in <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) or
+ "shell" (not in <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) state for use by the <STRONG>re-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> routines. This is done
+ automatically by <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>. There is one such save area for
+ each screen context allocated by <STRONG>newterm()</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> routines restore
+ the terminal to "program" (in <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) or "shell" (out of
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) state. These are done automatically by <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>
+ and, after an <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>, by <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, so they normally are
+ not called.
+
+ The <STRONG>resetty</STRONG> and <STRONG>savetty</STRONG> routines save and restore the
+ state of the terminal modes. <STRONG>savetty</STRONG> saves the current
+ state in a buffer and <STRONG>resetty</STRONG> restores the state to what
+ it was at the last call to <STRONG>savetty</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> routine returns the current coordinates of the
+ virtual screen cursor in <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>. If <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> is currently
+ <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>, then <STRONG>-1</STRONG>,<STRONG>-1</STRONG> is returned. If lines have been removed
+ from the top of the screen, using <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>, <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> in-
+ clude these lines; therefore, <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> should be used only
+ as arguments for <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> routine sets the virtual screen cursor to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>.
+ If <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> are both <STRONG>-1</STRONG>, then <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> is set. The two rou-
+ tines <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> are designed to be used by a li-
+ brary routine, which manipulates <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows but does
+ not want to change the current position of the program's
+ cursor. The library routine would call <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> at the be-
+ ginning, do its manipulation of its own windows, do a
+ <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> on its windows, call <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>, and then call
+ <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG> routine provides access to the same facili-
+ ty that <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG> [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>] uses to reduce the
+ size of the screen. <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG> must be called before
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> is called. If <EM>line</EM> is positive, a line
+ is removed from the top of <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>; if <EM>line</EM> is negative, a
+ line is removed from the bottom. When this is done inside
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>, the routine <STRONG>init</STRONG> (supplied by the user) is called
+ with two arguments: a window pointer to the one-line win-
+ dow that has been allocated and an integer with the number
+ of columns in the window. Inside this initialization rou-
+ tine, the integer variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLS</STRONG> (defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>) are not guaranteed to be accurate and <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>
+ or <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> must not be called. It is allowable to call
+ <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> during the initialization routine.
+
+ <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG> can be called up to five times before calling
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> routine sets the cursor state is set to in-
+ visible, normal, or very visible for <STRONG>visibility</STRONG> equal to
+ <STRONG>0</STRONG>, <STRONG>1</STRONG>, or <STRONG>2</STRONG> respectively. If the terminal supports the
+ <EM>visibility</EM> requested, the previous <EM>cursor</EM> state is re-
+ turned; otherwise, <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned.
+
+ The <STRONG>napms</STRONG> routine is used to sleep for <EM>ms</EM> milliseconds.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>, these routines always return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> returns the previous cursor state, or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the
+ requested <EM>visibility</EM> is not supported.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion
+
+ <STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>re-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_shell_mode</STRONG>
+ return an error if the terminal was not ini-
+ tialized, or if the I/O call to obtain the
+ terminal settings fails.
+
+ <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the maximum number of
+ ripped-off lines exceeds the maximum (NRIPS =
+ 5).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> is a macro, so <STRONG>&</STRONG> is not necessary before
+ the variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+ Older SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of
+ <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> "is currently incorrect". This implementation
+ gets it right, but it may be unwise to count on the cor-
+ rectness of the return value anywhere else.
+
+ Both ncurses and SVr4 will call <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> in <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> if
+ <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> has been called to make the cursor other than
+ normal, i.e., either invisible or very visible. There is
+ no way for ncurses to determine the initial cursor state
+ to restore that.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The functions <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> are not described in the
+ XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. All other functions are as
+ described in XSI Curses.
+
+ The SVr4 documentation describes <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> as hav-
+ ing return type int. This is misleading, as they are
+ macros with no documented semantics for the return value.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_re-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">fresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1de590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_legacy.3x,v 1.1 2007/04/07 23:54:29 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_legacy 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_legacy 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>getbegx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegy</STRONG>, <STRONG>getcurx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getcury</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxy</STRONG>, <STRONG>get-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>parx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getpary</STRONG> - get <STRONG>curses</STRONG> cursor and window coordinates
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getbegx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getbegy(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getcurx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getcury(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getmaxx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getmaxy(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getparx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getpary(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>getbegy</STRONG> and <STRONG>getbegx</STRONG> functions return the same data as
+ <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>getcury</STRONG> and <STRONG>getcurx</STRONG> functions return the same data as
+ <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>getmaxy</STRONG> and <STRONG>getmaxx</STRONG> functions return the same data as
+ <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>getpary</STRONG> and <STRONG>getparx</STRONG> functions return the same data as
+ <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These functions return an integer, or ERR if the window
+ parameter is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ All of these interfaces are provided as macros and func-
+ tions. The macros are suppressed (and only the functions
+ provided) when <STRONG>NCURSES_OPAQUE</STRONG> is defined. The standard
+ forms such as <STRONG>getyx</STRONG> must be implemented as macros, and (in
+ this implementation) are defined in terms of the functions
+ described here, to avoid reliance on internal details of
+ the WINDOW structure.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions were supported on Version 7, BSD or System
+ V implementations.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2309482
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_mouse.3x,v 1.30 2006/12/30 23:43:34 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_mouse 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_mouse 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG>, <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG>, <STRONG>mouse_trafo</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG>, <STRONG>mouseinterval</STRONG> - mouse interface through
+ curses
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>typedef</STRONG> <STRONG>unsigned</STRONG> <STRONG>long</STRONG> <STRONG>mmask_t;</STRONG>
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ short id; <EM>/*</EM> <EM>ID</EM> <EM>to</EM> <EM>distinguish</EM> <EM>multiple</EM> <EM>devices</EM> <EM>*/</EM>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>z;</STRONG> <EM>/*</EM> <EM>event</EM> <EM>coordinates</EM> <EM>*/</EM>
+ <STRONG>mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>bstate;</STRONG> <EM>/*</EM> <EM>button</EM> <EM>state</EM> <EM>bits</EM> <EM>*/</EM>
+ <STRONG>}</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>MEVENT;</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getmouse(MEVENT</STRONG> <STRONG>*event);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ungetmouse(MEVENT</STRONG> <STRONG>*event);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>mousemask(mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>newmask,</STRONG> <STRONG>mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*oldmask);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>wenclose(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>mouse_trafo(int*</STRONG> <STRONG>pY,</STRONG> <STRONG>int*</STRONG> <STRONG>pX,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>to_screen);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>wmouse_trafo(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW*</STRONG> <STRONG>win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int*</STRONG> <STRONG>pY,</STRONG> <STRONG>int*</STRONG> <STRONG>pX,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>to_screen);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mouseinterval(int</STRONG> <STRONG>erval);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These functions provide an interface to mouse events from
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>. Mouse events are represented by <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG>
+ pseudo-key values in the <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> input stream.
+
+ To make mouse events visible, use the <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG> function.
+ This will set the mouse events to be reported. By de-
+ fault, no mouse events are reported. The function will
+ return a mask to indicate which of the specified mouse
+ events can be reported; on complete failure it returns 0.
+ If oldmask is non-NULL, this function fills the indicated
+ location with the previous value of the given window's
+ mouse event mask.
+
+ As a side effect, setting a zero mousemask may turn off
+ the mouse pointer; setting a nonzero mask may turn it on.
+ Whether this happens is device-dependent.
+
+ Here are the mouse event type masks which may be defined:
+
+
+ <EM>Name</EM> <EM>Description</EM>
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ BUTTON1_PRESSED mouse button 1 down
+ BUTTON1_RELEASED mouse button 1 up
+ BUTTON1_CLICKED mouse button 1 clicked
+ BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 1 double clicked
+ BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 1 triple clicked
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ BUTTON2_PRESSED mouse button 2 down
+ BUTTON2_RELEASED mouse button 2 up
+ BUTTON2_CLICKED mouse button 2 clicked
+ BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 2 double clicked
+ BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 2 triple clicked
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ BUTTON3_PRESSED mouse button 3 down
+ BUTTON3_RELEASED mouse button 3 up
+ BUTTON3_CLICKED mouse button 3 clicked
+ BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 3 double clicked
+ BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 3 triple clicked
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ BUTTON4_PRESSED mouse button 4 down
+ BUTTON4_RELEASED mouse button 4 up
+ BUTTON4_CLICKED mouse button 4 clicked
+ BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 4 double clicked
+ BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 4 triple clicked
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ BUTTON5_PRESSED mouse button 5 down
+ BUTTON5_RELEASED mouse button 5 up
+ BUTTON5_CLICKED mouse button 5 clicked
+ BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 5 double clicked
+ BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 5 triple clicked
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ BUTTON_SHIFT shift was down during button state change
+ BUTTON_CTRL control was down during button state change
+ BUTTON_ALT alt was down during button state change
+ ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS report all button state changes
+ REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION report mouse movement
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Once a class of mouse events have been made visible in a
+ window, calling the <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> function on that window may re-
+ turn <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> as an indicator that a mouse event has been
+ queued. To read the event data and pop the event off the
+ queue, call <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>. This function will return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> if a
+ mouse event is actually visible in the given window, <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
+ otherwise. When <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG>, the data deposited
+ as y and x in the event structure coordinates will be
+ screen-relative character-cell coordinates. The returned
+ state mask will have exactly one bit set to indicate the
+ event type.
+
+ The <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG> function behaves analogously to <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG>.
+ It pushes a <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> event onto the input queue, and as-
+ sociates with that event the given state data and screen-
+ relative character-cell coordinates.
+
+ The <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG> function tests whether a given pair of
+ screen-relative character-cell coordinates is enclosed by
+ a given window, returning TRUE if it is and FALSE other-
+ wise. It is useful for determining what subset of the
+ screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event.
+
+ The <STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG> function transforms a given pair of coor-
+ dinates from stdscr-relative coordinates to coordinates
+ relative to the given window or vice versa. Please remem-
+ ber, that stdscr-relative coordinates are not always iden-
+ tical to window-relative coordinates due to the mechanism
+ to reserve lines on top or bottom of the screen for other
+ purposes (see the <STRONG>ripoffline()</STRONG> and <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG> calls, for ex-
+ ample). If the parameter <STRONG>to_screen</STRONG> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>, the pointers
+ <STRONG>pY,</STRONG> <STRONG>pX</STRONG> must reference the coordinates of a location inside
+ the window <STRONG>win</STRONG>. They are converted to window-relative co-
+ ordinates and returned through the pointers. If the con-
+ version was successful, the function returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>. If one
+ of the parameters was NULL or the location is not inside
+ the window, <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> is returned. If <STRONG>to_screen</STRONG> is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>, the
+ pointers <STRONG>pY,</STRONG> <STRONG>pX</STRONG> must reference window-relative coordi-
+ nates. They are converted to stdscr-relative coordinates
+ if the window <STRONG>win</STRONG> encloses this point. In this case the
+ function returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>. If one of the parameters is NULL
+ or the point is not inside the window, <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> is returned.
+ Please notice, that the referenced coordinates are only
+ replaced by the converted coordinates if the transforma-
+ tion was successful.
+
+ The <STRONG>mouse_trafo</STRONG> function performs the same translation as
+ <STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG>, using stdscr for <STRONG>win</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>mouseinterval</STRONG> function sets the maximum time (in thou-
+ sands of a second) that can elapse between press and re-
+ lease events for them to be recognized as a click. Use
+ <STRONG>mouseinterval(0)</STRONG> to disable click resolution. This func-
+ tion returns the previous interval value. Use <STRONG>mouseinter-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>val(-1)</STRONG> to obtain the interval without altering it. The
+ default is one sixth of a second.
+
+ Note that mouse events will be ignored when input is in
+ cooked mode, and will cause an error beep when cooked mode
+ is being simulated in a window by a function such as <STRONG>get-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>str</STRONG> that expects a linefeed for input-loop termination.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG> and <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG> return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+ ure or <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon successful completion.
+
+ <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>
+ returns an error. If no mouse driver was ini-
+ tialized, or if the mask parameter is zero,
+
+ <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the FIFO is full.
+
+ <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG> returns the mask of reportable events.
+
+ <STRONG>mouseinterval</STRONG> returns the previous interval value, unless
+ the terminal was not initialized. In that case, it re-
+ turns the maximum interval value (166).
+
+ <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG> and <STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG> are boolean functions returning
+ <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> depending on their test result.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These calls were designed for <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, and are not
+ found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
+ version of curses.
+
+ The feature macro <STRONG>NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION</STRONG> is provided so the
+ preprocessor can be used to test whether these features
+ are present. If the interface is changed, the value of
+ <STRONG>NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION</STRONG> will be incremented. These values
+ for <STRONG>NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION</STRONG> may be specified when configur-
+ ing ncurses:
+
+ 1 has definitions for reserved events. The mask
+ uses 28 bits.
+
+ 2 adds definitions for button 5, removes the defi-
+ nitions for reserved events. The mask uses 29
+ bits.
+
+ The order of the <STRONG>MEVENT</STRONG> structure members is not guaran-
+ teed. Additional fields may be added to the structure in
+ the future.
+
+ Under <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, these calls are implemented using ei-
+ ther xterm's built-in mouse-tracking API or platform-spe-
+ cific drivers including
+ Alessandro Rubini's gpm server.
+ FreeBSD sysmouse
+ OS/2 EMX
+ If you are using an unsupported configuration, mouse
+ events will not be visible to <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG> (and the <STRONG>mouse-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>mask</STRONG> function will always return <STRONG>0</STRONG>).
+
+ If the terminfo entry contains a <STRONG>XM</STRONG> string, this is used
+ in the xterm mouse driver to control the way the terminal
+ is initialized for mouse operation. The default, if <STRONG>XM</STRONG> is
+ not found, corresponds to private mode 1000 of xterm:
+ \E[?1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;
+ The z member in the event structure is not presently used.
+ It is intended for use with touch screens (which may be
+ pressure-sensitive) or with 3D-mice/trackballs/power
+ gloves.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+ Mouse events under xterm will not in fact be ignored dur-
+ ing cooked mode, if they have been enabled by <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG>.
+ Instead, the xterm mouse report sequence will appear in
+ the string read.
+
+ Mouse events under xterm will not be detected correctly in
+ a window with its keypad bit off, since they are inter-
+ preted as a variety of function key. Your terminfo de-
+ scription should have <STRONG>kmous</STRONG> set to "\E[M" (the beginning
+ of the response from xterm for mouse clicks). Other val-
+ ues for <STRONG>kmous</STRONG> are permitted, but under the same assump-
+ tion, i.e., it is the beginning of the response.
+
+ Because there are no standard terminal responses that
+ would serve to identify terminals which support the xterm
+ mouse protocol, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> assumes that if your $TERM envi-
+ ronment variable contains "xterm", or <STRONG>kmous</STRONG> is defined in
+ the terminal description, then the terminal may send mouse
+ events.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25c52b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_move.3x,v 1.12 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_move 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_move 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>move</STRONG>, <STRONG>wmove</STRONG> - move <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>move(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wmove(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines move the cursor associated with the window
+ to line <EM>y</EM> and column <EM>x</EM>. This routine does not move the
+ physical cursor of the terminal until <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> is called.
+ The position specified is relative to the upper left-hand
+ corner of the window, which is (0,0).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
+ fies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
+ ful completion.
+
+ Specifically, they return an error if the window pointer
+ is null, or if the position is outside the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>move</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e0f1ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_opaque.3x,v 1.6 2007/09/08 18:49:13 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_opaque 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_opaque 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>is_cleared</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_idlok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_idcok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_immedok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_keypad</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>is_leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_nodelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_timeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_scrollok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_syncok</STRONG>
+ - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window properties
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_cleared(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_idcok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_idlok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_immedok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_keypad(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_leaveok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_nodelay(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_notimeout(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_scrollok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_syncok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetparent(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetscrreg(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*top,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*bottom);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This implementation provides functions which return prop-
+ erties set in the WINDOW structure, allowing it to be
+ ``opaque'' if the symbol <STRONG>NCURSES_OPAQUE</STRONG> is defined:
+
+ <STRONG>is_cleared</STRONG>
+ returns the value set in <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>is_idcok</STRONG>
+ returns the value set in <STRONG>idcok</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>is_idlok</STRONG>
+ returns the value set in <STRONG>idlok</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>is_immedok</STRONG>
+ returns the value set in <STRONG>immedok</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>is_keypad</STRONG>
+ returns the value set in <STRONG>keypad</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>is_leaveok</STRONG>
+ returns the value set in <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>is_nodelay</STRONG>
+ returns the value set in <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>is_notimeout</STRONG>
+ returns the value set in <STRONG>notimeout</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>is_scrollok</STRONG>
+ returns the value set in <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>is_syncok</STRONG>
+ returns the value set in <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>wgetparent</STRONG>
+ returns the parent WINDOW pointer for subwindows, or
+ NULL for windows having no parent.
+
+ <STRONG>wgetscrreg</STRONG>
+ returns the top and bottom rows for the scrolling
+ margin as set in <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These functions all return TRUE or FALSE, except as noted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Both a macro and a function are provided for each name.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on ncurses ex-
+ tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_win-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">dow(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8d4a06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_outopts.3x,v 1.21 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_outopts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_outopts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idlok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idcok</STRONG>, <STRONG>immedok</STRONG>, <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>, <STRONG>nl</STRONG>, <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> output options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clearok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>idlok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>idcok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>immedok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>leaveok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setscrreg(int</STRONG> <STRONG>top,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bot);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wsetscrreg(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>top,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bot);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scrollok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nl(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nonl(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines set options that change the style of output
+ within <STRONG>curses</STRONG>. All options are initially <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>, unless
+ otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these op-
+ tions off before calling <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>.
+
+ If <STRONG>clearok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as argument, the next call
+ to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> with this window will clear the screen com-
+ pletely and redraw the entire screen from scratch. This
+ is useful when the contents of the screen are uncertain,
+ or in some cases for a more pleasing visual effect. If
+ the <EM>win</EM> argument to <STRONG>clearok</STRONG> is the global variable <STRONG>curscr</STRONG>,
+ the next call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> with any window causes the
+ screen to be cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+ If <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as second argument, <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ considers using the hardware insert/delete line feature of
+ terminals so equipped. Calling <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as second
+ argument disables use of line insertion and deletion.
+ This option should be enabled only if the application
+ needs insert/delete line, for example, for a screen edi-
+ tor. It is disabled by default because insert/delete line
+ tends to be visually annoying when used in applications
+ where it is not really needed. If insert/delete line can-
+ not be used, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> redraws the changed portions of all
+ lines.
+
+ If <STRONG>idcok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as second argument, <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ no longer considers using the hardware insert/delete char-
+ acter feature of terminals so equipped. Use of character
+ insert/delete is enabled by default. Calling <STRONG>idcok</STRONG> with
+ <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as second argument re-enables use of character inser-
+ tion and deletion.
+
+ If <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> <STRONG>as</STRONG> <STRONG>argument</STRONG>, any change in
+ the window image, such as the ones caused by <STRONG>waddch,</STRONG> <STRONG>wclr-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>tobot,</STRONG> <STRONG>wscrl</STRONG>, etc., automatically cause a call to <STRONG>wre-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>fresh</STRONG>. However, it may degrade performance considerably,
+ due to repeated calls to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>. It is disabled by de-
+ fault.
+
+ Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of
+ the window cursor being refreshed. The <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> option al-
+ lows the cursor to be left wherever the update happens to
+ leave it. It is useful for applications where the cursor
+ is not used, since it reduces the need for cursor motions.
+
+ The <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> and <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG> routines allow the applica-
+ tion programmer to set a software scrolling region in a
+ window. <EM>top</EM> and <EM>bot</EM> are the line numbers of the top and
+ bottom margin of the scrolling region. (Line 0 is the top
+ line of the window.) If this option and <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> are en-
+ abled, an attempt to move off the bottom margin line caus-
+ es all lines in the scrolling region to scroll one line in
+ the direction of the first line. Only the text of the
+ window is scrolled. (Note that this has nothing to do
+ with the use of a physical scrolling region capability in
+ the terminal, like that in the VT100. If <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> is enabled
+ and the terminal has either a scrolling region or in-
+ sert/delete line capability, they will probably be used by
+ the output routines.)
+
+ The <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> option controls what happens when the cursor
+ of a window is moved off the edge of the window or
+ scrolling region, either as a result of a newline action
+ on the bottom line, or typing the last character of the
+ last line. If disabled, (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), the cursor is left
+ on the bottom line. If enabled, (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), the window
+ is scrolled up one line (Note that to get the physical
+ scrolling effect on the terminal, it is also necessary to
+ call <STRONG>idlok</STRONG>).
+
+ The <STRONG>nl</STRONG> and <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> routines control whether the underlying
+ display device translates the return key into newline on
+ input, and whether it translates newline into return and
+ line-feed on output (in either case, the call <STRONG>addch('\n')</STRONG>
+ does the equivalent of return and line feed on the virtual
+ screen). Initially, these translations do occur. If you
+ disable them using <STRONG>nonl</STRONG>, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> will be able to make bet-
+ ter use of the line-feed capability, resulting in faster
+ cursor motion. Also, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> will then be able to detect
+ the return key.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The functions <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> and <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG> return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon suc-
+ cess and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure. All other routines that return
+ an integer always return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions.
+
+ In this implementation, those functions that have a window
+ pointer will return an error if the window pointer is
+ null.
+
+ <STRONG>wclrtoeol</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the cursor position is
+ about to wrap.
+
+ <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the scrolling region lim-
+ its extend outside the window.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. This imple-
+ mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4.
+
+ The XSI Curses standard is ambiguous on the question of
+ whether <STRONG>raw</STRONG>() should disable the CRLF translations con-
+ trolled by <STRONG>nl</STRONG>() and <STRONG>nonl</STRONG>(). BSD curses did turn off these
+ translations; AT&T curses (at least as late as SVr1) did
+ not. We choose to do so, on the theory that a programmer
+ requesting raw input wants a clean (ideally 8-bit clean)
+ connection that the operating system will not alter.
+
+ Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocu-
+ mented feature, the ability to do the equivalent of
+ <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG> or <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>scr)</STRONG>. This will not work under ncurses.
+
+ Earlier System V curses implementations specified that
+ with <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> enabled, any window modification triggering
+ a scroll also forced a physical refresh. XSI Curses does
+ not require this, and <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> avoids doing it to perform
+ better vertical-motion optimization at <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> time.
+
+ The XSI Curses standard does not mention that the cursor
+ should be made invisible as a side-effect of <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>.
+ SVr4 curses documentation does this, but the code does
+ not. Use <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> to make the cursor invisible.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idcok</STRONG>, <STRONG>nl</STRONG>, <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+ The <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> routine is useful for windows that are used as
+ terminal emulators.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..967186c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_overlay.3x,v 1.14 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_overlay 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_overlay 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>overlay</STRONG>, <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG>, <STRONG>copywin</STRONG> - overlay and manipulate
+ overlapped <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>overlay(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*srcwin,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dstwin);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>overwrite(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*srcwin,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dstwin);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>copywin(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*srcwin,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dstwin,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>sminrow,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dmincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dmaxrow,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dmaxcol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>overlay);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> routines overlay <EM>srcwin</EM> on top
+ of <EM>dstwin</EM>. <EM>scrwin</EM> and <EM>dstwin</EM> are not required to be the
+ same size; only text where the two windows overlap is
+ copied. The difference is that <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> is non-destructive
+ (blanks are not copied) whereas <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> is destructive.
+
+ The <STRONG>copywin</STRONG> routine provides a finer granularity of con-
+ trol over the <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> routines. Like in the
+ <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> routine, a rectangle is specified in the destina-
+ tion window, (<EM>dminrow</EM>, <EM>dmincol</EM>) and (<EM>dmaxrow</EM>, <EM>dmaxcol</EM>),
+ and the upper-left-corner coordinates of the source win-
+ dow, (<EM>sminrow</EM>, <EM>smincol</EM>). If the argument <EM>overlay</EM> is <STRONG>true</STRONG>,
+ then copying is non-destructive, as in <STRONG>overlay</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure,
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion, <STRONG>copywin</STRONG>, <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> return an error if
+ either of the window pointers are null, or if some part of
+ the window would be placed off-screen.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions
+ (adding the const qualifiers). It further specifies their
+ behavior in the presence of characters with multibyte ren-
+ ditions (not yet supported in this implementation).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e497181
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_pad.3x,v 1.14 2005/05/15 16:18:43 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_pad 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_pad 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>newpad</STRONG>, <STRONG>subpad</STRONG>, <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>pecho_wchar</STRONG> - create and display <STRONG>curses</STRONG> pads
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*newpad(int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*subpad(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*orig,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>prefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pmincol,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>sminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxcol);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pnoutrefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pmincol,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>sminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxcol);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pechochar(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pecho_wchar(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*wch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>newpad</STRONG> routine creates and returns a pointer to a new
+ pad data structure with the given number of lines, <EM>nlines</EM>,
+ and columns, <EM>ncols</EM>. A pad is like a window, except that
+ it is not restricted by the screen size, and is not neces-
+ sarily associated with a particular part of the screen.
+ Pads can be used when a large window is needed, and only a
+ part of the window will be on the screen at one time. Au-
+ tomatic refreshes of pads (e.g., from scrolling or echoing
+ of input) do not occur. It is not legal to call <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>
+ with a <EM>pad</EM> as an argument; the routines <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG> should be called instead. Note that these
+ routines require additional parameters to specify the part
+ of the pad to be displayed and the location on the screen
+ to be used for the display.
+
+ The <STRONG>subpad</STRONG> routine creates and returns a pointer to a sub-
+ window within a pad with the given number of lines,
+ <EM>nlines</EM>, and columns, <EM>ncols</EM>. Unlike <STRONG>subwin</STRONG>, which uses
+ screen coordinates, the window is at position (<EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+ <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM>) on the pad. The window is made in the middle of
+ the window <EM>orig</EM>, so that changes made to one window affect
+ both windows. During the use of this routine, it will of-
+ ten be necessary to call <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> or <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> on <EM>orig</EM> be-
+ fore calling <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG> routines are analogous to
+ <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> except that they relate to pads
+ instead of windows. The additional parameters are needed
+ to indicate what part of the pad and screen are involved.
+ <EM>pminrow</EM> and <EM>pmincol</EM> specify the upper left-hand corner of
+ the rectangle to be displayed in the pad. <EM>sminrow</EM>, <EM>smin-</EM>
+ <EM>col</EM>, <EM>smaxrow</EM>, and <EM>smaxcol</EM> specify the edges of the rectan-
+ gle to be displayed on the screen. The lower right-hand
+ corner of the rectangle to be displayed in the pad is cal-
+ culated from the screen coordinates, since the rectangles
+ must be the same size. Both rectangles must be entirely
+ contained within their respective structures. Negative
+ values of <EM>pminrow</EM>, <EM>pmincol</EM>, <EM>sminrow</EM>, or <EM>smincol</EM> are treat-
+ ed as if they were zero.
+
+ The <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG> routine is functionally equivalent to a call
+ to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, a call to <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>
+ followed by a call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, or a call to <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> fol-
+ lowed by a call to <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>. The knowledge that only a
+ single character is being output is taken into considera-
+ tion and, for non-control characters, a considerable per-
+ formance gain might be seen by using these routines in-
+ stead of their equivalents. In the case of <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>, the
+ last location of the pad on the screen is reused for the
+ arguments to <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>pecho_wchar</STRONG> function is the analogous wide-character
+ form of <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>. It outputs one character to a pad and
+ immediately refreshes the pad. It does this by a call to
+ <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error, and
+ set <STRONG>errno</STRONG> to <STRONG>ENOMEM</STRONG>.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. In this im-
+ plementation
+
+ <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG>
+ return an error if the window pointer is null,
+ or if the window is not really a pad or if the
+ area to refresh extends off-screen or if the
+ minimum coordinates are greater than the maxi-
+ mum.
+
+ <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window is not really a
+ pad, and the associated call to <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> re-
+ turns an error.
+
+ <STRONG>pecho_wchar</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window is not really a
+ pad, and the associated call to <STRONG>wecho_wchar</STRONG>
+ returns an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_add-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">ch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15f76f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_print.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_print 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_print 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> - ship binary data to printer
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mcprint(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*data,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>len);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This function uses the <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG> or <STRONG>mc4</STRONG> and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG> capabilities,
+ if they are present, to ship given data to a printer
+ attached to the terminal.
+
+ Note that the <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> code has no way to do flow control
+ with the printer or to know how much buffering it has.
+ Your application is responsible for keeping the rate of
+ writes to the printer below its continuous throughput rate
+ (typically about half of its nominal cps rating). Dot-
+ matrix printers and 6-page-per-minute lasers can typically
+ handle 80cps, so a good conservative rule of thumb is to
+ sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character line.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> function returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the write operation
+ aborted for some reason. In this case, errno will contain
+ either an error associated with <STRONG>write(2)</STRONG> or one of the
+ following:
+
+ ENODEV
+ Capabilities for printer redirection do not exist.
+
+ ENOMEM
+ Couldn't allocate sufficient memory to buffer the
+ printer write.
+
+ When <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> succeeds, it returns the number of characters
+ actually sent to the printer.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> call was designed for <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, and is not
+ found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
+ version of curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+ Padding in the <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG>, <STRONG>mc4</STRONG> and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG> capabilities will not be
+ interpreted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e88d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.17 2006/12/24 16:05:17 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_printw 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_printw 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>printw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vw_printw</STRONG>
+ - print formatted output in <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>printw(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wprintw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvprintw(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwprintw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vwprintw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>va_list</STRONG> <STRONG>var-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>glist);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vw_printw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>va_list</STRONG> <STRONG>var-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>glist);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>printw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvprintw</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwprintw</STRONG> routines are
+ analogous to <STRONG>printf</STRONG> [see <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3.html">printf(3)</A></STRONG>]. In effect, the
+ string that would be output by <STRONG>printf</STRONG> is output instead as
+ though <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG> were used on the given window.
+
+ The <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG> and <STRONG>wv_printw</STRONG> routines are analogous to
+ <STRONG>vprintf</STRONG> [see <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3.html">printf(3)</A></STRONG>] and perform a <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG> using a
+ variable argument list. The third argument is a <STRONG>va_list</STRONG>,
+ a pointer to a list of arguments, as defined in
+ <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion, an error may be returned if it cannot allocate
+ enough memory for the buffer used to format the results.
+ It will return an error if the window pointer is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions. The function <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG> is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
+ and is to be replaced by a function <STRONG>vw_printw</STRONG> using the
+ <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG> interface. The Single Unix Specification, Ver-
+ sion 2 states that <STRONG>vw_printw</STRONG> is preferred to <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG>
+ since the latter requires including <STRONG><varargs.h></STRONG>, which
+ cannot be used in the same file as <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG>. This im-
+ plementation uses <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG> for both, because that header
+ is included in <STRONG><curses.h</STRONG>>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3.html">printf(3)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>vprintf(3)</STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e169d95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.12 2005/05/15 16:18:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_refresh 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_refresh 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> - refresh <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows and lines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>refresh(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wrefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wnoutrefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>doupdate(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>redrawwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wredrawln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>beg_line,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>num_lines);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> routines (or <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>) must be called to get actual output to the ter-
+ minal, as other routines merely manipulate data struc-
+ tures. The routine <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> copies the named window to
+ the physical terminal screen, taking into account what is
+ already there to do optimizations. The <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> routine is
+ the same, using <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> as the default window. Unless
+ <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> has been enabled, the physical cursor of the ter-
+ minal is left at the location of the cursor for that win-
+ dow.
+
+ The <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> routines allow multiple up-
+ dates with more efficiency than <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> alone. In addi-
+ tion to all the window structures, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> keeps two data
+ structures representing the terminal screen: a physical
+ screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and a
+ virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to
+ have on the screen.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> works by first calling <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>,
+ which copies the named window to the virtual screen, and
+ then calling <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, which compares the virtual screen
+ to the physical screen and does the actual update. If the
+ programmer wishes to output several windows at once, a se-
+ ries of calls to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> results in alternating calls to
+ <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, causing several bursts of out-
+ put to the screen. By first calling <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> for each
+ window, it is then possible to call <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> once, result-
+ ing in only one burst of output, with fewer total charac-
+ ters transmitted and less CPU time used. If the <EM>win</EM> argu-
+ ment to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> is the global variable <STRONG>curscr</STRONG>, the screen
+ is immediately cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+ The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen"
+ above is ambiguous. What actually happens is that all
+ <EM>touched</EM> (changed) lines in the window are copied to the
+ virtual screen. This affects programs that use overlap-
+ ping windows; it means that if two windows overlap, you
+ can refresh them in either order and the overlap region
+ will be modified only when it is explicitly changed. (But
+ see the section on <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG> below for a warning about
+ exploiting this behavior.)
+
+ The <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG> routine indicates to <STRONG>curses</STRONG> that some screen
+ lines are corrupted and should be thrown away before any-
+ thing is written over them. It touches the indicated
+ lines (marking them changed). The routine <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG>()
+ touches the entire window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure,
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. In this im-
+ plementation
+
+ <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window pointer is
+ null, or if the window is really a pad.
+
+ <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the associated call to
+ <STRONG>touchln</STRONG> returns an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+ Whether <STRONG>wnoutrefresh()</STRONG> copies to the virtual screen the
+ entire contents of a window or just its changed portions
+ has never been well-documented in historic curses versions
+ (including SVr4). It might be unwise to rely on either
+ behavior in programs that might have to be linked with
+ other curses implementations. Instead, you can do an ex-
+ plicit <STRONG>touchwin()</STRONG> before the <STRONG>wnoutrefresh()</STRONG> call to guar-
+ antee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56618ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.14 2006/12/24 16:05:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_scanw 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_scanw 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>scanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG> - con-
+ vert formatted input from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scanw(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wscanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvscanw(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwscanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vw_scanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>va_list</STRONG> <STRONG>varglist);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vwscanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>va_list</STRONG> <STRONG>varglist);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>scanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG> routines are analogous to
+ <STRONG>scanf</STRONG> [see <STRONG><A HREF="scanf.3.html">scanf(3)</A></STRONG>]. The effect of these routines is as
+ though <STRONG>wgetstr</STRONG> were called on the window, and the result-
+ ing line used as input for <STRONG><A HREF="sscanf.3.html">sscanf(3)</A></STRONG>. Fields which do not
+ map to a variable in the <EM>fmt</EM> field are lost.
+
+ The <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> and <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG> routines are analogous to <STRONG>vscanf</STRONG>.
+ They perform a <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG> using a variable argument list. The
+ third argument is a <EM>va</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>list</EM>, a pointer to a list of argu-
+ ments, as defined in <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on failure and an integer equal to the
+ number of fields scanned on success.
+
+ Applications may use the return value from the <STRONG>scanw</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwscanw</STRONG> routines to determine the
+ number of fields which were mapped in the call.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions. The function <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
+ and is to be replaced by a function <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG> using the
+ <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG> interface. The Single Unix Specification, Ver-
+ sion 2 states that <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG> is preferred to <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> since
+ the latter requires including <STRONG><varargs.h></STRONG>, which cannot be
+ used in the same file as <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG>. This implementation
+ uses <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG> for both, because that header is included
+ in <STRONG><curses.h</STRONG>>.
+
+ Both XSI and The Single Unix Specification, Version 2
+ state that these functions return ERR or OK. Since the
+ underlying <STRONG>scanf</STRONG> can return the number of items scanned,
+ and the SVr4 code was documented to use this feature, this
+ is probably an editing error which was introduced in XSI,
+ rather than being done intentionally. Portable applica-
+ tions should only test if the return value is ERR, since
+ the OK value (zero) is likely to be misleading. One pos-
+ sible way to get useful results would be to use a "%n"
+ conversion at the end of the format string to ensure that
+ something was processed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="scanf.3.html">scanf(3)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dd6321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.7 2006/12/24 16:05:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_scr_dump 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_scr_dump 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG> - read (write) a
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen from (to) a file
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_dump(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_restore(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_init(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_set(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG> routine dumps the current contents of the
+ virtual screen to the file <EM>filename</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG> routine sets the virtual screen to the
+ contents of <EM>filename</EM>, which must have been written using
+ <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG>. The next call to <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> restores the screen
+ to the way it looked in the dump file.
+
+ The <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG> routine reads in the contents of <EM>filename</EM> and
+ uses them to initialize the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> data structures about
+ what the terminal currently has on its screen. If the da-
+ ta is determined to be valid, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> bases its next update
+ of the screen on this information rather than clearing the
+ screen and starting from scratch. <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG> is used after
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or a <STRONG>system</STRONG> call to share the screen with another
+ process which has done a <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG> after its <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> call.
+ The data is declared invalid if the terminfo capabilities
+ <STRONG>rmcup</STRONG> and <STRONG>nrrmc</STRONG> exist; also if the terminal has been writ-
+ ten to since the preceding <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG> call.
+
+ The <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG> routine is a combination of <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>. It tells the program that the information in
+ <EM>filename</EM> is what is currently on the screen, and also what
+ the program wants on the screen. This can be thought of
+ as a screen inheritance function.
+
+ To read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the <STRONG>getwin</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>putwin</STRONG> routines [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>].
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ upon success.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion, each will return an error if the file cannot be
+ opened.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG>, and <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG> may be
+ macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
+ tions (adding the const qualifiers).
+
+ The SVr4 docs merely say under <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG> that the dump data
+ is also considered invalid "if the time-stamp of the tty
+ is old" but do not define "old".
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="system.3.html">system(3)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f41572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_scroll.3x,v 1.13 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_scroll 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_scroll 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>scroll</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrl</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscrl</STRONG> - scroll a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scroll(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scrl(int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wscrl(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>scroll</STRONG> routine scrolls the window up one line. This
+ involves moving the lines in the window data structure.
+ As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window
+ is the entire screen, the physical screen may be scrolled
+ at the same time.
+
+ For positive <EM>n</EM>, the <STRONG>scrl</STRONG> and <STRONG>wscrl</STRONG> routines scroll the
+ window up <EM>n</EM> lines (line <EM>i</EM>+<EM>n</EM> becomes <EM>i</EM>); otherwise scroll
+ the window down <EM>n</EM> lines. This involves moving the lines
+ in the window character image structure. The current cur-
+ sor position is not changed.
+
+ For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via
+ <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure, and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only
+ specifies "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
+ ful completion.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions.
+
+ This implementation returns an error if the window pointer
+ is null, or if scrolling is not enabled in the window,
+ e.g., with <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>scrl</STRONG> and <STRONG>scroll</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+ The SVr4 documentation says that the optimization of phys-
+ ically scrolling immediately if the scroll region is the
+ entire screen "is" performed, not "may be" performed.
+ This implementation deliberately does not guarantee that
+ this will occur, to leave open the possibility of smarter
+ optimization of multiple scroll actions on the next up-
+ date.
+
+ Neither the SVr4 nor the XSI documentation specify whether
+ the current attribute or current color-pair of blanks gen-
+ erated by the scroll function is zeroed. Under this im-
+ plementation it is.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e76dcc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.16 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_slk 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_slk 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_refresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>slk_label</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_restore</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_touch</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attr_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attr_set</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>slk_attr_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_color</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> soft label
+ routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_init(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fmt);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_set(int</STRONG> <STRONG>labnum,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*label,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>fmt);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_refresh(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*slk_label(int</STRONG> <STRONG>labnum);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_clear(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_restore(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_touch(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attron(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attroff(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attrset(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attr_on(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void*</STRONG> <STRONG>opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attr_off(const</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attr_set(const</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color_pair_number,</STRONG> <STRONG>void*</STRONG> <STRONG>opts);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attr(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_color(short</STRONG> <STRONG>color_pair_number);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key
+ labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals
+ that do not have soft labels, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> takes over the bottom
+ line of <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>, reducing the size of <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> and the vari-
+ able <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>. <STRONG>curses</STRONG> standardizes on eight labels of up to
+ eight characters each. In addition to this, the ncurses
+ implementation supports a mode where it simulates 12 la-
+ bels of up to five characters each. This is most common
+ for todays PC like enduser devices. Please note that
+ ncurses simulates this mode by taking over up to two lines
+ at the bottom of the screen, it does not try to use any
+ hardware support for this mode.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG> routine must be called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> is called. If <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> eventually uses a line from
+ <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> to emulate the soft labels, then <EM>fmt</EM> determines how
+ the labels are arranged on the screen. Setting <EM>fmt</EM> to <STRONG>0</STRONG>
+ indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of the labels, <STRONG>1</STRONG> indicates a
+ 4-4 arrangement and <STRONG>2</STRONG> indicates the PC like 4-4-4 mode. If
+ <STRONG>fmt</STRONG> is set to <STRONG>3</STRONG>, it is again the PC like 4-4-4 mode, but
+ in addition an index line is generated, helping the user
+ to identify the key numbers easily.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_set</STRONG> routine requires <EM>labnum</EM> to be a label number,
+ from <STRONG>1</STRONG> to <STRONG>8</STRONG> (resp. <STRONG>12</STRONG>); <EM>label</EM> must be the string to be put
+ on the label, up to eight (resp. five) characters in
+ length. A null string or a null pointer sets up a blank
+ label. <EM>fmt</EM> is either <STRONG>0</STRONG>, <STRONG>1</STRONG>, or <STRONG>2</STRONG>, indicating whether the
+ label is to be left-justified, centered, or right-justi-
+ fied, respectively, within the label.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_refresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG> routines correspond to
+ the <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> routines.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_label</STRONG> routine returns the current label for label
+ number <EM>labnum</EM>, with leading and trailing blanks stripped.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG> routine clears the soft labels from the
+ screen.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_restore</STRONG> routine restores the soft labels to the
+ screen after a <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG> has been performed.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_touch</STRONG> routine forces all the soft labels to be
+ output the next time a <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG> is performed.
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG> and <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG> rou-
+ tines correspond to <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>attroff</STRONG> and <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG>.
+ They have an effect only if soft labels are simulated on
+ the bottom line of the screen. The default highlight for
+ soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in System V curses, which does
+ not document this fact).
+
+ The <STRONG>slk_color</STRONG> routine corresponds to <STRONG>color_set</STRONG>. It has an
+ effect only if soft labels are simulated on the bottom
+ line of the screen.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
+ fies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
+ ful completion.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion
+
+ <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG>
+ returns the attribute used for the soft keys.
+
+ <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_refresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_touch</STRONG>
+ return an error if the terminal or the soft-
+ keys were not initialized.
+
+ <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the terminal or the soft-
+ keys were not initialized.
+
+ <STRONG>slk_attr_set</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the terminal or the soft-
+ keys were not initialized, or the color pair
+ is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS-1, or opts
+ is not null.
+
+ <STRONG>slk_color</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the terminal or the soft-
+ keys were not initialized, or the color pair
+ is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS-1.
+
+ <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the format parameter is
+ outside the range 0..3.
+
+ <STRONG>slk_label</STRONG>
+ returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ <STRONG>slk_set</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the terminal or the soft-
+ keys were not initialized, or the <EM>labnum</EM> pa-
+ rameter is outside the range of label counts,
+ or if the format parameter is outside the
+ range 0..2, or if memory for the labels cannot
+ be allocated.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Most applications would use <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG> because a <STRONG>wre-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>fresh</STRONG> is likely to follow soon.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
+ tions. It changes the argument type of the attribute-ma-
+ nipulation functions <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>
+ to be <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>, and adds <STRONG>const</STRONG> qualifiers. The format codes
+ <STRONG>2</STRONG> and <STRONG>3</STRONG> for <STRONG>slk_init()</STRONG> and the function <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG> are spe-
+ cific to ncurses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_re-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">fresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..daf3a76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_termattrs.3x,v 1.10 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_termattrs 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_termattrs 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>baudrate</STRONG>, <STRONG>erasechar</STRONG>, <STRONG>erasewchar</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_ic</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_il</STRONG>, <STRONG>killchar</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>killwchar</STRONG>, <STRONG>longname</STRONG>, <STRONG>term_attrs</STRONG>, <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG>, <STRONG>termname</STRONG> -
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> environment query routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>baudrate(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>erasechar(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>erasewchar(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>has_ic(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>has_il(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>killchar(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>killwchar(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*longname(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>term_attrs(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>termattrs(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*termname(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>baudrate</STRONG> routine returns the output speed of the ter-
+ minal. The number returned is in bits per second, for
+ example <STRONG>9600</STRONG>, and is an integer.
+
+ The <STRONG>erasechar</STRONG> routine returns the user's current erase
+ character.
+
+ The <STRONG>erasewchar</STRONG> routine stores the current erase character
+ in the location referenced by <EM>ch</EM>. If no erase character
+ has been defined, the routine fails and the location ref-
+ erenced by <EM>ch</EM> is not changed.
+
+ The <STRONG>has_ic</STRONG> routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
+ delete- character capabilities.
+
+ The <STRONG>has_il</STRONG> routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
+ delete-line capabilities, or can simulate them using
+ scrolling regions. This might be used to determine if it
+ would be appropriate to turn on physical scrolling using
+ <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>killchar</STRONG> routine returns the user's current line kill
+ character.
+
+ The <STRONG>killwchar</STRONG> routine stores the current line-kill charac-
+ ter in the location referenced by <EM>ch</EM>. If no line-kill
+ character has been defined, the routine fails and the
+ location referenced by <EM>ch</EM> is not changed.
+
+ The <STRONG>longname</STRONG> routine returns a pointer to a static area
+ containing a verbose description of the current terminal.
+ The maximum length of a verbose description is 128 charac-
+ ters. It is defined only after the call to <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>. The area is overwritten by each call to <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>
+ and is not restored by <STRONG>set_term</STRONG>, so the value should be
+ saved between calls to <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> if <STRONG>longname</STRONG> is going to be
+ used with multiple terminals.
+
+ If a given terminal does not support a video attribute
+ that an application program is trying to use, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> may
+ substitute a different video attribute for it. The
+ <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG> and <STRONG>term_attrs</STRONG> functions return a logical <STRONG>OR</STRONG> of
+ all video attributes supported by the terminal using <EM>A</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG>
+ and <EM>WA</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG> constants respectively. This information is use-
+ ful when a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> program needs complete control over the
+ appearance of the screen.
+
+ The <STRONG>termname</STRONG> routine returns the terminal name used by
+ <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>longname</STRONG> and <STRONG>termname</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions. It changes the return type of <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG> to the new
+ type <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>. Most versions of curses truncate the result
+ returned by <STRONG>termname</STRONG> to 14 characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a245778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.22 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_termcap 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_termcap 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetflag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetnum</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG>, <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> - direct
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> interface to the terminfo capability database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>extern</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>PC;</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>extern</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>UP;</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>extern</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>BC;</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>extern</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>ospeed;</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tgetent(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*bp,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*name);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tgetflag(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*id);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tgetnum(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*id);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tgetstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*id,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>**area);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tgoto(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*cap,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>col,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>row);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tputs(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>affcnt,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*putc)(int));</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are included as a conversion aid for pro-
+ grams that use the <EM>termcap</EM> library. Their parameters are
+ the same and the routines are emulated using the <EM>terminfo</EM>
+ database. Thus, they can only be used to query the capa-
+ bilities of entries for which a terminfo entry has been
+ compiled.
+
+ The <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> routine loads the entry for <EM>name</EM>. It returns
+ 1 on success, 0 if there is no such entry, and -1 if the
+ terminfo database could not be found. The emulation
+ ignores the buffer pointer <EM>bp</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>tgetflag</STRONG> routine gets the boolean entry for <EM>id</EM>, or
+ zero if it is not available.
+
+ The <STRONG>tgetnum</STRONG> routine gets the numeric entry for <EM>id</EM>, or -1
+ if it is not available.
+
+ The <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG> routine returns the string entry for <EM>id</EM>, or
+ zero if it is not available. Use <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> to output the
+ returned string. The return value will also be copied to
+ the buffer pointed to by <EM>area</EM>, and the <EM>area</EM> value will be
+ updated to point past the null ending this value.
+
+ Only the first two characters of the <STRONG>id</STRONG> parameter of <STRONG>tget-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>flag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetnum</STRONG> and <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG> are compared in lookups.
+
+ The <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG> routine instantiates the parameters into the
+ given capability. The output from this routine is to be
+ passed to <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> routine is described on the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ manual page. It can retrieve capabilities by either term-
+ cap or terminfo name.
+
+ The variables <STRONG>PC</STRONG>, <STRONG>UP</STRONG> and <STRONG>BC</STRONG> are set by <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> to the ter-
+ minfo entry's data for <STRONG>pad_char</STRONG>, <STRONG>cursor_up</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>backspace_if_not_bs</STRONG>, respectively. <STRONG>UP</STRONG> is not used by
+ ncurses. <STRONG>PC</STRONG> is used in the <STRONG>tdelay_output</STRONG> function. <STRONG>BC</STRONG> is
+ used in the <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG> emulation. The variable <STRONG>ospeed</STRONG> is set
+ by ncurses in a system-specific coding to reflect the
+ terminal speed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except where explicitly noted, routines that return an
+ integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only speci-
+ fies "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful
+ completion.
+
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+ If you call <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG> to fetch <STRONG>ca</STRONG> or any other parameterized
+ string, be aware that it will be returned in terminfo
+ notation, not the older and not-quite-compatible termcap
+ notation. This will not cause problems if all you do with
+ it is call <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG> or <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>, which both expand terminfo-
+ style strings as terminfo. (The <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG> function, if con-
+ figured to support termcap, will check if the string is
+ indeed terminfo-style by looking for "%p" parameters or
+ "$<..>" delays, and invoke a termcap-style parser if the
+ string does not appear to be terminfo).
+
+ Because terminfo conventions for representing padding in
+ string capabilities differ from termcap's, <STRONG>tputs("50");</STRONG>
+ will put out a literal "50" rather than busy-waiting for
+ 50 milliseconds. Cope with it.
+
+ Note that termcap has nothing analogous to terminfo's <STRONG>sgr</STRONG>
+ string. One consequence of this is that termcap applica-
+ tions assume me (terminfo <STRONG>sgr0</STRONG>) does not reset the alter-
+ nate character set. This implementation checks for, and
+ modifies the data shown to the termcap interface to accom-
+ modate termcap's limitation in this respect.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions. However, they are marked TO BE WITHDRAWN and may
+ be removed in future versions.
+
+ Neither the XSI Curses standard nor the SVr4 man pages
+ documented the return values of <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> correctly, though
+ all three were in fact returned ever since SVr1. In par-
+ ticular, an omission in the XSI Curses documentation has
+ been misinterpreted to mean that <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>. Because the purpose of these functions is to provide
+ compatibility with the <EM>termcap</EM> library, that is a defect
+ in XCurses, Issue 4, Version 2 rather than in ncurses.
+
+ External variables are provided for support of certain
+ termcap applications. However, termcap applications' use
+ of those variables is poorly documented, e.g., not distin-
+ guishing between input and output. In particular, some
+ applications are reported to declare and/or modify <STRONG>ospeed</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="putc.3.html">putc(3)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6877496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.30 2008/08/16 20:53:27 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_terminfo 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_terminfo 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>del_curterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG>, <STRONG>putp</STRONG>, <STRONG>restartterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_curterm</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>setterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>, <STRONG>vid_attr</STRONG>, <STRONG>vid_puts</STRONG>, <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG>, <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ interfaces to terminfo database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setupterm(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>fildes</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>errret</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setterm(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>*set_curterm(TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>nterm</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>del_curterm(TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>oterm</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>restartterm(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>fildes</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>errret</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tparm(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tputs(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>affcnt</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*</STRONG><EM>putc</EM><STRONG>)(int));</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>putp(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vidputs(chtype</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*</STRONG><EM>putc</EM><STRONG>)(int));</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vidattr(chtype</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vid_puts(attr_t</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <EM>pair</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>opts</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*</STRONG><EM>putc</EM><STRONG>)(char));</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vid_attr(attr_t</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <EM>pair</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>opts</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvcur(int</STRONG> <EM>oldrow</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>oldcol</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>newrow</EM>, int <EM>newcol</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tigetflag(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>capname</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tigetnum(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>capname</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tigetstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>capname</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These low-level routines must be called by programs that
+ have to deal directly with the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database to handle
+ certain terminal capabilities, such as programming func-
+ tion keys. For all other functionality, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines
+ are more suitable and their use is recommended.
+
+ Initially, <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> should be called. Note that <STRONG>se-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>tupterm</STRONG> is automatically called by <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> and <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.
+ This defines the set of terminal-dependent variables
+ [listed in <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>]. The <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> variables <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>columns</STRONG> are initialized by <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> as follows:
+
+ If <STRONG>use_env(FALSE)</STRONG> has been called, values for <STRONG>lines</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>columns</STRONG> specified in <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> are used.
+
+ Otherwise, if the environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> exist, their values are used. If these en-
+ vironment variables do not exist and the program is
+ running in a window, the current window size is
+ used. Otherwise, if the environment variables do
+ not exist, the values for <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and <STRONG>columns</STRONG> speci-
+ fied in the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database are used.
+
+ The header files <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG> and <STRONG>term.h</STRONG> should be included
+ (in this order) to get the definitions for these strings,
+ numbers, and flags. Parameterized strings should be
+ passed through <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> to instantiate them. All <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
+ strings [including the output of <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>] should be printed
+ with <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> or <STRONG>putp</STRONG>. Call the <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> to restore
+ the tty modes before exiting [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>]. Pro-
+ grams which use cursor addressing should output <STRONG>en-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>ter_ca_mode</STRONG> upon startup and should output <STRONG>exit_ca_mode</STRONG>
+ before exiting. Programs desiring shell escapes should
+ call
+
+ <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> and output <STRONG>exit_ca_mode</STRONG> before the shell
+ is called and should output <STRONG>enter_ca_mode</STRONG> and call <STRONG>re-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>set_prog_mode</STRONG> after returning from the shell.
+
+ The <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> routine reads in the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database, ini-
+ tializing the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> structures, but does not set up the
+ output virtualization structures used by <STRONG>curses</STRONG>. The ter-
+ minal type is the character string <EM>term</EM>; if <EM>term</EM> is null,
+ the environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> is used. All output is to
+ file descriptor <STRONG>fildes</STRONG> which is initialized for output.
+ If <EM>errret</EM> is not null, then <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
+ and stores a status value in the integer pointed to by <EM>er-</EM>
+ <EM>rret</EM>. A return value of <STRONG>OK</STRONG> combined with status of <STRONG>1</STRONG> in
+ <EM>errret</EM> is normal. If <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned, examine <EM>errret</EM>:
+
+ <STRONG>1</STRONG> means that the terminal is hardcopy, cannot be
+ used for curses applications.
+
+ <STRONG>0</STRONG> means that the terminal could not be found, or
+ that it is a generic type, having too little
+ information for curses applications to run.
+
+ <STRONG>-1</STRONG> means that the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database could not be
+ found.
+
+ If <EM>errret</EM> is null, <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> prints an error message upon
+ finding an error and exits. Thus, the simplest call is:
+
+ <STRONG>setupterm((char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0,</STRONG> <STRONG>1,</STRONG> <STRONG>(int</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0);</STRONG>,
+
+ which uses all the defaults and sends the output to <STRONG>std-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>out</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>setterm</STRONG> routine is being replaced by <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>. The
+ call:
+
+ <STRONG>setupterm(</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>1,</STRONG> <STRONG>(int</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0)</STRONG>
+
+ provides the same functionality as <STRONG>setterm(</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG>. The
+ <STRONG>setterm</STRONG> routine is included here for BSD compatibility,
+ and is not recommended for new programs.
+
+ The <STRONG>set_curterm</STRONG> routine sets the variable <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG> to
+ <EM>nterm</EM>, and makes all of the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> boolean, numeric, and
+ string variables use the values from <EM>nterm</EM>. It returns
+ the old value of <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>del_curterm</STRONG> routine frees the space pointed to by
+ <EM>oterm</EM> and makes it available for further use. If <EM>oterm</EM> is
+ the same as <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG>, references to any of the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
+ boolean, numeric, and string variables thereafter may re-
+ fer to invalid memory locations until another <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>
+ has been called.
+
+ The <STRONG>restartterm</STRONG> routine is similar to <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>, except that it is called after restoring memory
+ to a previous state (for example, when reloading a game
+ saved as a core image dump). It assumes that the windows
+ and the input and output options are the same as when mem-
+ ory was saved, but the terminal type and baud rate may be
+ different. Accordingly, it saves various tty state bits,
+ calls <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>, and then restores the bits.
+
+ The <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> routine instantiates the string <EM>str</EM> with parame-
+ ters <EM>pi</EM>. A pointer is returned to the result of <EM>str</EM> with
+ the parameters applied.
+
+ The <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> routine applies padding information to the
+ string <EM>str</EM> and outputs it. The <EM>str</EM> must be a terminfo
+ string variable or the return value from <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG>,
+ or <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG>. <EM>affcnt</EM> is the number of lines affected, or 1 if
+ not applicable. <EM>putc</EM> is a <STRONG>putchar</STRONG>-like routine to which
+ the characters are passed, one at a time.
+
+ The <STRONG>putp</STRONG> routine calls <STRONG>tputs(</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>1,</STRONG> <STRONG>putchar)</STRONG>. Note that
+ the output of <STRONG>putp</STRONG> always goes to <STRONG>stdout</STRONG>, not to the
+ <EM>fildes</EM> specified in <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> routine displays the string on the terminal in
+ the video attribute mode <EM>attrs</EM>, which is any combination
+ of the attributes listed in <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>. The characters
+ are passed to the <STRONG>putchar</STRONG>-like routine <EM>putc</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG> routine is like the <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> routine, except
+ that it outputs through <STRONG>putchar</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>vid_attr</STRONG> and <STRONG>vid_puts</STRONG> routines correspond to vidattr
+ and vidputs, respectively. They use a set of arguments
+ for representing the video attributes plus color, i.e.,
+ one of type attr_t for the attributes and one of short for
+ the color_pair number. The <STRONG>vid_attr</STRONG> and <STRONG>vid_puts</STRONG> routines
+ are designed to use the attribute constants with the <EM>WA</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG>
+ prefix. The opts argument is reserved for future use.
+ Currently, applications must provide a null pointer for
+ that argument.
+
+ The <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG> routine provides low-level cursor motion. It
+ takes effect immediately (rather than at the next re-
+ fresh).
+
+ The <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG> and <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG> routines return the
+ value of the capability corresponding to the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> <EM>cap-</EM>
+ <EM>name</EM> passed to them, such as <STRONG>xenl</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG> routine returns the value <STRONG>-1</STRONG> if <EM>capname</EM> is
+ not a boolean capability, or <STRONG>0</STRONG> if it is canceled or absent
+ from the terminal description.
+
+ The <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG> routine returns the value <STRONG>-2</STRONG> if <EM>capname</EM> is
+ not a numeric capability, or <STRONG>-1</STRONG> if it is canceled or ab-
+ sent from the terminal description.
+
+ The <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG> routine returns the value <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)-1</STRONG> if <EM>cap-</EM>
+ <EM>name</EM> is not a string capability, or <STRONG>0</STRONG> if it is canceled or
+ absent from the terminal description.
+
+ The <EM>capname</EM> for each capability is given in the table col-
+ umn entitled <EM>capname</EM> code in the capabilities section of
+ <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*boolnames[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*boolcodes[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*boolfnames[]</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*numnames[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*numcodes[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*numfnames[]</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*strnames[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*strcodes[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*strfnames[]</STRONG>
+
+ These null-terminated arrays contain the <EM>capnames</EM>, the
+ <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> codes, and the full C names, for each of the <STRONG>ter-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>minfo</STRONG> variables.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted
+ in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+ Routines that return pointers always return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion
+
+ <STRONG>del_curterm</STRONG>
+ returns an error if its terminal parameter is
+ null.
+
+ <STRONG>putp</STRONG> calls <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>, returning the same error-codes.
+
+ <STRONG>restartterm</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the associated call to <STRONG>se-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>tupterm</STRONG> returns an error.
+
+ <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>
+ returns an error if it cannot allocate enough
+ memory, or create the initial windows (stdscr,
+ curscr, newscr). Other error conditions are
+ documented above.
+
+ <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the string parameter is
+ null. It does not detect I/O errors: X/Open
+ states that <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> ignores the return value of
+ the output function <EM>putc</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> routine should be used in place of <STRONG>setterm</STRONG>.
+ It may be useful when you want to test for terminal capa-
+ bilities without committing to the allocation of storage
+ involved in <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.
+
+ Note that <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG> and <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>setterm</STRONG> is not described by X/Open and must
+ be considered non-portable. All other functions are as
+ described by X/Open.
+
+ <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> copies the terminal name to the array <STRONG>ttytype</STRONG>.
+ This is not part of X/Open Curses, but is assumed by some
+ applications.
+
+ In System V Release 4, <STRONG>set_curterm</STRONG> has an <STRONG>int</STRONG> return type
+ and returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>. We have chosen to implement the
+ X/Open Curses semantics.
+
+ In System V Release 4, the third argument of <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> has the
+ type <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*putc)(char)</STRONG>.
+
+ At least one implementation of X/Open Curses (Solaris) re-
+ turns a value other than OK/ERR from <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>. That returns
+ the length of the string, and does no error-checking.
+
+ X/Open Curses prototypes <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> with a fixed number of pa-
+ rameters, rather than a variable argument list. This im-
+ plementation uses a variable argument list. Portable ap-
+ plications should provide 9 parameters after the format;
+ zeroes are fine for this purpose.
+
+ X/Open notes that after calling <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG>, the curses state
+ may not match the actual terminal state, and that an ap-
+ plication should touch and refresh the window before re-
+ suming normal curses calls. Both ncurses and System V Re-
+ lease 4 curses implement <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG> using the SCREEN data allo-
+ cated in either <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>. So though it is docu-
+ mented as a terminfo function, <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG> is really a curses
+ function which is not well specified.
+
+ X/Open states that the old location must be given for
+ <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG>. This implementation allows the caller to use -1's
+ for the old ordinates. In that case, the old location is
+ unknown.
+
+ Extended terminal capability names, e.g., as defined by
+ <STRONG>tic</STRONG> <STRONG>-x</STRONG>, are not stored in the arrays described in this
+ section.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_term-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">cap(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="putc.3.html">putc(3)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a2f0fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_threads.3x,v 1.12 2008/04/12 18:22:51 tom Exp @
+ * ***************************************************************************
+ * ***************************************************************************
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_threads 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_threads 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_threads.3x.html">curs_threads(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_threads.3x.html">curs_threads(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>use_screen</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_window</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> thread support
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>typedef</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*);</STRONG> <STRONG>type-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>def</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*NCURSES_SCREEN_CB)(SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>set_escdelay(int</STRONG> <STRONG>size);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>set_tabsize(int</STRONG> <STRONG>size);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_screen(SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*scr,</STRONG> <STRONG>NCURSES_WINDOW_CB</STRONG> <STRONG>func,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*data);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_window(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>NCURSES_SCREEN_CB</STRONG> <STRONG>func,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>*data);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This implementation can be configured to provide rudimen-
+ tary support for multi-threaded applications. This makes
+ a different set of libraries, e.g., <EM>libncursest</EM> since the
+ binary interfaces are different.
+
+ Rather than modify the interfaces to pass a thread speci-
+ fier to each function, it adds a few functions which can
+ be used in any configuration which hide the mutex's needed
+ to prevent concurrent use of the global variables when
+ configured for threading.
+
+ In addition to forcing access to members of the <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG>
+ structure to be via functions (see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>), it
+ makes functions of the common global variables, e.g., COL-
+ ORS, COLOR_PAIRS, COLS, ESCDELAY, LINES, TABSIZE curscr,
+ newscr and ttytype. Those variables are maintained as
+ read-only values, stored in the <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> structure.
+
+ Even this is not enough to make a thread-safe application
+ using curses. A multi-threaded application would be ex-
+ pected to have threads updating separate windows (within
+ the same device), or updating on separate screens (on dif-
+ ferent devices). Also, a few of the global variables are
+ considered writable by some applications. The functions
+ described here address these special situations.
+
+ The ESCDELAY and TABSIZE global variables are modified by
+ some applications. To modify them in any configuration,
+ use the <STRONG>set_escdelay</STRONG> or <STRONG>set_tabsize</STRONG> functions. Other
+ global variables are not modifiable.
+
+ The <STRONG>use_window</STRONG> and <STRONG>use_screen</STRONG> functions provide coarse
+ granularity mutexes for their respective <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> and <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG>
+ parameters, and call a user-supplied function, passing it
+ a <EM>data</EM> parameter, and returning the value from the user-
+ supplied function to the application.
+
+ <STRONG>USAGE</STRONG>
+ All of the ncurses library functions assume that the lo-
+ cale is not altered during operation. In addition, they
+ use data which is maintained within a hierarchy of scopes.
+
+ - global data, e.g., used in the low-level termin-
+ fo or termcap interfaces.
+
+ - terminal data, e.g., associated with a call to
+ <EM>set</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>curterm</EM>. The terminal data are initialized
+ when screens are created.
+
+ - screen data, e.g., associated with a call to
+ <EM>newterm</EM> or <EM>initscr</EM>.
+
+ - window data, e.g., associated with a call to
+ <EM>newwin</EM> or <EM>subwin</EM>. Windows are associated with
+ screens. Pads are not necessarily associated
+ with a particular screen.
+
+ Most curses applications operate on one or more
+ windows within a single screen.
+
+ - reentrant, i.e., it uses only the data passed as
+ parameters.
+
+ This table lists the scope of data used for each symbol in
+ the ncurses library when it is configured to support
+ threading:
+
+ Symbol Scope
+ -------------------------------------------------------------
+ BC global
+ COLORS screen (readonly)
+ COLOR_PAIR reentrant
+ COLOR_PAIRS screen (readonly)
+ COLS screen (readonly)
+ ESCDELAY screen (readonly, see <EM>set</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>escdelay</EM>)
+ LINES screen (readonly)
+ PAIR_NUMBER reentrant
+ PC global
+ SP global
+ TABSIZE screen (readonly)
+ UP global
+ acs_map screen (readonly)
+ add_wch window (stdscr)
+ add_wchnstr window (stdscr)
+ add_wchstr window (stdscr)
+ addch window (stdscr)
+ addchnstr window (stdscr)
+ addchstr window (stdscr)
+ addnstr window (stdscr)
+ addnwstr window (stdscr)
+ addstr window (stdscr)
+ addwstr window (stdscr)
+ assume_default_colors screen
+ attr_get window (stdscr)
+ attr_off window (stdscr)
+ attr_on window (stdscr)
+ attr_set window (stdscr)
+ attroff window (stdscr)
+ attron window (stdscr)
+ attrset window (stdscr)
+ baudrate screen
+ beep screen
+ bkgd window (stdscr)
+ bkgdset window (stdscr)
+ bkgrnd window (stdscr)
+ bkgrndset window (stdscr)
+ boolcodes global (readonly)
+ boolfnames global (readonly)
+ boolnames global (readonly)
+ border window (stdscr)
+ border_set window (stdscr)
+ box window (stdscr)
+ box_set window (stdscr)
+
+ can_change_color terminal
+ cbreak screen
+ chgat window (stdscr)
+ clear window (stdscr)
+ clearok window
+ clrtobot window (stdscr)
+ clrtoeol window (stdscr)
+ color_content screen
+ color_set window (stdscr)
+ copywin window locks(source, target)
+ cur_term terminal
+ curs_set screen
+ curscr screen (readonly)
+ curses_version global (readonly)
+ def_prog_mode terminal
+ def_shell_mode terminal
+ define_key screen
+ del_curterm screen
+ delay_output screen
+ delch window (stdscr)
+ deleteln window (stdscr)
+ delscreen global locks(screenlist, screen)
+ delwin global locks(windowlist)
+ derwin screen
+ doupdate screen
+ dupwin screen locks(window)
+ echo screen
+ echo_wchar window (stdscr)
+ echochar window (stdscr)
+ endwin screen
+ erase window (stdscr)
+ erasechar window (stdscr)
+ erasewchar window (stdscr)
+ filter global
+ flash terminal
+ flushinp screen
+ get_wch screen (input-operation)
+ get_wstr screen (input-operation)
+ getattrs window
+ getbegx window
+ getbegy window
+ getbkgd window
+ getbkgrnd window
+ getcchar reentrant
+ getch screen (input-operation)
+ getcurx window
+ getcury window
+ getmaxx window
+ getmaxy window
+ getmouse screen (input-operation)
+ getn_wstr screen (input-operation)
+ getnstr screen (input-operation)
+ getparx window
+ getpary window
+ getstr screen (input-operation)
+ getwin screen (input-operation)
+ halfdelay screen
+ has_colors terminal
+ has_ic terminal
+ has_il terminal
+ has_key screen
+ hline window (stdscr)
+ hline_set window (stdscr)
+ idcok window
+ idlok window
+ immedok window
+
+ in_wch window (stdscr)
+ in_wchnstr window (stdscr)
+ in_wchstr window (stdscr)
+ inch window (stdscr)
+ inchnstr window (stdscr)
+ inchstr window (stdscr)
+ init_color screen
+ init_pair screen
+ initscr global locks(screenlist)
+ innstr window (stdscr)
+ innwstr window (stdscr)
+ ins_nwstr window (stdscr)
+ ins_wch window (stdscr)
+ ins_wstr window (stdscr)
+ insch window (stdscr)
+ insdelln window (stdscr)
+ insertln window (stdscr)
+ insnstr window (stdscr)
+ insstr window (stdscr)
+ instr window (stdscr)
+ intrflush terminal
+ inwstr window (stdscr)
+ is_cleared window
+ is_idcok window
+ is_idlok window
+ is_immedok window
+ is_keypad window
+ is_leaveok window
+ is_linetouched window
+ is_nodelay window
+ is_notimeout window
+ is_scrollok window
+ is_syncok window
+ is_term_resized terminal
+ is_wintouched window
+ isendwin screen
+ key_defined screen
+ key_name global (static data)
+ keybound screen
+ keyname global (static data)
+ keyok screen
+ keypad window
+ killchar terminal
+ killwchar terminal
+ leaveok window
+ longname screen
+ mcprint terminal
+ meta screen
+ mouse_trafo window (stdscr)
+ mouseinterval screen
+ mousemask screen
+ move window (stdscr)
+ mvadd_wch window (stdscr)
+ mvadd_wchnstr window (stdscr)
+ mvadd_wchstr window (stdscr)
+ mvaddch window (stdscr)
+ mvaddchnstr window (stdscr)
+ mvaddchstr window (stdscr)
+ mvaddnstr window (stdscr)
+ mvaddnwstr window (stdscr)
+ mvaddstr window (stdscr)
+ mvaddwstr window (stdscr)
+ mvchgat window (stdscr)
+ mvcur screen
+ mvdelch window (stdscr)
+ mvderwin window (stdscr)
+
+ mvget_wch screen (input-operation)
+ mvget_wstr screen (input-operation)
+ mvgetch screen (input-operation)
+ mvgetn_wstr screen (input-operation)
+ mvgetnstr screen (input-operation)
+ mvgetstr screen (input-operation)
+ mvhline window (stdscr)
+ mvhline_set window (stdscr)
+ mvin_wch window (stdscr)
+ mvin_wchnstr window (stdscr)
+ mvin_wchstr window (stdscr)
+ mvinch window (stdscr)
+ mvinchnstr window (stdscr)
+ mvinchstr window (stdscr)
+ mvinnstr window (stdscr)
+ mvinnwstr window (stdscr)
+ mvins_nwstr window (stdscr)
+ mvins_wch window (stdscr)
+ mvins_wstr window (stdscr)
+ mvinsch window (stdscr)
+ mvinsnstr window (stdscr)
+ mvinsstr window (stdscr)
+ mvinstr window (stdscr)
+ mvinwstr window (stdscr)
+ mvprintw window (stdscr)
+ mvscanw screen
+ mvvline window (stdscr)
+ mvvline_set window (stdscr)
+ mvwadd_wch window
+ mvwadd_wchnstr window
+ mvwadd_wchstr window
+ mvwaddch window
+ mvwaddchnstr window
+ mvwaddchstr window
+ mvwaddnstr window
+ mvwaddnwstr window
+ mvwaddstr window
+ mvwaddwstr window
+ mvwchgat window
+ mvwdelch window
+ mvwget_wch screen (input-operation)
+ mvwget_wstr screen (input-operation)
+ mvwgetch screen (input-operation)
+ mvwgetn_wstr screen (input-operation)
+ mvwgetnstr screen (input-operation)
+ mvwgetstr screen (input-operation)
+ mvwhline window
+ mvwhline_set window
+ mvwin window
+ mvwin_wch window
+ mvwin_wchnstr window
+ mvwin_wchstr window
+ mvwinch window
+ mvwinchnstr window
+ mvwinchstr window
+ mvwinnstr window
+ mvwinnwstr window
+ mvwins_nwstr window
+ mvwins_wch window
+ mvwins_wstr window
+ mvwinsch window
+ mvwinsnstr window
+ mvwinsstr window
+ mvwinstr window
+ mvwinwstr window
+ mvwprintw window
+
+ mvwscanw screen
+ mvwvline window
+ mvwvline_set window
+ napms reentrant
+ newpad global locks(windowlist)
+ newscr screen (readonly)
+ newterm global locks(screenlist)
+ newwin global locks(windowlist)
+ nl screen
+ nocbreak screen
+ nodelay window
+ noecho screen
+ nofilter global
+ nonl screen
+ noqiflush terminal
+ noraw screen
+ notimeout window
+ numcodes global (readonly)
+ numfnames global (readonly)
+ numnames global (readonly)
+ ospeed global
+ overlay window locks(source, target)
+ overwrite window locks(source, target)
+ pair_content screen
+ pecho_wchar screen
+ pechochar screen
+ pnoutrefresh screen
+ prefresh screen
+ printw window
+ putp global
+ putwin window
+ qiflush terminal
+ raw screen
+ redrawwin window
+ refresh screen
+ reset_prog_mode screen
+ reset_shell_mode screen
+ resetty terminal
+ resize_term screen locks(windowlist)
+ resizeterm screen
+ restartterm screen
+ ripoffline global (static data)
+ savetty terminal
+ scanw screen
+ scr_dump screen
+ scr_init screen
+ scr_restore screen
+ scr_set screen
+ scrl window (stdscr)
+ scroll window
+ scrollok window
+ set_curterm screen
+ set_escdelay screen
+ set_tabsize screen
+ set_term global locks(screenlist, screen)
+ setcchar reentrant
+ setscrreg window (stdscr)
+ setupterm global
+ slk_attr screen
+ slk_attr_off screen
+ slk_attr_on screen
+ slk_attr_set screen
+ slk_attroff screen
+ slk_attron screen
+ slk_attrset screen
+ slk_clear screen
+
+ slk_color screen
+ slk_init screen
+ slk_label screen
+ slk_noutrefresh screen
+ slk_refresh screen
+ slk_restore screen
+ slk_set screen
+ slk_touch screen
+ slk_wset screen
+ standend window
+ standout window
+ start_color screen
+ stdscr screen (readonly)
+ strcodes global (readonly)
+ strfnames global (readonly)
+ strnames global (readonly)
+ subpad window
+ subwin window
+ syncok window
+ term_attrs screen
+ termattrs screen
+ termname terminal
+ tgetent global
+ tgetflag global
+ tgetnum global
+ tgetstr global
+ tgoto global
+ tigetflag terminal
+ tigetnum terminal
+ tigetstr terminal
+ timeout window (stdscr)
+ touchline window
+ touchwin window
+ tparm global (static data)
+ tputs screen
+ trace global (static data)
+ ttytype screen (readonly)
+ typeahead screen
+ unctrl screen
+ unget_wch screen (input-operation)
+ ungetch screen (input-operation)
+ ungetmouse screen (input-operation)
+ untouchwin window
+ use_default_colors screen
+ use_env global (static data)
+ use_extended_names global (static data)
+ use_legacy_coding screen
+ use_screen global locks(screenlist, screen)
+ use_window global locks(windowlist, window)
+ vid_attr screen
+ vid_puts screen
+ vidattr screen
+ vidputs screen
+ vline window (stdscr)
+ vline_set window (stdscr)
+ vw_printw window
+ vw_scanw screen
+ vwprintw window
+ vwscanw screen
+ wadd_wch window
+ wadd_wchnstr window
+ wadd_wchstr window
+ waddch window
+ waddchnstr window
+ waddchstr window
+ waddnstr window
+
+ waddnwstr window
+ waddstr window
+ waddwstr window
+ wattr_get window
+ wattr_off window
+ wattr_on window
+ wattr_set window
+ wattroff window
+ wattron window
+ wattrset window
+ wbkgd window
+ wbkgdset window
+ wbkgrnd window
+ wbkgrndset window
+ wborder window
+ wborder_set window
+ wchgat window
+ wclear window
+ wclrtobot window
+ wclrtoeol window
+ wcolor_set window
+ wcursyncup screen (affects window plus parents)
+ wdelch window
+ wdeleteln window
+ wecho_wchar window
+ wechochar window
+ wenclose window
+ werase window
+ wget_wch screen (input-operation)
+ wget_wstr screen (input-operation)
+ wgetbkgrnd window
+ wgetch screen (input-operation)
+ wgetn_wstr screen (input-operation)
+ wgetnstr screen (input-operation)
+ wgetparent window
+ wgetscrreg window
+ wgetstr screen (input-operation)
+ whline window
+ whline_set window
+ win_wch window
+ win_wchnstr window
+ win_wchstr window
+ winch window
+ winchnstr window
+ winchstr window
+ winnstr window
+ winnwstr window
+ wins_nwstr window
+ wins_wch window
+ wins_wstr window
+ winsch window
+ winsdelln window
+ winsertln window
+ winsnstr window
+ winsstr window
+ winstr window
+ winwstr window
+ wmouse_trafo window
+ wmove window
+ wnoutrefresh screen
+ wprintw window
+ wredrawln window
+ wrefresh screen
+ wresize window locks(windowlist)
+ wscanw screen
+ wscrl window
+
+ wsetscrreg window
+ wstandend window
+ wstandout window
+ wsyncdown screen (affects window plus parents)
+ wsyncup screen (affects window plus parents)
+ wtimeout window
+ wtouchln window
+ wunctrl global (static data)
+ wvline window
+ wvline_set window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These functions all return TRUE or FALSE, except as noted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Both a macro and a function are provided for each name.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on ncurses ex-
+ tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_threads.3x.html">curs_threads(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42c0fe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.11 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_touch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_touch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>touchline</STRONG>, <STRONG>untouchwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>is_wintouched</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> refresh control routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>touchwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>touchline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>start,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>count);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>untouchwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wtouchln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>changed);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_linetouched(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>line);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_wintouched(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> and <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> routines throw away all opti-
+ mization information about which parts of the window have
+ been touched, by pretending that the entire window has
+ been drawn on. This is sometimes necessary when using
+ overlapping windows, since a change to one window affects
+ the other window, but the records of which lines have been
+ changed in the other window do not reflect the change.
+ The routine <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> only pretends that <EM>count</EM> lines have
+ been changed, beginning with line <EM>start</EM>.
+
+ The <STRONG>untouchwin</STRONG> routine marks all lines in the window as
+ unchanged since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG> routine makes <EM>n</EM> lines in the window, starting
+ at line <EM>y</EM>, look as if they have (<EM>changed</EM><STRONG>=1</STRONG>) or have not
+ (<EM>changed</EM><STRONG>=0</STRONG>) been changed since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG> and <STRONG>is_wintouched</STRONG> routines return <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>
+ if the specified line/window was modified since the last
+ call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>; otherwise they return <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>. In addi-
+ tion, <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if <EM>line</EM> is not valid for
+ the given window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
+ integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful completion,
+ unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descrip-
+ tions.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. In this im-
+ plementation
+
+ <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window pointer is
+ null, or if the line number is outside the
+ window. Note that ERR is distinct from TRUE
+ and FALSE, which are the normal return values
+ of this function.
+
+ <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window pointer is
+ null, or if the line number is outside the
+ window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+ Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocu-
+ mented feature, the ability to do the equivalent of
+ <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG> or <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>scr)</STRONG>. This will not work under ncurses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Note that all routines except <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f24a8c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2005,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_trace.3x,v 1.8 2007/02/24 17:33:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_trace 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_trace 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>_tracef</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracedump</STRONG>, <STRONG>_traceattr</STRONG>, <STRONG>_traceattr2</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>_nc_tracebits</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracechar</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracechtype</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracechtype2</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>_tracemouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>trace</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> debugging routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>_tracef(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*format,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>_tracedump(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*label,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_traceattr(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_traceattr2(int</STRONG> <STRONG>buffer,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_nc_tracebits(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_tracechar(int);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_tracechtype(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_tracechtype2(int</STRONG> <STRONG>buffer,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_tracemouse(const</STRONG> <STRONG>MEVENT</STRONG> <STRONG>*event);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>trace(const</STRONG> <STRONG>unsigned</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>param);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>trace</STRONG> routines are used for debugging the ncurses li-
+ braries, as well as applications which use the ncurses li-
+ braries. These functions are normally available only with
+ the debugging library <EM>libncurses</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>g.a</EM>, but may be compiled
+ into any model (shared, static, profile) by defining the
+ symbol <STRONG>TRACE</STRONG>.
+
+ The principal parts of this interface are the <STRONG>trace</STRONG> rou-
+ tine which selectively enables different tracing features,
+ and the <STRONG>_tracef</STRONG> routine which writes formatted data to the
+ <EM>trace</EM> file.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>trace</STRONG> with a nonzero parameter opens the file
+ <STRONG>trace</STRONG> in the current directory for output. The parameter
+ is formed by OR'ing values from the list of <STRONG>TRACE_</STRONG><EM>xxx</EM> def-
+ initions in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>. These include:
+
+ TRACE_DISABLE
+ turn off tracing.
+
+ TRACE_TIMES
+ trace user and system times of updates.
+
+ TRACE_TPUTS
+ trace tputs calls.
+
+ TRACE_UPDATE
+ trace update actions, old & new screens.
+
+ TRACE_MOVE
+ trace cursor movement and scrolling.
+
+ TRACE_CHARPUT
+ trace all character outputs.
+
+ TRACE_ORDINARY
+ trace all update actions. The old and new screen
+ contents are written to the trace file for each re-
+ fresh.
+
+ TRACE_CALLS
+ trace all curses calls. The parameters for each call
+ are traced, as well as return values.
+
+ TRACE_VIRTPUT
+ trace virtual character puts, i.e., calls to <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
+
+ TRACE_IEVENT
+ trace low-level input processing, including timeouts.
+
+ TRACE_BITS
+ trace state of TTY control bits.
+
+ TRACE_ICALLS
+ trace internal/nested calls.
+
+ TRACE_CCALLS
+ trace per-character calls.
+
+ TRACE_DATABASE
+ trace read/write of terminfo/termcap data.
+
+ TRACE_ATTRS
+ trace changes to video attributes and colors.
+
+ TRACE_MAXIMUM
+ maximum trace level, enables all of the separate
+ trace features.
+
+ Some tracing features are enabled whenever the <STRONG>trace</STRONG> pa-
+ rameter is nonzero. Some features overlap. The specific
+ names are used as a guideline.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines which return a value are designed to be used as
+ parameters to the <STRONG>_tracef</STRONG> routine.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These functions are not part of the XSI interface. Some
+ other curses implementations are known to have similar,
+ undocumented features, but they are not compatible with
+ ncurses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..981a372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_util.3x,v 1.26 2008/10/11 20:32:56 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_util 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_util 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>delay_output</STRONG>, <STRONG>filter</STRONG>, <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG>, <STRONG>getwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>key_name</STRONG>, <STRONG>keyname</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>nofilter</STRONG>, <STRONG>putwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_env</STRONG>, <STRONG>wunctrl</STRONG> - miscellaneous
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> utility routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*unctrl(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>c);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*wunctrl(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*c);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*keyname(int</STRONG> <STRONG>c);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*key_name(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>w);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>filter(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>nofilter(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>use_env(bool</STRONG> <STRONG>f);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>putwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*filep);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*getwin(FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*filep);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delay_output(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ms);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>flushinp(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> routine returns a character string which is a
+ printable representation of the character <EM>c</EM>, ignoring at-
+ tributes. Control characters are displayed in the <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> no-
+ tation. Printing characters are displayed as is. The
+ corresponding <STRONG>wunctrl</STRONG> returns a printable representation
+ of a wide-character.
+
+ The <STRONG>keyname</STRONG> routine returns a character string correspond-
+ ing to the key <EM>c</EM>:
+
+ - Printable characters are displayed as themselves,
+ e.g., a one-character string containing the key.
+
+ - Control characters are displayed in the <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> notation.
+
+ - DEL (character 127) is displayed as <STRONG>^?</STRONG>.
+
+ - Values above 128 are either meta characters (if the
+ screen has not been initialized, or if <STRONG>meta</STRONG> has been
+ called with a TRUE parameter), shown in the <STRONG>M-</STRONG><EM>X</EM> no-
+ tation, or are displayed as themselves. In the lat-
+ ter case, the values may not be printable; this fol-
+ lows the X/Open specification.
+
+ - Values above 256 may be the names of the names of
+ function keys.
+
+ - Otherwise (if there is no corresponding name) the
+ function returns null, to denote an error. X/Open
+ also lists an "UNKNOWN KEY" return value, which some
+ implementations return rather than null.
+
+ The corresponding <STRONG>key_name</STRONG> returns a character string cor-
+ responding to the wide-character value <EM>w</EM>. The two func-
+ tions do not return the same set of strings; the latter
+ returns null where the former would display a meta charac-
+ ter.
+
+ The <STRONG>filter</STRONG> routine, if used, must be called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>
+ or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> are called. The effect is that, during those
+ calls, <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> is set to 1; the capabilities <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>cup</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>cud</STRONG>, <STRONG>cud1</STRONG>, <STRONG>cuu1</STRONG>, <STRONG>cuu</STRONG>, <STRONG>vpa</STRONG> are disabled; and the <STRONG>home</STRONG>
+ string is set to the value of <STRONG>cr</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>nofilter</STRONG> routine cancels the effect of a preceding
+ <STRONG>filter</STRONG> call. That allows the caller to initialize a
+ screen on a different device, using a different value of
+ <STRONG>$TERM</STRONG>. The limitation arises because the <STRONG>filter</STRONG> routine
+ modifies the in-memory copy of the terminal information.
+
+ The <STRONG>use_env</STRONG> routine, if used, is called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> are called. When called with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as an argu-
+ ment, the values of <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and <STRONG>columns</STRONG> specified in the
+ <EM>terminfo</EM> database will be used, even if environment vari-
+ ables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> (used by default) are set, or if
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> is running in a window (in which case default be-
+ havior would be to use the window size if <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> are not set). Note that setting <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> or <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG>
+ overrides the corresponding size which may be obtained
+ from the operating system.
+
+ The <STRONG>putwin</STRONG> routine writes all data associated with window
+ <EM>win</EM> into the file to which <EM>filep</EM> points. This information
+ can be later retrieved using the <STRONG>getwin</STRONG> function.
+
+ The <STRONG>getwin</STRONG> routine reads window related data stored in the
+ file by <STRONG>putwin</STRONG>. The routine then creates and initializes
+ a new window using that data. It returns a pointer to the
+ new window.
+
+ The <STRONG>delay_output</STRONG> routine inserts an <EM>ms</EM> millisecond pause
+ in output. This routine should not be used extensively
+ because padding characters are used rather than a CPU
+ pause. If no padding character is specified, this uses
+ <STRONG>napms</STRONG> to perform the delay.
+
+ The <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG> routine throws away any typeahead that has
+ been typed by the user and has not yet been read by the
+ program.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG>, routines that return an integer re-
+ turn <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 specifies only "an in-
+ teger value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. In this im-
+ plementation
+
+ <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the terminal was not ini-
+ tialized.
+
+ <STRONG>putwin</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the associated <STRONG>fwrite</STRONG>
+ calls return an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions. It states that <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> and <STRONG>wunctrl</STRONG> will return a
+ null pointer if unsuccessful, but does not define any er-
+ ror conditions. This implementation checks for three cas-
+ es:
+
+ - the parameter is a 7-bit US-ASCII code. This
+ is the case that X/Open Curses documented.
+
+ - the parameter is in the range 128-159, i.e., a
+ C1 control code. If <STRONG>use_legacy_coding</STRONG> has
+ been called with a <STRONG>2</STRONG> parameter, <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> returns
+ the parameter, i.e., a one-character string
+ with the parameter as the first character.
+ Otherwise, it returns ``~@'', ``~A'', etc.,
+ analogous to ``^@'', ``^A'', C0 controls.
+
+ X/Open Curses does not document whether <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>
+ can be called before initializing curses.
+ This implementation permits that, and returns
+ the ``~@'', etc., values in that case.
+
+ - parameter values outside the 0 to 255 range.
+ <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> returns a null pointer.
+
+ The SVr4 documentation describes the action of <STRONG>filter</STRONG> only
+ in the vaguest terms. The description here is adapted
+ from the XSI Curses standard (which erroneously fails to
+ describe the disabling of <STRONG>cuu</STRONG>).
+
+ The strings returned by <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> in this implementation are
+ determined at compile time, showing C1 controls from the
+ upper-128 codes with a `~' prefix rather than `^'. Other
+ implementations have different conventions. For example,
+ they may show both sets of control characters with `^',
+ and strip the parameter to 7 bits. Or they may ignore C1
+ controls and treat all of the upper-128 codes as print-
+ able. This implementation uses 8 bits but does not modify
+ the string to reflect locale. The <STRONG>use_legacy_coding</STRONG> func-
+ tion allows the caller to change the output of <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>.
+
+ Likewise, the <STRONG>meta</STRONG> function allows the caller to change
+ the output of <STRONG>keyname</STRONG>, i.e., it determines whether to use
+ the `M-' prefix for ``meta'' keys (codes in the range 128
+ to 255). Both <STRONG>use_legacy_coding</STRONG> and <STRONG>meta</STRONG> succeed only af-
+ ter curses is initialized. X/Open Curses does not docu-
+ ment the treatment of codes 128 to 159. When treating
+ them as ``meta'' keys (or if <STRONG>keyname</STRONG> is called before ini-
+ tializing curses), this implementation returns strings
+ ``M-^@'', ``M-^A'', etc.
+
+ The <STRONG>keyname</STRONG> function may return the names of user-defined
+ string capabilities which are defined in the terminfo en-
+ try via the <STRONG>-x</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG>. This implementation auto-
+ matically assigns at run-time keycodes to user-defined
+ strings which begin with "k". The keycodes start at
+ KEY_MAX, but are not guaranteed to be the same value for
+ different runs because user-defined codes are merged from
+ all terminal descriptions which have been loaded. The
+ <STRONG>use_extended_names</STRONG> function controls whether this data is
+ loaded when the terminal description is read by the li-
+ brary.
+
+ The <STRONG>nofilter</STRONG> routine is specific to ncurses. It was not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on ncurses ex-
+ tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_ker-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">nel(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da6219d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: curs_window.3x,v 1.14 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_window 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_window 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>newwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>delwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>subwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>derwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvderwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>dupwin</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG> - create <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ windows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*newwin(int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*subwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*orig,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*derwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*orig,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvderwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>par_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>par_x);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dupwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wsyncup(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>syncok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wcursyncup(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wsyncdown(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Calling <STRONG>newwin</STRONG> creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
+ dow with the given number of lines and columns. The upper
+ left-hand corner of the window is at line <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM>, column
+ <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM>. If either <EM>nlines</EM> or <EM>ncols</EM> is zero, they default
+ to <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> <STRONG>-</STRONG> <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM> and <STRONG>COLS</STRONG> <STRONG>-</STRONG> <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM>. A new full-screen
+ window is created by calling <STRONG>newwin(0,0,0,0)</STRONG>.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>delwin</STRONG> deletes the named window, freeing all memo-
+ ry associated with it (it does not actually erase the win-
+ dow's screen image). Subwindows must be deleted before
+ the main window can be deleted.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>mvwin</STRONG> moves the window so that the upper left-hand
+ corner is at position (<EM>x</EM>, <EM>y</EM>). If the move would cause the
+ window to be off the screen, it is an error and the window
+ is not moved. Moving subwindows is allowed, but should be
+ avoided.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>subwin</STRONG> creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
+ dow with the given number of lines, <EM>nlines</EM>, and columns,
+ <EM>ncols</EM>. The window is at position (<EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM>, <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM>) on
+ the screen. (This position is relative to the screen, and
+ not to the window <EM>orig</EM>.) The window is made in the middle
+ of the window <EM>orig</EM>, so that changes made to one window
+ will affect both windows. The subwindow shares memory
+ with the window <EM>orig</EM>. When using this routine, it is nec-
+ essary to call <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> or <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> on <EM>orig</EM> before call-
+ ing <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> on the subwindow.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>derwin</STRONG> is the same as calling <STRONG>subwin,</STRONG> except that
+ <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM> and <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM> are relative to the origin of the win-
+ dow <EM>orig</EM> rather than the screen. There is no difference
+ between the subwindows and the derived windows.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>mvderwin</STRONG> moves a derived window (or subwindow) in-
+ side its parent window. The screen-relative parameters of
+ the window are not changed. This routine is used to dis-
+ play different parts of the parent window at the same
+ physical position on the screen.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>dupwin</STRONG> creates an exact duplicate of the window
+ <EM>win</EM>.
+
+ Calling <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> touches all locations in ancestors of <EM>win</EM>
+ that are changed in <EM>win</EM>. If <STRONG>syncok</STRONG> is called with second
+ argument <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> then <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> is called automatically whenev-
+ er there is a change in the window.
+
+ The <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG> routine touches each location in <EM>win</EM> that
+ has been touched in any of its ancestor windows. This
+ routine is called by <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, so it should almost never
+ be necessary to call it manually.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG> updates the current cursor position
+ of all the ancestors of the window to reflect the current
+ cursor position of the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> up-
+ on failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value
+ other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion
+
+ <STRONG>delwin</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window pointer is
+ null, or if the window is the parent of anoth-
+ er window.
+
+ This implementation also maintains a list of
+ windows, and checks that the pointer passed to
+ <STRONG>delwin</STRONG> is one that it created, returning an
+ error if it was not..
+
+ <STRONG>mvderwin</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window pointer is
+ null, or if some part of the window would be
+ placed off-screen.
+
+ <STRONG>mvwin</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window pointer is
+ null, or if the window is really a pad, or if
+ some part of the window would be placed off-
+ screen.
+
+ <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window pointer is
+ null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ If many small changes are made to the window, the <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG>
+ option could degrade performance.
+
+ Note that <STRONG>syncok</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+ The subwindow functions (<EM>subwin</EM>, <EM>derwin</EM>, <EM>mvderwin</EM>, <STRONG>wsyn-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>cup</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>) are flaky, incomplete-
+ ly implemented, and not well tested.
+
+ The System V curses documentation is very unclear about
+ what <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> and <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG> actually do. It seems to imply
+ that they are only supposed to touch exactly those lines
+ that are affected by ancestor changes. The language here,
+ and the behavior of the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> implementation, is pat-
+ terned on the XPG4 curses standard. The weaker XPG4 spec
+ may result in slower updates.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ tions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html b/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c9e801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997,1999,2000,2005
+ * @Id: default_colors.3x,v 1.20 2006/12/24 15:02:53 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>default_colors 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>default_colors 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>use_default_colors</STRONG>, <STRONG>assume_default_colors</STRONG> - use terminal's
+ default colors
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_default_colors(void);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>assume_default_colors(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fg,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bg);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> and <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> func-
+ tions are extensions to the curses library. They are used
+ with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent.
+ These terminals allow the application to reset color to an
+ unspecified default value (e.g., with SGR 39 or SGR 49).
+
+ Applications that paint a colored background over the
+ whole screen do not take advantage of SGR 39 and SGR 49.
+ Some applications are designed to work with the default
+ background, using colors only for text. For example,
+ there are several implementations of the <STRONG>ls</STRONG> program which
+ use colors to denote different file types or permissions.
+ These "color ls" programs do not necessarily modify the
+ background color, typically using only the <EM>setaf</EM> terminfo
+ capability to set the foreground color. Full-screen
+ applications that use default colors can achieve similar
+ visual effects.
+
+ The first function, <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> tells the curses
+ library to assign terminal default foreground/background
+ colors to color number -1. So init_pair(x,COLOR_RED,-1)
+ will initialize pair x as red on default background and
+ init_pair(x,-1,COLOR_BLUE) will initialize pair x as
+ default foreground on blue.
+
+ The other, <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> is a refinement which
+ tells which colors to paint for color pair 0. This func-
+ tion recognizes a special color number -1, which denotes
+ the default terminal color.
+
+ The following are equivalent:
+ <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors();</EM>
+ <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors(-1,-1);</EM>
+
+ These are ncurses extensions. For other curses implemen-
+ tations, color number -1 does not mean anything, just as
+ for ncurses before a successful call of <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>col-</EM>
+ <EM>ors()</EM> or <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM>.
+
+ Other curses implementations do not allow an application
+ to modify color pair 0. They assume that the background
+ is COLOR_BLACK, but do not ensure that the color pair 0 is
+ painted to match the assumption. If your application does
+ not use either <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> or <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>col-</EM>
+ <EM>ors()</EM> ncurses will paint a white foreground (text) with
+ black background for color pair 0.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These functions return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ on success. They will fail if either the terminal does
+ not support the <EM>orig</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM> or <EM>orig</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors</EM> capability. If
+ the <EM>initialize</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM> capability is found, this causes an
+ error as well.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ Associated with this extension, the <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG> function
+ accepts negative arguments to specify default foreground
+ or background colors.
+
+ The <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> function was added to support
+ <EM>ded</EM>. This is a full-screen application which uses curses
+ to manage only part of the screen. The bottom portion of
+ the screen, which is of adjustable size, is left uncolored
+ to display the results from shell commands. The top por-
+ tion of the screen colors filenames using a scheme like
+ the "color ls" programs. Attempting to manage the back-
+ ground color of the screen for this application would give
+ unsatisfactory results for a variety of reasons. This
+ extension was devised after noting that color xterm (and
+ similar programs) provides a background color which does
+ not necessarily correspond to any of the ANSI colors.
+ While a special terminfo entry could be constructed using
+ nine colors, there was no mechanism provided within curses
+ to account for the related <EM>orig</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM> and <EM>back</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>erase</EM>
+ capabilities.
+
+ The <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> function was added to solve a
+ different problem: support for applications which would
+ use environment variables and other configuration to
+ bypass curses' notion of the terminal's default colors,
+ setting specific values.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ded.1.html">ded(1)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey (from an analysis of the requirements for
+ color xterm for XFree86 3.1.2C, February 1996).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html b/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a6b54b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997
+ * @Id: define_key.3x,v 1.12 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>define_key 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>define_key 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>define_key</STRONG> - define a keycode
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>define_key(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*definition,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>keycode);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an
+ application to define keycodes with their corresponding
+ control strings, so that the ncurses library will inter-
+ pret them just as it would the predefined codes in the
+ terminfo database.
+
+ If the given string is null, any existing definition for
+ the keycode is removed. Similarly, if the given keycode
+ is negative or zero, any existing string for the given
+ definition is removed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The keycode must be greater than zero, else ERR is
+ returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2135f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form.3x,v 1.22 2008/10/11 20:48:11 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form</STRONG> - curses extension for programming forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>form</STRONG> library provides terminal-independent facilities
+ for composing form screens on character-cell terminals.
+ The library includes: field routines, which create and
+ modify form fields; and form routines, which group fields
+ into forms, display forms on the screen, and handle inter-
+ action with the user.
+
+ The <STRONG>form</STRONG> library uses the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> libraries. To use the
+ <STRONG>form</STRONG> library, link with the options <STRONG>-lform</STRONG> <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG>.
+
+ Your program should set up the locale, e.g.,
+
+ <STRONG>setlocale(LC_ALL,</STRONG> <STRONG>"");</STRONG>
+
+ so that input/output processing will work.
+
+ A curses initialization routine such as <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> must be
+ called before using any of these functions.
+
+ <STRONG>Current</STRONG> <STRONG>Default</STRONG> <STRONG>Values</STRONG> <STRONG>for</STRONG> <STRONG>Field</STRONG> <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+ The <STRONG>form</STRONG> library maintains a default value for field
+ attributes. You can get or set this default by calling
+ the appropriate <STRONG>set_</STRONG> or retrieval routine with a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>
+ field pointer. Changing this default with a <STRONG>set_</STRONG> function
+ affects future field creations, but does not change the
+ rendering of fields already created.
+
+ <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Index</STRONG>
+ The following table lists each <STRONG>form</STRONG> routine and the name
+ of the manual page on which it is described.
+
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> Routine Name Manual Page Name
+ -------------------------------------------------
+ current_field <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ data_ahead <STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ data_behind <STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ dup_field <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ dynamic_field_info <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_arg <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_back <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_buffer <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_count <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_fore <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_index <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_info <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_init <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_just <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_opts <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_opts_off <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_opts_on <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_pad <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_status <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_term <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ field_type <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+ field_userptr <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_driver <STRONG><A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_fields <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_init <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_opts <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_opts_off <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_opts_on <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_page <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_request_by_name <STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_request_name <STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_sub <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_term <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_userptr <STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ form_win <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ free_field <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ free_fieldtype <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ free_form <STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ link_field <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ link_fieldtype <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ move_field <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ new_field <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ new_fieldtype <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ new_form <STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ new_page <STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ pos_form_cursor <STRONG><A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ post_form <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ scale_form <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_current_field <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_back <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_buffer <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_fore <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_init <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_just <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_opts <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_pad <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_status <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_term <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_type <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_field_userptr <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_fieldtype_arg <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_fieldtype_choice <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_form_fields <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_form_init <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_form_opts <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_form_page <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_form_sub <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_form_term <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_form_userptr <STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_form_win <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_max_field <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_new_page <STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ unpost_form <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error, and
+ set errno to the corresponding error-code returned by
+ functions returning an integer. Routines that return an
+ integer return one of the following error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ The field is already connected to a form.
+
+ <STRONG>E_INVALID_FIELD</STRONG>
+ Contents of a field are not valid.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No fields are connected to the form.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+ Form is too large for its window.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form is already posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The form driver could not process the request.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+ The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> and <STRONG><eti.h></STRONG>.
+
+ In your library list, libform.a should be before libn-
+ curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lform -lncurses', not
+ the other way around (which would give you a link error
+ using most linkers).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses
+ by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af34701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_cursor.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 18:50:24 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_cursor 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_cursor 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_cursor</STRONG> - position a form window cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>pos_form_cursor</STRONG> restores the cursor to the
+ position required for the forms driver to continue pro-
+ cessing requests. This is useful after <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines
+ have been called to do screen-painting in response to a
+ form operation.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ This routine returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0232996
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_data.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:38:26 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_data 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_data 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_data</STRONG> - test for off-screen data in given forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ bool data_ahead(const FORM *form);
+ bool data_behind(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>data_ahead</STRONG> tests whether there is off-screen
+ data ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or
+ FALSE (0).
+
+ The function <STRONG>data_behind</STRONG> tests whether there is off-screen
+ data behind in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or
+ FALSE (0).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66eb7e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.16 2008/06/21 21:55:39 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_driver 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_driver 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG> - command-processing loop of the form system
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int form_driver(FORM *form, int c);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
+ input events to it through <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG>. This routine has
+ three major input cases:
+
+ - The input is a form navigation request. Navigation
+ request codes are constants defined in <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>, which
+ are distinct from the key- and character codes returned
+ by <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>.
+
+ - The input is a printable character. Printable charac-
+ ters (which must be positive, less than 256) are
+ checked according to the program's locale settings.
+
+ - The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key associated with
+ an mouse event.
+
+ The form driver requests are as follows:
+
+ REQ_NEXT_PAGE
+ Move to the next page.
+
+ REQ_PREV_PAGE
+ Move to the previous page.
+
+ REQ_FIRST_PAGE
+ Move to the first page.
+
+ REQ_LAST_PAGE
+ Move to the last field.
+
+
+ REQ_NEXT_FIELD
+ Move to the next field.
+
+ REQ_PREV_FIELD
+ Move to the previous field.
+
+ REQ_FIRST_FIELD
+ Move to the first field.
+
+ REQ_LAST_FIELD
+ Move to the last field.
+
+ REQ_SNEXT_FIELD
+ Move to the sorted next field.
+
+ REQ_SPREV_FIELD
+ Move to the sorted previous field.
+
+ REQ_SFIRST_FIELD
+ Move to the sorted first field.
+
+ REQ_SLAST_FIELD
+ Move to the sorted last field.
+
+ REQ_LEFT_FIELD
+ Move left to a field.
+
+ REQ_RIGHT_FIELD
+ Move right to a field.
+
+ REQ_UP_FIELD
+ Move up to a field.
+
+ REQ_DOWN_FIELD
+ Move down to a field.
+
+
+ REQ_NEXT_CHAR
+ Move to the next char.
+
+ REQ_PREV_CHAR
+ Move to the previous char.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_LINE
+ Move to the next line.
+
+ REQ_PREV_LINE
+ Move to the previous line.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_WORD
+ Move to the next word.
+
+ REQ_PREV_WORD
+ Move to the previous word.
+
+ REQ_BEG_FIELD
+ Move to the beginning of the field.
+
+ REQ_END_FIELD
+ Move to the end of the field.
+
+ REQ_BEG_LINE
+ Move to the beginning of the line.
+
+ REQ_END_LINE
+ Move to the end of the line.
+
+ REQ_LEFT_CHAR
+ Move left in the field.
+
+ REQ_RIGHT_CHAR
+ Move right in the field.
+
+ REQ_UP_CHAR
+ Move up in the field.
+
+ REQ_DOWN_CHAR
+ Move down in the field.
+
+
+ REQ_NEW_LINE
+ Insert or overlay a new line.
+
+ REQ_INS_CHAR
+ Insert a blank at the cursor.
+
+ REQ_INS_LINE
+ Insert a blank line at the cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_CHAR
+ Delete character at the cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_PREV
+ Delete character before the cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_LINE
+ Delete line at the cursor.
+
+ REQ_DEL_WORD
+ Delete blank-delimited word at the cursor.
+
+ REQ_CLR_EOL
+ Clear to end of line from cursor.
+
+ REQ_CLR_EOF
+ Clear to end of field from cursor.
+
+ REQ_CLR_FIELD
+ Clear the entire field.
+
+ REQ_OVL_MODE
+ Enter overlay mode.
+
+ REQ_INS_MODE
+ Enter insert mode.
+
+
+ REQ_SCR_FLINE
+ Scroll the field forward a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BLINE
+ Scroll the field backward a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_FPAGE
+ Scroll the field forward a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BPAGE
+ Scroll the field backward a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_FHPAGE
+ Scroll the field forward half a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BHPAGE
+ Scroll the field backward half a page.
+
+
+ REQ_SCR_FCHAR
+ Scroll the field forward a character.
+
+ REQ_SCR_BCHAR
+ Scroll the field backward a character.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HFLINE
+ Horizontal scroll the field forward a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HBLINE
+ Horizontal scroll the field backward a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HFHALF
+ Horizontal scroll the field forward half a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_HBHALF
+ Horizontal scroll the field backward half a line.
+
+
+ REQ_VALIDATION
+ Validate field.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_CHOICE
+ Display next field choice.
+
+ REQ_PREV_CHOICE
+ Display previous field choice.
+
+ If the second argument is a printable character, the
+ driver places it in the current position in the current
+ field. If it is one of the forms requests listed above,
+ that request is executed.
+
+ <STRONG>MOUSE</STRONG> <STRONG>HANDLING</STRONG>
+ If the second argument is the KEY_MOUSE special key, the
+ associated mouse event is translated into one of the above
+ pre-defined requests. Currently only clicks in the user
+ window (e.g. inside the form display area or the decora-
+ tion window) are handled.
+
+ If you click above the display region of the form:
+
+ a REQ_PREV_FIELD is generated for a single click,
+
+ a REQ_PREV_PAGE is generated for a double-click and
+
+ a REQ_FIRST_FIELD is generated for a triple-click.
+
+ If you click below the display region of the form:
+
+ a REQ_NEXT_FIELD is generated for a single click,
+
+ a REQ_NEXT_PAGE is generated for a double-click and
+
+ a REQ_LAST_FIELD is generated for a triple-click.
+
+ If you click at an field inside the display area of the
+ form:
+
+ - the form cursor is positioned to that field.
+
+ - If you double-click a field, the form cursor is
+ positioned to that field and <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+ is returned. This return value makes sense,
+ because a double click usually means that an
+ field-specific action should be returned. It is
+ exactly the purpose of this return value to sig-
+ nal that an application specific command should
+ be executed.
+
+ - If a translation into a request was done,
+ <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG> returns the result of this request.
+
+ If you clicked outside the user window or the mouse event
+ could not be translated into a form request an
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG> is returned.
+
+ <STRONG>APPLICATION-DEFINED</STRONG> <STRONG>COMMANDS</STRONG>
+ If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the
+ above pre-defined form requests, the driver assumes it is
+ an application-specific command and returns <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COM-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>MAND</STRONG>. Application-defined commands should be defined rel-
+ ative to <STRONG>MAX_COMMAND</STRONG>, the maximum value of these pre-
+ defined requests.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG> returns one of the following error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_INVALID_FIELD</STRONG>
+ Contents of field is invalid.
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The form driver could not process the request.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+ The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="wgetch.3x.html">wgetch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d743390
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_field.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:01:38 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field</STRONG> - make and break connections between fields and
+ forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields);
+ FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form);
+ int field_count(const FORM *form);
+ int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_fields</STRONG> changes the field pointer
+ array of the given <EM>form</EM>. The array must be terminated by
+ a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>form_fields</STRONG> returns the field array of the
+ given form.
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_count</STRONG> returns the count of fields in
+ <EM>form</EM>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>move_field</STRONG> moves the given field (which must
+ be disconnected) to a specified location on the screen.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>form_fields</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_count</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the <EM>form</EM> parameter
+ is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+ The functions <STRONG>set_form_fields</STRONG> and <STRONG>move_field</STRONG> return one of
+ the following codes on error:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ The field is already connected to a form.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form is already posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The SVr4 forms library documentation specifies the
+ <STRONG>field_count</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54d77d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_field_attributes.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:51:26 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_attributes 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_attributes 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_attributes</STRONG> - color and attribute control for
+ form fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+ chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field);
+ int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+ chtype field_back(const FIELD *field);
+ int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int pad);
+ int field_pad(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_fore</STRONG> sets the foreground attribute
+ of <EM>field</EM>. This is the highlight used to display the field
+ contents. The function <STRONG>field_fore</STRONG> returns the foreground
+ attribute. The default is <STRONG>A_STANDOUT</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_back</STRONG> sets the background attribute
+ of <EM>form</EM>. This is the highlight used to display the extent
+ fields in the form. The function <STRONG>field_back</STRONG> returns the
+ background attribute. The default is <STRONG>A_NORMAL</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_pad</STRONG> sets the character used to fill
+ the field. The function <STRONG>field_pad</STRONG> returns the given
+ form's pad character. The default is a blank.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e99806
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_field_buffer.3x,v 1.14 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_buffer 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_buffer 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_buffer</STRONG> - field buffer control
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, int buf, const char
+ *value);
+ char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field, int buffer);
+ int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status);
+ bool field_status(const FIELD *field);
+ int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_buffer</STRONG> sets the numbered buffer of
+ the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is
+ the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers
+ may be allocated by applications through the <STRONG>nbuf</STRONG> argument
+ of (see <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>) but are not manipulated by the
+ forms library. The function <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> returns the
+ address of the buffer. Please note that this buffer has
+ always the length of the buffer, that means that it may
+ typically contain trailing spaces. If you entered leading
+ spaces the buffer may also contain them. If you want the
+ raw data, you must write your own routine that copies the
+ value out of the buffer and removes the leading and trail-
+ ing spaces. Please note also, that subsequent operations
+ on the form will probably change the content of the
+ buffer. So do not use it for long term storage of the
+ entered form data.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_status</STRONG> sets the associated status
+ flag of <EM>field</EM>; <STRONG>field_status</STRONG> gets the current value. The
+ status flag is set to a nonzero value whenever the field
+ changes.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_max_field</STRONG> sets the maximum size for a
+ dynamic field. An argument of 0 turns off any maximum
+ size threshold for that field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> function returns NULL on error. It sets
+ errno according to their success:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ The <STRONG>field_status</STRONG> function returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
+
+ The remaining routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file
+
+ When configured for wide-characters, <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> returns
+ a pointer to temporary storage (allocated and freed by the
+ library). The application should not attempt to modify
+ the data. It will be freed on the next call to
+ <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> to return the same buffer. <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..498fc29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_field_info.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:14:31 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_info 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_info 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_info</STRONG> - retrieve field characteristics
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols,
+ int *frow, int *fcol, int *nrow, int *nbuf);
+ int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int
+ *cols, int *max);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>field_info</STRONG> returns the sizes and other
+ attributes passed in to the field at its creation time.
+ The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left cor-
+ ner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows,
+ and number of working buffers.
+
+ The function <STRONG>dynamic_field_info</STRONG> returns the actual size of
+ the field, and its maximum possible size. If the field
+ has no size limit, the location addressed by the third
+ argument will be set to 0. A field can be made dynamic by
+ turning off the <STRONG>O_STATIC</STRONG> option with <STRONG>field_opts_off</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ A null (zero pointer) is accepted for any of the return
+ values, to ignore that value. Not all implementations
+ allow this, e.g., Solaris 2.7 does not.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..507020f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_field_just.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_just 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_just 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_just</STRONG> - retrieve field characteristics
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification);
+ int field_just(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG> sets the justification
+ attribute of a field; <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns a field's justi-
+ fication attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTI-
+ FICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
+ JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a0269a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_field_new.3x,v 1.16 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_new 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_new 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_new</STRONG> - create and destroy form fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,
+ int toprow, int leftcol,
+ int offscreen, int nbuffers);
+ FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+ FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+ int free_field(FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_field</STRONG> allocates a new field and initial-
+ izes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of
+ upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number
+ off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers.
+
+ The function <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG> duplicates a field at a new loca-
+ tion. Most attributes (including current contents, size,
+ validation type, buffer count, growth threshold, justifi-
+ cation, foreground, background, pad character, options,
+ and user pointer) are copied. Field status and the field
+ page bit are not copied.
+
+ The function <STRONG>link_field</STRONG> acts like <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>, but the new
+ field shares buffers with its parent. Attribute data is
+ separate.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_field</STRONG> de-allocates storage associated
+ with a field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function, <STRONG>new_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>link_field</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>
+ on error. They set errno according to their success:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_field</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ field is connected.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ It may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied
+ by <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG> being portable; the System V forms library
+ documents are not very explicit about what gets copied and
+ what does not.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9a1321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.13 2007/02/24 17:34:27 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_opts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_opts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_opts</STRONG> - set and get field options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
+ int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
+ int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
+ Field_Options field_opts(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_opts</STRONG> sets all the given field's
+ option bits (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed
+ together).
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+ and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_opts_off</STRONG> turns off the given option
+ bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_opts</STRONG> returns the field's current option
+ bits.
+
+ The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+ O_VISIBLE
+ The field is displayed. If this option is off, dis-
+ play of the field is suppressed.
+
+ O_ACTIVE
+ The field is visited during processing. If this
+ option is off, the field will not be reachable by
+ navigation keys. Please notice that an invisible
+ field appears to be inactive also.
+
+ O_PUBLIC
+ The field contents are displayed as data is entered.
+
+ O_EDIT
+ The field can be edited.
+
+ O_WRAP
+ Words that do not fit on a line are wrapped to the
+ next line. Words are blank-separated.
+
+ O_BLANK
+ The field is cleared whenever a character is entered
+ at the first position.
+
+ O_AUTOSKIP
+ Skip to the next field when this one fills.
+
+ O_NULLOK
+ Allow a blank field.
+
+ O_STATIC
+ Field buffers are fixed to field's original size.
+ Turn this option off to create a dynamic field.
+
+ O_PASSOK
+ Validate field only if modified by user.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>field_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the
+ following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CURRENT</STRONG>
+ The field is the current field.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+ <STRONG>NOTES</STRONG> The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the
+ header file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7a6ad4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_field_userptr.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:04:37 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_userptr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_userptr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_userptr</STRONG> - associate application data with a
+ form field
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, void*userptr);
+ void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every form field has a field that can be used to hold
+ application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code
+ leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>field_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The user pointer is a void pointer. We chose not to leave
+ it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9328031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_field_validation.3x,v 1.16 2006/12/24 16:08:08 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_validation 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_validation 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_field_validation</STRONG> - data type validation for fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...);
+ FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field);
+ void *field_arg(const FIELD *field);
+
+ FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALNUM;
+ FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALPHA;
+ FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ENUM;
+ FIELDTYPE *TYPE_INTEGER;
+ FIELDTYPE *TYPE_NUMERIC;
+ FIELDTYPE *TYPE_REGEXP;
+ FIELDTYPE *TYPE_IPV4;
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG> declares a data type for a
+ given form field. This is the type checked by validation
+ functions. The predefined types are as follows:
+
+ TYPE_ALNUM
+ Alphanumeric data. Requires a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument, a
+ minimum field width.
+
+ TYPE_ALPHA
+ Character data. Requires a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument, a
+ minimum field width.
+
+ TYPE_ENUM
+ Accept one of a specified set of strings. Requires a
+ third <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>**)</STRONG> argument pointing to a string list; a
+ fourth <STRONG>int</STRONG> flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
+ and a fifth <STRONG>int</STRONG> flag argument specifying whether a
+ partial match must be a unique one (if this flag is
+ off, a prefix matches the first of any set of more
+ than one list elements with that prefix). Please
+ notice that the string list is not copied, only a
+ reference to it is stored in the field. So you should
+ avoid using a list that lives in automatic variables
+ on the stack.
+
+ TYPE_INTEGER
+ Integer data, parsable to an integer by <STRONG>atoi(3)</STRONG>.
+ Requires a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument controlling the preci-
+ sion, a fourth <STRONG>long</STRONG> argument constraining minimum
+ value, and a fifth <STRONG>long</STRONG> constraining maximum value.
+ If the maximum value is less than or equal to the
+ minimum value, the range is simply ignored. On return
+ the field buffer is formatted according to the <STRONG>printf</STRONG>
+ format specification ".*ld", where the '*' is
+ replaced by the precision argument. For details of
+ the precision handling see <STRONG>printf's</STRONG> man-page.
+
+ TYPE_NUMERIC
+ Numeric data (may have a decimal-point part).
+ Requires a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument controlling the preci-
+ sion, a fourth <STRONG>double</STRONG> argument constraining minimum
+ value, and a fifth <STRONG>double</STRONG> constraining maximum value.
+ If your system supports locales, the decimal point
+ character to be used must be the one specified by
+ your locale. If the maximum value is less than or
+ equal to the minimum value, the range is simply
+ ignored. On return the field buffer is formatted
+ according to the <STRONG>printf</STRONG> format specification ".*f",
+ where the '*' is replaced by the precision argument.
+ For details of the precision handling see <STRONG>printf's</STRONG>
+ man-page.
+
+ TYPE_REGEXP
+ Regular expression data. Requires a regular expres-
+ sion <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)</STRONG> third argument; the data is valid if
+ the regular expression matches it. Regular expres-
+ sions are in the format of <STRONG>regcomp</STRONG> and <STRONG>regexec</STRONG>.
+ Please notice that the regular expression must match
+ the whole field. If you have for example an eight
+ character wide field, a regular expression "^[0-9]*$"
+ always means that you have to fill all eight posi-
+ tions with digits. If you want to allow fewer digits,
+ you may use for example "^[0-9]* *$" which is good
+ for trailing spaces (up to an empty field), or "^
+ *[0-9]* *$" which is good for leading and trailing
+ spaces around the digits.
+
+ TYPE_IPV4
+ An Internet Protocol Version 4 address. This requires
+ no additional argument. It is checked whether or not
+ the buffer has the form a.b.c.d, where a,b,c and d
+ are numbers between 0 and 255. Trailing blanks in the
+ buffer are ignored. The address itself is not vali-
+ dated. Please note that this is an ncurses extension.
+ This field type may not be available in other curses
+ implementations.
+
+ It is possible to set up new programmer-defined field
+ types. See the <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The functions <STRONG>field_type</STRONG> and <STRONG>field_arg</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on
+ error. The function <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG> returns one of the fol-
+ lowing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80dab41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_fieldtype.3x,v 1.14 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_fieldtype 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_fieldtype 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_fieldtype</STRONG> - define validation-field types
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
+ bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *),
+ bool (* const char_check)(int, const void *));
+ int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *fieldtype);
+ int set_fieldtype_arg(
+ FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
+ void *(* const make_arg)(va_list *),
+ void *(* const copy_arg)(const void *),
+ void (* const free_arg)(void *));
+ int set_fieldtype_choice(
+ FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
+ bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *, const void *),
+ bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *, const void *));
+ FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
+ FIELDTYPE *type2);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_fieldtype</STRONG> creates a new field type usable
+ for data validation. You supply it with <EM>field</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>check</EM>, a
+ predicate to check the validity of an entered data string
+ whenever the user attempts to leave a field. The (FIELD
+ *) argument is passed in so the validation predicate can
+ see the field's buffer, sizes and other attributes; the
+ second argument is an argument-block structure, about
+ which more below.
+
+ You also supply <STRONG>new_fieldtype</STRONG> with <EM>char</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>check</EM>, a function
+ to validate input characters as they are entered; it will
+ be passed the character to be checked and a pointer to an
+ argument-block structure.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_fieldtype</STRONG> frees the space allocated for
+ a given validation type.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_fieldtype_arg</STRONG> associates three storage-
+ management functions with a field type. The <EM>make</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>arg</EM>
+ function is automatically applied to the list of arguments
+ you give <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG> when attaching validation to a
+ field; its job is to bundle these into an allocated argu-
+ ment-block object which can later be passed to validation
+ predicated. The other two hook arguments should copy and
+ free argument-block structures. They will be used by the
+ forms-driver code. You must supply the <EM>make</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>arg</EM> function,
+ the other two are optional, you may supply NULL for them.
+ In this case it is assumed that <EM>make</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>arg</EM> does not allocate
+ memory but simply loads the argument into a single scalar
+ value.
+
+ The function <STRONG>link_fieldtype</STRONG> creates a new field type from
+ the two given types. They are connected by an logical
+ 'OR'.
+
+ The form driver requests <STRONG>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</STRONG> assume that the possible values of a field
+ form an ordered set, and provide the forms user with a way
+ to move through the set. The <STRONG>set_fieldtype_choice</STRONG> func-
+ tion allows forms programmers to define successor and
+ predecessor functions for the field type. These functions
+ take the field pointer and an argument-block structure as
+ arguments.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The pointer-valued routines return NULL on error. They
+ set errno according to their success:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
+
+ The integer-valued routines return one of the following
+ codes on error:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ The field is already connected to a form.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CURRENT</STRONG>
+ The field is the current field.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+ All of the <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)</STRONG> arguments of these functions should
+ actually be <STRONG>(void</STRONG> <STRONG>*)</STRONG>. The type has been left uncorrected
+ for strict compatibility with System V.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f88aa1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_hook.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:18 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_hook 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_hook 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_hook</STRONG> - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
+ tions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_field_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+ Form_Hook field_init(const FORM *form);
+ int set_field_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+ Form_Hook field_term(const FORM *form);
+ int set_form_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+ Form_Hook form_init(const FORM *form);
+ int set_form_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+ Form_Hook form_term(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These functions make it possible to set hook functions to
+ be called at various points in the automatic processing of
+ input event codes by <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_init</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ form-post time and each time the selected field changes
+ (after the change). <STRONG>field_init</STRONG> returns the current field
+ init hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_field_term</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ form-unpost time and each time the selected field changes
+ (before the change). <STRONG>field_term</STRONG> returns the current field
+ term hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_init</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ form-post time and just after a page change once it is
+ posted. <STRONG>form_init</STRONG> returns the current form init hook, if
+ any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_term</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ form-unpost time and just before a page change once it is
+ posted. <STRONG>form_init</STRONG> returns the current form term hook, if
+ any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Other
+ routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c313012
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_new.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_new 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_new 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_new</STRONG> - create and destroy forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
+ int free_form(FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_form</STRONG> creates a new form connected to a
+ specified field pointer array (which must be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>-termi-
+ nated).
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_form</STRONG> disconnects <EM>form</EM> from its field
+ array and frees the storage allocated for the form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_form</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. It sets
+ errno according to the function's success:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ The field is already connected to a form.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_form</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has already been posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8863369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_new_page 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_new_page 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_new_page</STRONG> - form pagination functions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag);
+ bool new_page(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_new_page</STRONG> sets or resets a flag marking
+ the given field as the beginning of a new page on its
+ form.
+
+ The function <STRONG>new_page</STRONG> is a predicate which tests if a
+ given field marks a page beginning on its form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_page</STRONG> returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_new_page</STRONG> return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ The given field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53869a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_opts.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:36 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_opts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_opts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG> - set and get form options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_form_opts(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
+ int form_opts_on(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
+ int form_opts_off(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
+ Field_Options form_opts(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_opts</STRONG> sets all the given form's
+ option bits (form option bits may be logically-OR'ed
+ together).
+
+ The function <STRONG>form_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+ and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>form_opts_off</STRONG> turns off the given option
+ bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG> returns the form's current option
+ bits.
+
+ The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+ O_NL_OVERLOAD
+ Overload the <STRONG>REQ_NEW_LINE</STRONG> forms driver request so
+ that calling it at the end of a field goes to the
+ next field.
+
+ O_BS_OVERLOAD
+ Overload the <STRONG>REQ_DEL_PREV</STRONG> forms driver request so
+ that calling it at the beginning of a field goes to
+ the previous field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+ lowing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..753075b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_page.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:52:32 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_page 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_page 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_page</STRONG> - set and get form page number
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field);
+ FIELD *current_field(const FORM *);
+ int set_form_page(FORM *form, int n);
+ int form_page(const FORM *form);
+ int field_index(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_current</STRONG> <STRONG>field</STRONG> sets the current field of
+ the given form; <STRONG>current_field</STRONG> returns the current field of
+ the given form.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_page</STRONG> sets the form's page number
+ (goes to page <EM>n</EM> of the form).
+
+ The function <STRONG>form_page</STRONG> returns the form's current page
+ number.
+
+ The function <STRONG>field_index</STRONG> returns the index of the field in
+ the field array of the form it is connected to. It returns
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the argument is the null pointer or the field is
+ not connected.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>form_page</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+ lowing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_INVALID_FIELD</STRONG>
+ Contents of a field are not valid.
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The form driver could not process the request.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f125a0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_post.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 18:53:20 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_post 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_post 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_post</STRONG> - write or erase forms from associated subwin-
+ dows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int post_form(FORM *form);
+ int unpost_form(FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>post_form</STRONG> displays a form to its associated
+ subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+ use <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or some equivalent <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine (the
+ implicit <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> triggered by an <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input request
+ will do).
+
+ The function <STRONG>unpost_form</STRONG> erases form from its associated
+ subwindow.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the form.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+ Form is too large for its window.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has already been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c0c2bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_requestname.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:57:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_requestname 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_requestname 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_requestname</STRONG> - handle printable form request names
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ const char *form_request_name(int request);
+ int form_request_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>form_request_name</STRONG> returns the printable name
+ of a form request code.
+ The function <STRONG>form_request_by_name</STRONG> searches in the name-ta-
+ ble for a request with the given name and returns its
+ request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_request_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error and sets errno to
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>.
+ <STRONG>form_request_by_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> on error. It does
+ not set errno.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6a50fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_userptr.3x,v 1.11 2006/11/04 18:43:24 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_userptr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_userptr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> - associate application data with a form item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, void *userptr);
+ void* form_userptr(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every form and every form item has a field that can be
+ used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-
+ driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set
+ the form user pointer field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_form_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The user pointer is a void pointer. We chose not to leave
+ it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d213df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: form_win.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_win 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_win 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>form_win</STRONG> - make and break form window and subwindow asso-
+ ciations
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
+ int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win);
+ WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form);
+ int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *sub);
+ WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form);
+ int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every form has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows. The
+ form window displays any title and border associated with
+ the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the
+ form that are currently available for selection.
+
+ The first four functions get and set those windows. It is
+ not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
+ code uses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> for both.
+
+ In the <STRONG>set_</STRONG> functions, window argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is treated
+ as though it were <STRONG>stsdcr</STRONG>. A form argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is
+ treated as a request to change the system default form
+ window or subwindow.
+
+ The function <STRONG>scale_form</STRONG> returns the minimum size required
+ for the subwindow of <EM>form</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
+ tines that return an integer return one of the following
+ error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The form has already been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/index.html b/doc/html/man/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5db3a6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 3.0//EN">
+<!--
+ $Id: index.html,v 1.3 2006/12/24 23:05:35 tom Exp $
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>NCURSES - Manual Pages</TITLE>
+<LINK REV=MADE HREF="mailto:dickey@invisible-island.net">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<HR>
+<ul>
+<li>Programs:
+<ul>
+<li><a href = "captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo - convert a termcap description into a terminfo description</a>
+<li><a href = "clear.1.html">clear - clear the terminal screen</a>
+<li><a href = "infocmp.1m.html">infocmp - compare or print out terminfo descriptions</a>
+<li><a href = "infotocap.1m.html">infotocap - convert a terminfo description into a termcap description</a>
+<li><a href = "tic.1m.html">tic - the terminfo entry-description compiler</a>
+<li><a href = "toe.1m.html">toe - table of (terminfo) entries</a>
+<li><a href = "tput.1.html">tput - initialize a terminal or query terminfo database</a>
+<li><a href = "tset.1.html">tset - terminal initialization</a>
+</ul>
+<li>Libraries:
+<ul>
+<li><a href = "ncurses.3x.html">ncurses - CRT screen handling and optimization package</a>
+<li><a href = "panel.3x.html">panel- panel stack extension for curses</a>
+<li><a href = "form.3x.html">form - curses extension for programming forms</a>
+<li><a href = "menu.3x.html">menu - curses extension for programming menus</a>
+</ul>
+<li>File formats:
+<ul>
+<li><a href = "terminfo.5.html">terminfo - terminal capability data base</a>
+<li><a href = "term.5.html">term - format of compiled term file.</a>
+<li><a href = "term.7.html">term - conventions for naming terminal types</a>
+</ul>
+</ul>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html b/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e63557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html
@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.44 2006/12/24 18:16:31 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>infocmp 1m</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>infocmp 1m</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> - compare or print out <EM>terminfo</EM> descriptions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> [<STRONG>-1CEFGILTUVcdegilnpqrtux</STRONG>]
+ [<STRONG>-v</STRONG> <EM>n</EM>] [<STRONG>-s</STRONG> <STRONG>d</STRONG>| <STRONG>i</STRONG>| <STRONG>l</STRONG>| <STRONG>c</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-R</STRONG> <STRONG>subset</STRONG>]
+ [<STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>] [<STRONG>-A</STRONG> <EM>directory</EM>] [<STRONG>-B</STRONG> <EM>directory</EM>]
+ [<EM>termname</EM>...]
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> can be used to compare a binary <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> entry
+ with other terminfo entries, rewrite a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> descrip-
+ tion to take advantage of the <STRONG>use=</STRONG> terminfo field, or
+ print out a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> description from the binary file
+ (<STRONG>term</STRONG>) in a variety of formats. In all cases, the boolean
+ fields will be printed first, followed by the numeric
+ fields, followed by the string fields.
+
+ <STRONG>Default</STRONG> <STRONG>Options</STRONG>
+ If no options are specified and zero or one <EM>termnames</EM> are
+ specified, the <STRONG>-I</STRONG> option will be assumed. If more than
+ one <EM>termname</EM> is specified, the <STRONG>-d</STRONG> option will be assumed.
+
+ <STRONG>Comparison</STRONG> <STRONG>Options</STRONG> <STRONG>[-d]</STRONG> <STRONG>[-c]</STRONG> <STRONG>[-n]</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> compares the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> description of the first
+ terminal <EM>termname</EM> with each of the descriptions given by
+ the entries for the other terminal's <EM>termnames</EM>. If a
+ capability is defined for only one of the terminals, the
+ value returned will depend on the type of the capability:
+ <STRONG>F</STRONG> for boolean variables, <STRONG>-1</STRONG> for integer variables, and
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> for string variables.
+
+ The <STRONG>-d</STRONG> option produces a list of each capability that is
+ different between two entries. This option is useful to
+ show the difference between two entries, created by dif-
+ ferent people, for the same or similar terminals.
+
+ The <STRONG>-c</STRONG> option produces a list of each capability that is
+ common between two entries. Capabilities that are not set
+ are ignored. This option can be used as a quick check to
+ see if the <STRONG>-u</STRONG> option is worth using.
+
+ The <STRONG>-n</STRONG> option produces a list of each capability that is
+ in neither entry. If no <EM>termnames</EM> are given, the environ-
+ ment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> will be used for both of the <EM>termnames</EM>.
+ This can be used as a quick check to see if anything was
+ left out of a description.
+
+ <STRONG>Source</STRONG> <STRONG>Listing</STRONG> <STRONG>Options</STRONG> <STRONG>[-I]</STRONG> <STRONG>[-L]</STRONG> <STRONG>[-C]</STRONG> <STRONG>[-r]</STRONG>
+ The <STRONG>-I</STRONG>, <STRONG>-L</STRONG>, and <STRONG>-C</STRONG> options will produce a source listing
+ for each terminal named.
+
+ <STRONG>-I</STRONG> use the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> names
+ <STRONG>-L</STRONG> use the long C variable name listed in <<STRONG>term.h</STRONG>>
+ <STRONG>-C</STRONG> use the <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> names
+ <STRONG>-r</STRONG> when using <STRONG>-C</STRONG>, put out all capabilities in <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> form
+
+ If no <EM>termnames</EM> are given, the environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>
+ will be used for the terminal name.
+
+ The source produced by the <STRONG>-C</STRONG> option may be used directly
+ as a <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> entry, but not all parameterized strings can
+ be changed to the <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> format. <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> will attempt to
+ convert most of the parameterized information, and any-
+ thing not converted will be plainly marked in the output
+ and commented out. These should be edited by hand.
+
+ All padding information for strings will be collected
+ together and placed at the beginning of the string where
+ <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> expects it. Mandatory padding (padding informa-
+ tion with a trailing '/') will become optional.
+
+ All <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> variables no longer supported by <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>, but
+ which are derivable from other <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> variables, will be
+ output. Not all <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> capabilities will be translated;
+ only those variables which were part of <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> will nor-
+ mally be output. Specifying the <STRONG>-r</STRONG> option will take off
+ this restriction, allowing all capabilities to be output
+ in <EM>termcap</EM> form.
+
+ Note that because padding is collected to the beginning of
+ the capability, not all capabilities are output. Manda-
+ tory padding is not supported. Because <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> strings
+ are not as flexible, it is not always possible to convert
+ a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> string capability into an equivalent <STRONG>termcap</STRONG>
+ format. A subsequent conversion of the <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> file back
+ into <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> format will not necessarily reproduce the
+ original <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> source.
+
+ Some common <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> parameter sequences, their <STRONG>termcap</STRONG>
+ equivalents, and some terminal types which commonly have
+ such sequences, are:
+
+ <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> Representative Terminals
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------
+ <STRONG>%p1%c</STRONG> <STRONG>%.</STRONG> adm
+ <STRONG>%p1%d</STRONG> <STRONG>%d</STRONG> hp, ANSI standard, vt100
+ <STRONG>%p1%'x'%+%c</STRONG> <STRONG>%+x</STRONG> concept
+ <STRONG>%i</STRONG> <STRONG>%i</STRONG>q ANSI standard, vt100
+ <STRONG>%p1%?%'x'%>%t%p1%'y'%+%;</STRONG> <STRONG>%>xy</STRONG> concept
+ <STRONG>%p2</STRONG> is printed before <STRONG>%p1</STRONG> <STRONG>%r</STRONG> hp
+
+ <STRONG>Use=</STRONG> <STRONG>Option</STRONG> <STRONG>[-u]</STRONG>
+ The <STRONG>-u</STRONG> option produces a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> source description of
+ the first terminal <EM>termname</EM> which is relative to the sum
+ of the descriptions given by the entries for the other
+ terminals <EM>termnames</EM>. It does this by analyzing the dif-
+ ferences between the first <EM>termname</EM> and the other
+ <EM>termnames</EM> and producing a description with <STRONG>use=</STRONG> fields for
+ the other terminals. In this manner, it is possible to
+ retrofit generic terminfo entries into a terminal's
+ description. Or, if two similar terminals exist, but were
+ coded at different times or by different people so that
+ each description is a full description, using <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> will
+ show what can be done to change one description to be rel-
+ ative to the other.
+
+ A capability will get printed with an at-sign (@) if it no
+ longer exists in the first <EM>termname</EM>, but one of the other
+ <EM>termname</EM> entries contains a value for it. A capability's
+ value gets printed if the value in the first <EM>termname</EM> is
+ not found in any of the other <EM>termname</EM> entries, or if the
+ first of the other <EM>termname</EM> entries that has this capabil-
+ ity gives a different value for the capability than that
+ in the first <EM>termname</EM>.
+
+ The order of the other <EM>termname</EM> entries is significant.
+ Since the terminfo compiler <STRONG>tic</STRONG> does a left-to-right scan
+ of the capabilities, specifying two <STRONG>use=</STRONG> entries that con-
+ tain differing entries for the same capabilities will pro-
+ duce different results depending on the order that the
+ entries are given in. <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> will flag any such incon-
+ sistencies between the other <EM>termname</EM> entries as they are
+ found.
+
+ Alternatively, specifying a capability <EM>after</EM> a <STRONG>use=</STRONG> entry
+ that contains that capability will cause the second speci-
+ fication to be ignored. Using <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> to recreate a
+ description can be a useful check to make sure that every-
+ thing was specified correctly in the original source
+ description.
+
+ Another error that does not cause incorrect compiled
+ files, but will slow down the compilation time, is speci-
+ fying extra <STRONG>use=</STRONG> fields that are superfluous. <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG>
+ will flag any other <EM>termname</EM> <EM>use=</EM> fields that were not
+ needed.
+
+ <STRONG>Changing</STRONG> <STRONG>Databases</STRONG> <STRONG>[-A</STRONG> <EM>directory</EM>] [-B <EM>directory</EM>]
+ The location of the compiled <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database is taken
+ from the environment variable <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> . If the variable
+ is not defined, or the terminal is not found in that loca-
+ tion, the system <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database, in <STRONG>/usr/share/ter-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>minfo</STRONG>, will be used. The options <STRONG>-A</STRONG> and <STRONG>-B</STRONG> may be used to
+ override this location. The <STRONG>-A</STRONG> option will set <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG>
+ for the first <EM>termname</EM> and the <STRONG>-B</STRONG> option will set <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG>
+ for the other <EM>termnames</EM>. With this, it is possible to
+ compare descriptions for a terminal with the same name
+ located in two different databases. This is useful for
+ comparing descriptions for the same terminal created by
+ different people.
+
+ <STRONG>Other</STRONG> <STRONG>Options</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>-1</STRONG> causes the fields to be printed out one to a line.
+ Otherwise, the fields will be printed several to a
+ line to a maximum width of 60 characters.
+
+ <STRONG>-a</STRONG> tells <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> to retain commented-out capabilities
+ rather than discarding them. Capabilities are com-
+ mented by prefixing them with a period.
+
+ <STRONG>-E</STRONG> Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as
+ tables, needed in the C initializer for a TERMTYPE
+ structure (the terminal capability structure in the
+ <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>). This option is useful for preparing ver-
+ sions of the curses library hardwired for a given
+ terminal type. The tables are all declared static,
+ and are named according to the type and the name of
+ the corresponding terminal entry.
+
+ Before ncurses 5.0, the split between the <STRONG>-e</STRONG> and <STRONG>-E</STRONG>
+ options was not needed; but support for extended
+ names required making the arrays of terminal capabil-
+ ities separate from the TERMTYPE structure.
+
+ <STRONG>-e</STRONG> Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as a C
+ initializer for a TERMTYPE structure (the terminal
+ capability structure in the <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>). This option
+ is useful for preparing versions of the curses
+ library hardwired for a given terminal type.
+
+ <STRONG>-F</STRONG> compare terminfo files. This assumes that two fol-
+ lowing arguments are filenames. The files are
+ searched for pairwise matches between entries, with
+ two entries considered to match if any of their names
+ do. The report printed to standard output lists
+ entries with no matches in the other file, and
+ entries with more than one match. For entries with
+ exactly one match it includes a difference report.
+ Normally, to reduce the volume of the report, use
+ references are not resolved before looking for dif-
+ ferences, but resolution can be forced by also speci-
+ fying <STRONG>-r</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>-f</STRONG> Display complex terminfo strings which contain
+ if/then/else/endif expressions indented for readabil-
+ ity.
+
+ <STRONG>-G</STRONG> Display constant literals in decimal form rather than
+ their character equivalents.
+
+ <STRONG>-g</STRONG> Display constant character literals in quoted form
+ rather than their decimal equivalents.
+
+ <STRONG>-i</STRONG> Analyze the initialization (<STRONG>is1</STRONG>, <STRONG>is2</STRONG>, <STRONG>is3</STRONG>), and reset
+ (<STRONG>rs1</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs2</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs3</STRONG>), strings in the entry. For each
+ string, the code tries to analyze it into actions in
+ terms of the other capabilities in the entry, certain
+ X3.64/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 capabilities, and certain DEC
+ VT-series private modes (the set of recognized spe-
+ cial sequences has been selected for completeness
+ over the existing terminfo database). Each report
+ line consists of the capability name, followed by a
+ colon and space, followed by a printable expansion of
+ the capability string with sections matching recog-
+ nized actions translated into {}-bracketed descrip-
+ tions. Here is a list of the DEC/ANSI special
+ sequences recognized: i.
+
+ Action Meaning
+ -----------------------------------------
+ RIS full reset
+ SC save cursor
+ RC restore cursor
+ LL home-down
+ RSR reset scroll region
+ -----------------------------------------
+ DECSTR soft reset (VT320)
+ S7C1T 7-bit controls (VT220)
+ -----------------------------------------
+ ISO DEC G0 enable DEC graphics for G0
+ ISO UK G0 enable UK chars for G0
+ ISO US G0 enable US chars for G0
+ ISO DEC G1 enable DEC graphics for G1
+ ISO UK G1 enable UK chars for G1
+ ISO US G1 enable US chars for G1
+ -----------------------------------------
+ DECPAM application keypad mode
+ DECPNM normal keypad mode
+ DECANSI enter ANSI mode
+ -----------------------------------------
+ ECMA[+-]AM keyboard action mode
+ ECMA[+-]IRM insert replace mode
+ ECMA[+-]SRM send receive mode
+ ECMA[+-]LNM linefeed mode
+ -----------------------------------------
+ DEC[+-]CKM application cursor keys
+ DEC[+-]ANM set VT52 mode
+ DEC[+-]COLM 132-column mode
+
+ DEC[+-]SCLM smooth scroll
+ DEC[+-]SCNM reverse video mode
+ DEC[+-]OM origin mode
+ DEC[+-]AWM wraparound mode
+ DEC[+-]ARM auto-repeat mode
+
+ It also recognizes a SGR action corresponding to
+ ANSI/ISO 6429/ECMA Set Graphics Rendition, with the
+ values NORMAL, BOLD, UNDERLINE, BLINK, and REVERSE.
+ All but NORMAL may be prefixed with `+' (turn on) or
+ `-' (turn off).
+
+ An SGR0 designates an empty highlight sequence (equivalent
+ to {SGR:NORMAL}).
+
+ <STRONG>-l</STRONG> Set output format to terminfo.
+
+ <STRONG>-p</STRONG> Ignore padding specifications when comparing strings.
+
+ <STRONG>-q</STRONG> Make the comparison listing shorter by omitting sub-
+ headings, and using "-" for absent capabilities, "@"
+ for canceled rather than "NULL".
+
+ <STRONG>-R</STRONG><EM>subset</EM>
+ Restrict output to a given subset. This option is
+ for use with archaic versions of terminfo like those
+ on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX that do not support the
+ full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and variants
+ such as AIX that have their own extensions incompati-
+ ble with SVr4/XSI. Available terminfo subsets are
+ "SVr1", "Ultrix", "HP", and "AIX"; see <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+ for details. You can also choose the subset "BSD"
+ which selects only capabilities with termcap equiva-
+ lents recognized by 4.4BSD.
+
+ <STRONG>-s</STRONG> <EM>[d|i|l|c]</EM>
+ The <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option sorts the fields within each type
+ according to the argument below:
+
+ <STRONG>d</STRONG> leave fields in the order that they are stored
+ in the <EM>terminfo</EM> database.
+
+ <STRONG>i</STRONG> sort by <EM>terminfo</EM> name.
+
+ <STRONG>l</STRONG> sort by the long C variable name.
+
+ <STRONG>c</STRONG> sort by the <EM>termcap</EM> name.
+
+ If the <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option is not given, the fields printed out
+ will be sorted alphabetically by the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> name
+ within each type, except in the case of the <STRONG>-C</STRONG> or the
+ <STRONG>-L</STRONG> options, which cause the sorting to be done by the
+ <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> name or the long C variable name, respec-
+ tively.
+
+ <STRONG>-T</STRONG> eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text.
+ This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since
+ the compiled descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for
+ termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
+
+ <STRONG>-t</STRONG> tells <STRONG>tic</STRONG> to discard commented-out capabilities.
+ Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap,
+ untranslatable capabilities are commented-out.
+
+ <STRONG>-U</STRONG> tells <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> to not post-process the data after
+ parsing the source file. This feature helps when
+ comparing the actual contents of two source files,
+ since it excludes the inferences that <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> makes
+ to fill in missing data.
+
+ <STRONG>-V</STRONG> reports the version of ncurses which was used in this
+ program, and exits.
+
+ <STRONG>-v</STRONG> <EM>n</EM> prints out tracing information on standard error as
+ the program runs. Higher values of n induce greater
+ verbosity.
+
+ <STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>
+ changes the output to <EM>width</EM> characters.
+
+ <STRONG>-x</STRONG> print information for user-defined capabilities.
+ These are extensions to the terminfo repertoire which
+ can be loaded using the <STRONG>-x</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ /usr/share/terminfo Compiled terminal description
+ database.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>-E</STRONG>, <STRONG>-F</STRONG>, <STRONG>-G</STRONG>, <STRONG>-R</STRONG>, <STRONG>-T</STRONG>, <STRONG>-V</STRONG>, <STRONG>-a</STRONG>, <STRONG>-e</STRONG>, <STRONG>-f</STRONG>, <STRONG>-g</STRONG>, <STRONG>-i</STRONG>, <STRONG>-l</STRONG>, <STRONG>-p</STRONG>, <STRONG>-q</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>-t</STRONG> options are not supported in SVr4 curses.
+
+ The <STRONG>-r</STRONG> option's notion of `termcap' capabilities is System
+ V Release 4's. Actual BSD curses versions will have a
+ more restricted set. To see only the 4.4BSD set, use <STRONG>-r</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>-RBSD</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>-F</STRONG> option of <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG> should be a <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG> mode.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and
+ Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net>
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html b/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15359d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.8 2006/12/24 20:13:56 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>infotocap 1m</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>infotocap 1m</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>infotocap</STRONG> - convert a <EM>terminfo</EM> description into a <EM>termcap</EM>
+ description
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>infotocap</STRONG> [<STRONG>-v</STRONG><EM>n</EM> <EM>width</EM>] [<STRONG>-V</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-1</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>] <EM>file</EM> . . .
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>infotocap</STRONG> looks in <EM>file</EM> for <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> descriptions. For
+ each one found, an equivalent <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> description is writ-
+ ten to standard output. Terminfo <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities are
+ translated directly to termcap <STRONG>tc</STRONG> capabilities.
+
+ <STRONG>-v</STRONG> print out tracing information on standard error as
+ the program runs.
+
+ <STRONG>-V</STRONG> print out the version of the program in use on stan-
+ dard error and exit.
+
+ <STRONG>-1</STRONG> cause the fields to print out one to a line. Other-
+ wise, the fields will be printed several to a line to
+ a maximum width of 60 characters.
+
+ <STRONG>-w</STRONG> change the output to <EM>width</EM> characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ /usr/share/terminfo Compiled terminal description
+ database.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ This utility is actually a link to <EM>tic</EM>, running in <EM>-C</EM>
+ mode. You can use other <EM>tic</EM> options such as <STRONG>-f</STRONG> and <STRONG>-x</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html b/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b1debe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 2003
+ * @Id: key_defined.3x,v 1.4 2006/02/25 21:50:01 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>key_defined 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>key_defined 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>key_defined</STRONG> - check if a keycode is defined
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>key_defined(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*definition);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an
+ application to determine if a string is currently bound to
+ any keycode.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ If the string is bound to a keycode, its value (greater
+ than zero) is returned. If no keycode is bound, zero is
+ returned. If the string conflicts with longer strings
+ which are bound to keys, -1 is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html b/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c62d9da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999
+ * @Id: keybound.3x,v 1.6 2006/02/25 21:47:06 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>keyok 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>keyok 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>keybound</STRONG> - return definition of keycode
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>keybound(int</STRONG> <STRONG>keycode,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>count);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an
+ application to determine the string which is defined in
+ the terminfo for specific keycodes.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The <EM>keycode</EM> parameter must be greater than zero, else NULL
+ is returned. If it does not correspond to a defined key,
+ then NULL is returned. The <EM>count</EM> parameter is used to
+ allow the application to iterate through multiple defini-
+ tions, counting from zero. When successful, the function
+ returns a string which must be freed by the caller.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html b/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a38610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997
+ * @Id: keyok.3x,v 1.9 2006/02/25 21:47:06 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>keyok 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>keyok 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>keyok</STRONG> - enable or disable a keycode
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>keyok(int</STRONG> <STRONG>keycode,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>enable);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an
+ application to disable specific keycodes, rather than use
+ the <EM>keypad</EM> function to disable all keycodes. Keys that
+ have been disabled can be reenabled.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The keycode must be greater than zero, else ERR is
+ returned. If it does not correspond to a defined key,
+ then ERR is returned. If the <EM>enable</EM> parameter is true,
+ then the key must have been disabled, and vice versa.
+ Otherwise, the function returns OK.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html b/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9297a7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Author: Thomas E. Dickey
+ * @Id: legacy_coding.3x,v 1.3 2006/12/24 15:12:55 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>legacy_coding 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>legacy_coding 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>use_legacy_coding</STRONG> - use terminal's default colors
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_legacy_coding(int</STRONG> <STRONG>level);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>legacy</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>coding()</EM> function is an extension to the
+ curses library. It allows the caller to change the result
+ of <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>, and suppress related checks within the library
+ that would normally cause nonprinting characters to be
+ rendered in visible form. This affects only 8-bit charac-
+ ters.
+
+ The <EM>level</EM> parameter controls the result:
+
+ 0 the library functions normally, rendering non-
+ printing characters as described in <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>.
+
+ 1 the library ignores <STRONG>isprintf</STRONG> for codes in the
+ range 160-255.
+
+ 2 the library ignores <STRONG>isprintf</STRONG> for codes in the
+ range 128-255. It also modifies the output of
+ <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>, showing codes in the range 128-159 as
+ is.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ If the screen has not been initialized, or the <EM>level</EM>
+ parameter is out of range, the function returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>. Oth-
+ erwise, it returns the previous level: <STRONG>0</STRONG>, <STRONG>1</STRONG> or <STRONG>2</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ This routine is specific to ncurses. It was not supported
+ on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is rec-
+ ommended that any code depending on ncurses extensions be
+ conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey (to support lynx's font-switching feature).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ab9195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu.3x,v 1.19 2006/11/04 18:38:29 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu</STRONG> - curses extension for programming menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>menu</STRONG> library provides terminal-independent facilities
+ for composing menu systems on character-cell terminals.
+ The library includes: item routines, which create and mod-
+ ify menu items; and menu routines, which group items into
+ menus, display menus on the screen, and handle interaction
+ with the user.
+
+ The <STRONG>menu</STRONG> library uses the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> libraries, and a curses
+ initialization routine such as <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> must be called
+ before using any of these functions. To use the <STRONG>menu</STRONG>
+ library, link with the options <STRONG>-lmenu</STRONG> <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>Current</STRONG> <STRONG>Default</STRONG> <STRONG>Values</STRONG> <STRONG>for</STRONG> <STRONG>Item</STRONG> <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+ The <STRONG>menu</STRONG> library maintains a default value for item
+ attributes. You can get or set this default by calling
+ the appropriate <STRONG>get_</STRONG> or <STRONG>set_</STRONG> routine with a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> item
+ pointer. Changing this default with a <STRONG>set_</STRONG> function
+ affects future item creations, but does not change the
+ rendering of items already created.
+
+ <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Index</STRONG>
+ The following table lists each <STRONG>menu</STRONG> routine and the name
+ of the manual page on which it is described.
+
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> Routine Name Manual Page Name
+ --------------------------------------------
+ current_item <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ free_item <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ free_menu <STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_count <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_description <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_index <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_init <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_name <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_opts <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_opts_off <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_opts_on <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_term <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_userptr <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_value <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ item_visible <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">mitem_visible(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_back <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_driver <STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_fore <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_format <STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_grey <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_init <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_items <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_mark <STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_opts <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_opts_off <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_opts_on <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_pad <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_pattern <STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+ menu_request_by_name <STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_request_name <STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_spacing <STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_sub <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_term <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_userptr <STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ menu_win <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ new_item <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ new_menu <STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ pos_menu_cursor <STRONG><A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ post_menu <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ scale_menu <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_current_item <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_item_init <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_item_opts <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_item_term <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_item_userptr <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_item_value <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_back <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_fore <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_format <STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_grey <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_init <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_items <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_mark <STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_opts <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_pad <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_pattern <STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_spacing <STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_sub <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_term <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_userptr <STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_menu_win <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_top_row <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ top_row <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ unpost_menu <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
+ tines that return an integer return one of the following
+ error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG>
+ Character failed to match.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+ Menu is too large for its window.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_SELECTABLE</STRONG>
+ The designated item cannot be selected.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu is already posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+ The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "menu_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> and <STRONG><eti.h></STRONG>.
+
+ In your library list, libmenu.a should be before libn-
+ curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lmenu -lncurses', not
+ the other way around (which would usually give a link-
+ error).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses
+ by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7c2c6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_attributes.3x,v 1.10 2008/08/23 18:24:23 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_attributes 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_attributes 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_attributes</STRONG> - color and attribute control for menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+ chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+ chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+ chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad);
+ int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_fore</STRONG> sets the foreground attribute
+ of <EM>menu</EM>. This is the highlight used for selected menu
+ items. <STRONG>menu_fore</STRONG> returns the foreground attribute. The
+ default is <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_back</STRONG> sets the background attribute
+ of <EM>menu</EM>. This is the highlight used for selectable (but
+ not currently selected) menu items. The function
+ <STRONG>menu_back</STRONG> returns the background attribute. The default
+ is <STRONG>A_NORMAL</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_grey</STRONG> sets the grey attribute of
+ <EM>menu</EM>. This is the highlight used for un-selectable menu
+ items in menus that permit more than one selection. The
+ function <STRONG>menu_grey</STRONG> returns the grey attribute. The
+ default is <STRONG>A_UNDERLINE</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_pad</STRONG> sets the character used to fill
+ the space between the name and description parts of a menu
+ item. <STRONG>menu_pad</STRONG> returns the given menu's pad character.
+ The default is a blank.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "menu_" for
+ detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..815dcf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_cursor.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 17:13:57 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_cursor 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_cursor 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_cursor</STRONG> - position a menu's cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>pos_menu_cursor</STRONG> restores the cursor to the
+ current position associated with the menu's selected item.
+ This is useful after <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines have been called to
+ do screen-painting in response to a menu select.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ This routine returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has not been posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c592699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_driver.3x,v 1.15 2008/06/21 21:55:30 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_driver 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_driver 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> - command-processing loop of the menu system
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
+ input events to it through <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG>. This routine has
+ three major input cases:
+
+ - The input is a form navigation request. Navigation
+ request codes are constants defined in <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>, which
+ are distinct from the key- and character codes returned
+ by <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>.
+
+ - The input is a printable character. Printable charac-
+ ters (which must be positive, less than 256) are
+ checked according to the program's locale settings.
+
+ - The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key associated with
+ an mouse event.
+
+ The menu driver requests are as follows:
+
+ REQ_LEFT_ITEM
+ Move left to an item.
+
+ REQ_RIGHT_ITEM
+ Move right to an item.
+
+ REQ_UP_ITEM
+ Move up to an item.
+
+ REQ_DOWN_ITEM
+ Move down to an item.
+
+ REQ_SCR_ULINE
+ Scroll up a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_DLINE
+ Scroll down a line.
+
+ REQ_SCR_DPAGE
+ Scroll down a page.
+
+ REQ_SCR_UPAGE
+ Scroll up a page.
+
+ REQ_FIRST_ITEM
+ Move to the first item.
+
+ REQ_LAST_ITEM
+ Move to the last item.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_ITEM
+ Move to the next item.
+
+ REQ_PREV_ITEM
+ Move to the previous item.
+
+ REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM
+ Select/deselect an item.
+
+ REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN
+ Clear the menu pattern buffer.
+
+ REQ_BACK_PATTERN
+ Delete the previous character from the pattern
+ buffer.
+
+ REQ_NEXT_MATCH
+ Move to the next item matching the pattern match.
+
+ REQ_PREV_MATCH
+ Move to the previous item matching the pattern match.
+
+ If the second argument is a printable character, the code
+ appends it to the pattern buffer and attempts to move to
+ the next item matching the new pattern. If there is no
+ such match, <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> and deletes the
+ appended character from the buffer.
+
+ If the second argument is one of the above pre-defined
+ requests, the corresponding action is performed.
+
+ <STRONG>MOUSE</STRONG> <STRONG>HANDLING</STRONG>
+ If the second argument is the KEY_MOUSE special key, the
+ associated mouse event is translated into one of the above
+ pre-defined requests. Currently only clicks in the user
+ window (e.g. inside the menu display area or the decora-
+ tion window) are handled.
+
+ If you click above the display region of the menu:
+
+ a REQ_SCR_ULINE is generated for a single click,
+
+ a REQ_SCR_UPAGE is generated for a double-click and
+
+ a REQ_FIRST_ITEM is generated for a triple-click.
+
+ If you click below the display region of the menu:
+
+ a REQ_SCR_DLINE is generated for a single click,
+
+ a REQ_SCR_DPAGE is generated for a double-click and
+
+ a REQ_LAST_ITEM is generated for a triple-click.
+
+ If you click at an item inside the display area of the
+ menu:
+
+ - the menu cursor is positioned to that item.
+
+ - If you double-click an item a REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM is
+ generated and <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG> is returned.
+ This return value makes sense, because a double
+ click usually means that an item-specific action
+ should be returned. It is exactly the purpose
+ of this return value to signal that an applica-
+ tion specific command should be executed.
+
+ - If a translation into a request was done,
+ <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> returns the result of this request.
+
+ If you clicked outside the user window or the mouse event
+ could not be translated into a menu request an
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG> is returned.
+
+ <STRONG>APPLICATION-DEFINED</STRONG> <STRONG>COMMANDS</STRONG>
+ If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the
+ above pre-defined menu requests or KEY_MOUSE, the drive
+ assumes it is an application-specific command and returns
+ <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>. Application-defined commands should be
+ defined relative to <STRONG>MAX_COMMAND</STRONG>, the maximum value of
+ these pre-defined requests.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> return one of the following error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+ The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG>
+ Character failed to match.
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="wgetch.3x.html">wgetch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions. The sup-
+ port for mouse events is ncurses specific.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77b73c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_format.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_format 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_format 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_format</STRONG> - set and get menu sizes
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols);
+ void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG> sets the maximum display size
+ of the given menu. If this size is too small to display
+ all menu items, the menu will be made scrollable. If this
+ size is larger than the menus subwindow and the subwindow
+ is too small to display all menu items, <STRONG>post_menu()</STRONG> will
+ fail.
+
+ The default format is 16 rows, 1 column. Calling
+ <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG> with a null menu pointer will change this
+ default. A zero row or column argument to <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG>
+ is interpreted as a request not to change the current
+ value.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_format</STRONG> returns the maximum-size con-
+ straints for the given menu into the storage addressed by
+ <STRONG>rows</STRONG> and <STRONG>cols</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu is already posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95addf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_hook.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:08 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_hook 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_hook 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_hook</STRONG> - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
+ tions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_item_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+ Menu_Hook item_init(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_item_term(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+ Menu_Hook item_term(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+ Menu_Hook menu_init(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_term(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+ Menu_Hook menu_term(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ These functions make it possible to set hook functions to
+ be called at various points in the automatic processing of
+ input event codes by <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_item_init</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ menu-post time and each time the selected item changes
+ (after the change). <STRONG>item_init</STRONG> returns the current item
+ init hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_item_term</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ menu-unpost time and each time the selected item changes
+ (before the change). <STRONG>item_term</STRONG> returns the current item
+ term hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_init</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ menu-post time and just after the top row on the menu
+ changes once it is posted. <STRONG>menu_init</STRONG> returns the current
+ menu init hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_term</STRONG> sets a hook to be called at
+ menu-unpost time and just before the top row on the menu
+ changes once it is posted. <STRONG>menu_term</STRONG> returns the current
+ menu term hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Other
+ routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad609f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_items.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 18:35:31 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_items 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_items 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG> - make and break connections between items and
+ menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items);
+ ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu);
+ int item_count(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_items</STRONG> changes the item pointer array
+ of the given <EM>menu</EM>. The array must be terminated by a
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG> returns the item array of the
+ given menu.
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_count</STRONG> returns the count of items in
+ <EM>menu</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_count</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> (the general <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ error return value) if its <EM>menu</EM> parameter is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_items</STRONG> returns one of the following
+ codes on error:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu is already posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the
+ <STRONG>item_count</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6929963
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_mark.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:33:18 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_mark 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_mark 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> - get and set the menu mark string
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark);
+ const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ In order to make menu selections visible on older termi-
+ nals without highlighting or color capability, the menu
+ library marks selected items in a menu with a prefix
+ string.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG> sets the mark string for the
+ given menu. Calling <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG> with a null menu item
+ will abolish the mark string. Note that changing the
+ length of the mark string for a menu while the menu is
+ posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
+
+ The default string is "-" (a dash). Calling <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG>
+ with a non-<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> menu argument will change this default.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> returns the menu's mark string (or
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is none).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG> may return the following error
+ codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8fdde7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_new.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:31:37 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_new 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_new 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_new</STRONG> - create and destroy menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items);
+ int free_menu(MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_menu</STRONG> creates a new menu connected to a
+ specified item pointer array (which must be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>-termi-
+ nated).
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_menu</STRONG> disconnects <EM>menu</EM> from its item
+ array and frees the storage allocated for the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_menu</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. It sets
+ errno according to the function's failure:
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_menu</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has already been posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fb9670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_opts.3x,v 1.10 2007/02/24 17:33:59 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_opts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_opts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG> - set and get menu options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
+ int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
+ int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
+ Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_opts</STRONG> sets all the given menu's
+ option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed
+ together).
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+ and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_opts_off</STRONG> turns off the given option
+ bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG> returns the menu's current option
+ bits.
+
+ The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+ O_ONEVALUE
+ Only one item can be selected for this menu.
+
+ O_SHOWDESC
+ Display the item descriptions when the menu is
+ posted.
+
+ O_ROWMAJOR
+ Display the menu in row-major order.
+
+ O_IGNORECASE
+ Ignore the case when pattern-matching.
+
+ O_SHOWMATCH
+ Move the cursor to within the item name while pat-
+ tern-matching.
+
+ O_NONCYCLIC
+ Don't wrap around next-item and previous-item,
+ requests to the other end of the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+ lowing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu is already posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0345c56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_pattern.3x,v 1.11 2008/06/21 21:58:20 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_pattern 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_pattern 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> - get and set a menu's pattern buffer
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
+ char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer. As
+ input events that are printable characters come in, they
+ are appended to this match buffer and tested for a match,
+ as described in <STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_pattern</STRONG> sets the pattern buffer for
+ the given menu and tries to find the first matching item.
+ If it succeeds, that item becomes current; if not, the
+ current item does not change.
+
+ The function <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> returns the pattern buffer of
+ the given <EM>menu</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> returns a pointer, which is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>
+ if the <EM>menu</EM> parameter is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>. Otherwise, it is a pointer
+ to a string which is empty if no pattern has been set. It
+ does not set errno.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_pattern</STRONG> may return the following
+ error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to menu.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG>
+ Character failed to match.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84055be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_post.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_post 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_post 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_post</STRONG> - write or erase menus from associated subwin-
+ dows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int post_menu(MENU *menu);
+ int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>post_menu</STRONG> displays a menu to its associated
+ subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+ use <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or some equivalent <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine (the
+ implicit <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> triggered by an <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input request
+ will do). <STRONG>post_menu</STRONG> resets the selection status of all
+ items.
+
+ The function <STRONG>unpost_menu</STRONG> erases menu from its associated
+ subwindow.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has already been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+ Menu is too large for its window. You should consider
+ to use <STRONG>set_menu_format()</STRONG> to solve the problem.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has not been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6da9ee9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_requestname.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:56:09 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_requestname 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_requestname 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_requestname</STRONG> - handle printable menu request names
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ const char *menu_request_name(int request);
+ int menu_request_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>menu_request_name</STRONG> returns the printable name
+ of a menu request code.
+ The function <STRONG>menu_request_by_name</STRONG> searches in the name-ta-
+ ble for a request with the given name and returns its
+ request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_request_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error and sets errno to
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>.
+ <STRONG>menu_request_by_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> on error. It does
+ not set errno.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..736e95c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_spacing.3x,v 1.8 2004/12/11 23:39:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_spacing 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_spacing 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_spacing</STRONG> - Control spacing between menu items.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,
+ int spc_description,
+ int spc_rows,
+ int spc_columns);
+ int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu,
+ int* spc_description,
+ int* spc_rows,
+ int* spc_columns);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG> sets the spacing informa-
+ tions for the menu. <STRONG>spc_description</STRONG> controls the number
+ of spaces between an item name and an item description. It
+ must not be larger than <STRONG>TABSIZE</STRONG>. The menu system puts in
+ the middle of this spacing area the pad character. The
+ remaining parts are filled with spaces. <STRONG>spc_rows</STRONG> controls
+ the number of rows that are used for an item. It must not
+ be larger than 3. The menu system inserts the blank lines
+ between item rows, these lines will contain the pad char-
+ acter in the appropriate positions. <STRONG>spc_columns</STRONG> controls
+ the number of blanks between columns of items. It must not
+ be larger than TABSIZE. A value of 0 for all the spacing
+ values resets them to the default, which is 1 for all of
+ them.
+ The function <STRONG>menu_spacing</STRONG> passes back the spacing info for
+ the menu. If a pointer is NULL, this specific info is sim-
+ ply not returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Both routines return <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> on success. <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG> may
+ return <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG> if the menu is posted, or <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ if one of the spacing values is out of range.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78341cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_userptr.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:21:03 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_userptr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_userptr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG> - associate application data with a menu item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, void *userptr);
+ void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be
+ used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-
+ driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set
+ the menu user pointer field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It
+ does not set errno.
+
+ <STRONG>set_menu_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The user pointer is a void pointer. We chose not to leave
+ it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85511bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: menu_win.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_win 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_win 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>menu_win</STRONG> - make and break menu window and subwindow asso-
+ ciations
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win);
+ WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *sub);
+ WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu);
+ int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every menu has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows. The
+ menu window displays any title and border associated with
+ the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the
+ menu that are currently available for selection.
+
+ The first four functions get and set those windows. It is
+ not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
+ code uses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> for both.
+
+ In the <STRONG>set_</STRONG> functions, window argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is treated
+ as though it were <STRONG>stsdcr</STRONG>. A menu argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is
+ treated as a request to change the system default menu
+ window or subwindow.
+
+ The function <STRONG>scale_menu</STRONG> returns the minimum size required
+ for the subwindow of <EM>menu</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
+ tines that return an integer return one of the following
+ error codes:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+ The menu has already been posted.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9529473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: mitem_current.3x,v 1.11 2006/11/04 18:18:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_current 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_current 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_current</STRONG> - set and get current_menu_item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item);
+ ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu);
+ int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row);
+ int top_row(const MENU *menu);
+ int item_index(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_current_item</STRONG> sets the current item (the
+ item on which the menu cursor is positioned). <STRONG>cur-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>rent_item</STRONG> returns a pointer to the current item in the
+ given menu.
+
+ The function <STRONG>set_top_row</STRONG> sets the top row of the menu to
+ show the given row (the top row is initially 0, and is
+ reset to this value whenever the <STRONG>O_ROWMAJOR</STRONG> option is tog-
+ gled). The item leftmost on the given row becomes cur-
+ rent. The function <STRONG>top_row</STRONG> returns the number of the top
+ menu row being displayed.
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_index</STRONG> returns the (zero-origin) index of
+ <EM>item</EM> in the menu's item pointer list.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>current_item</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It
+ does not set errno.
+
+ <STRONG>top_row</STRONG> and <STRONG>item_index</STRONG> return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> (the general <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ error value) if their <EM>menu</EM> parameter is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>set_current_item</STRONG> and <STRONG>set_top_row</STRONG> return one of the follow-
+ ing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+ Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+ tion function.
+
+ <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ No items are connected to the menu.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the <STRONG>top_row</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>index_item</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of
+ <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90895d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: mitem_name.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 17:53:40 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_name 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_name 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_name</STRONG> - get menu item name and description fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ const char *item_name(const ITEM *item);
+ const char *item_description(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>item_name</STRONG> returns the name part of the given
+ item.
+ The function <STRONG>item_description</STRONG> returns the description part
+ of the given item.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ These routines return a pointer (which may be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). They
+ do not set errno.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e069b12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: mitem_new.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:16:36 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_new 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_new 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_new</STRONG> - create and destroy menu items
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description);
+ int free_item(ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> allocates a new item and initializes
+ it from the <STRONG>name</STRONG> and <STRONG>description</STRONG> pointers. Please notice
+ that the item stores only the pointers to the name and
+ description. Those pointers must be valid during the life-
+ time of the item. So you should be very careful with names
+ or descriptions allocated on the stack of some routines.
+ The function <STRONG>free_item</STRONG> de-allocates an item. Please notice
+ that it is the responsibility of the application to
+ release the memory for the name or the description of the
+ item.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. It sets
+ errno according to the function's failure:
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
+
+ The function <STRONG>free_item</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ ment.
+
+ <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+ Item is connected to a menu.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..459930a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: mitem_opts.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:33:32 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_opts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_opts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_opts</STRONG> - set and get menu item options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
+ int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
+ int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
+ Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_item_opts</STRONG> sets all the given item's
+ option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed
+ together).
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+ and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_opts_off</STRONG> turns off the given option
+ bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+ The function <STRONG>item_opts</STRONG> returns the item's current option
+ bits.
+
+ There is only one defined option bit mask, <STRONG>O_SELECTABLE</STRONG>.
+ When this is on, the item may be selected during menu pro-
+ cessing. This option defaults to on.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except for <STRONG>item_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+ lowing:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc7c9c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: mitem_userptr.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:21:03 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_userptr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_userptr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_userptr</STRONG> - associate application data with a menu
+ item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, void *userptr);
+ void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold
+ application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code
+ leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>item_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (possibly
+ <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
+
+ The <STRONG>set_item_userptr</STRONG> always returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+ The user pointer is a void pointer. We chose not to leave
+ it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..386c8b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: mitem_value.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_value 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_value 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_value</STRONG> - set and get menu item values
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value);
+ bool item_value(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ If you turn off the menu option <STRONG>O_ONEVALUE</STRONG> (e.g., with
+ <STRONG>set_menu_opts</STRONG> or <STRONG>menu_opts_off</STRONG>; see <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>), the
+ menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may
+ simultaneously be selected.
+
+ In a multi_valued menu, you can used <STRONG>set_item_value</STRONG> to
+ select the given menu item (second argument <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>) or dese-
+ lect it (second argument <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function <STRONG>set_item_value</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+ <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+ <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+ System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+ The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d3d016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: mitem_visible.3x,v 1.5 1998/11/29 01:12:55 Rick.Ohnemus Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_visible 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_visible 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">mitem_visible(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">mitem_visible(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>mitem_visible</STRONG> - check visibility of a menu item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
+ bool item_visible(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a
+ posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is
+ scrollable, in particular, this portion will be smaller
+ than the whole menu).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
+ file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">mitem_visible(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html b/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b1dee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1233 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.91 2008/10/11 20:43:11 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ncurses 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>ncurses 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> - CRT screen handling and optimization package
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library routines give the user a terminal-
+ independent method of updating character screens with rea-
+ sonable optimization. This implementation is ``new
+ curses'' (ncurses) and is the approved replacement for
+ 4.4BSD classic curses, which has been discontinued. This
+ describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library emulates the <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> library of
+ System V Release 4 UNIX, and XPG4 (X/Open Portability
+ Guide) curses (also known as XSI curses). XSI stands for
+ X/Open System Interfaces Extension. The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library
+ is freely redistributable in source form. Differences
+ from the SVr4 curses are summarized under the <STRONG>EXTENSIONS</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG> sections below and described in detail in
+ the respective <STRONG>EXTENSIONS</STRONG>, <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG> and <STRONG>BUGS</STRONG> sections
+ of individual man pages.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library also provides many useful extensions,
+ i.e., features which cannot be implemented by a simple
+ add-on library but which require access to the internals
+ of the library.
+
+ A program using these routines must be linked with the
+ <STRONG>-lncurses</STRONG> option, or (if it has been generated) with the
+ debugging library <STRONG>-lncurses_g</STRONG>. (Your system integrator
+ may also have installed these libraries under the names
+ <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG> and <STRONG>-lcurses_g</STRONG>.) The ncurses_g library generates
+ trace logs (in a file called 'trace' in the current direc-
+ tory) that describe curses actions. See also the section
+ on <STRONG>ALTERNATE</STRONG> <STRONG>CONFIGURATIONS</STRONG>.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> package supports: overall screen, window and
+ pad manipulation; output to windows and pads; reading ter-
+ minal input; control over terminal and <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input and
+ output options; environment query routines; color manipu-
+ lation; use of soft label keys; terminfo capabilities; and
+ access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines.
+
+ The library uses the locale which the calling program has
+ initialized. That is normally done with <STRONG>setlocale</STRONG>:
+
+ <STRONG>setlocale(LC_ALL,</STRONG> <STRONG>"");</STRONG>
+
+ If the locale is not initialized, the library assumes that
+ characters are printable as in ISO-8859-1, to work with
+ certain legacy programs. You should initialize the locale
+ and not rely on specific details of the library when the
+ locale has not been setup.
+
+ The function <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> must be called to initial-
+ ize the library before any of the other routines that deal
+ with windows and screens are used. The routine <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>
+ must be called before exiting.
+
+ To get character-at-a-time input without echoing (most
+ interactive, screen oriented programs want this), the fol-
+ lowing sequence should be used:
+
+ <STRONG>initscr();</STRONG> <STRONG>cbreak();</STRONG> <STRONG>noecho();</STRONG>
+
+ Most programs would additionally use the sequence:
+
+ <STRONG>nonl();</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>intrflush(stdscr,</STRONG> <STRONG>FALSE);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>keypad(stdscr,</STRONG> <STRONG>TRUE);</STRONG>
+
+ Before a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> program is run, the tab stops of the ter-
+ minal should be set and its initialization strings, if
+ defined, must be output. This can be done by executing
+ the <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>init</STRONG> command after the shell environment variable
+ <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> has been exported. <STRONG>tset(1)</STRONG> is usually responsible
+ for doing this. [See <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> for further details.]
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library permits manipulation of data struc-
+ tures, called <EM>windows</EM>, which can be thought of as two-
+ dimensional arrays of characters representing all or part
+ of a CRT screen. A default window called <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>, which is
+ the size of the terminal screen, is supplied. Others may
+ be created with <STRONG>newwin</STRONG>.
+
+ Note that <STRONG>curses</STRONG> does not handle overlapping windows,
+ that's done by the <STRONG><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel(3x)</A></STRONG> library. This means that you
+ can either use <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> or divide the screen into tiled win-
+ dows and not using <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> at all. Mixing the two will
+ result in unpredictable, and undesired, effects.
+
+ Windows are referred to by variables declared as <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG>.
+ These data structures are manipulated with routines
+ described here and elsewhere in the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> manual pages.
+ Among those, the most basic routines are <STRONG>move</STRONG> and <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
+ More general versions of these routines are included with
+ names beginning with <STRONG>w</STRONG>, allowing the user to specify a
+ window. The routines not beginning with <STRONG>w</STRONG> affect <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.
+
+ After using routines to manipulate a window, <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> is
+ called, telling <STRONG>curses</STRONG> to make the user's CRT screen look
+ like <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>. The characters in a window are actually of
+ type <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>, (character and attribute data) so that other
+ information about the character may also be stored with
+ each character.
+
+ Special windows called <EM>pads</EM> may also be manipulated.
+ These are windows which are not constrained to the size of
+ the screen and whose contents need not be completely dis-
+ played. See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG> for more information.
+
+ In addition to drawing characters on the screen, video
+ attributes and colors may be supported, causing the char-
+ acters to show up in such modes as underlined, in reverse
+ video, or in color on terminals that support such display
+ enhancements. Line drawing characters may be specified to
+ be output. On input, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> is also able to translate
+ arrow and function keys that transmit escape sequences
+ into single values. The video attributes, line drawing
+ characters, and input values use names, defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>, such as <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG>, <STRONG>ACS_HLINE</STRONG>, and <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>.
+
+ If the environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> are set, or
+ if the program is executing in a window environment, line
+ and column information in the environment will override
+ information read by <EM>terminfo</EM>. This would affect a program
+ running in an AT&T 630 layer, for example, where the size
+ of a screen is changeable (see <STRONG>ENVIRONMENT</STRONG>).
+
+ If the environment variable <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is defined, any pro-
+ gram using <STRONG>curses</STRONG> checks for a local terminal definition
+ before checking in the standard place. For example, if
+ <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> is set to <STRONG>att4424</STRONG>, then the compiled terminal defini-
+ tion is found in
+
+ <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/a/att4424</STRONG>.
+
+ (The <STRONG>a</STRONG> is copied from the first letter of <STRONG>att4424</STRONG> to avoid
+ creation of huge directories.) However, if <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is
+ set to <STRONG>$HOME/myterms</STRONG>, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> first checks
+
+ <STRONG>$HOME/myterms/a/att4424</STRONG>,
+
+ and if that fails, it then checks
+
+ <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/a/att4424</STRONG>.
+
+ This is useful for developing experimental definitions or
+ when write permission in <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG> is not avail-
+ able.
+
+ The integer variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLS</STRONG> are defined in
+ <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> and will be filled in by <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> with the size
+ of the screen. The constants <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> and <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> have the val-
+ ues <STRONG>1</STRONG> and <STRONG>0</STRONG>, respectively.
+
+ The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines also define the <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> variable
+ <STRONG>curscr</STRONG> which is used for certain low-level operations like
+ clearing and redrawing a screen containing garbage. The
+ <STRONG>curscr</STRONG> can be used in only a few routines.
+
+ <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Argument</STRONG> <STRONG>Names</STRONG>
+ Many <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines have two or more versions. The rou-
+ tines prefixed with <STRONG>w</STRONG> require a window argument. The rou-
+ tines prefixed with <STRONG>p</STRONG> require a pad argument. Those with-
+ out a prefix generally use <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.
+
+ The routines prefixed with <STRONG>mv</STRONG> require a <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> coordinate
+ to move to before performing the appropriate action. The
+ <STRONG>mv</STRONG> routines imply a call to <STRONG>move</STRONG> before the call to the
+ other routine. The coordinate <EM>y</EM> always refers to the row
+ (of the window), and <EM>x</EM> always refers to the column. The
+ upper left-hand corner is always (0,0), not (1,1).
+
+ The routines prefixed with <STRONG>mvw</STRONG> take both a window argument
+ and <EM>x</EM> and <EM>y</EM> coordinates. The window argument is always
+ specified before the coordinates.
+
+ In each case, <EM>win</EM> is the window affected, and <EM>pad</EM> is the
+ pad affected; <EM>win</EM> and <EM>pad</EM> are always pointers to type <STRONG>WIN-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>DOW</STRONG>.
+
+ Option setting routines require a Boolean flag <EM>bf</EM> with the
+ value <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>; <EM>bf</EM> is always of type <STRONG>bool</STRONG>. Most of
+ the data types used in the library routines, such as <STRONG>WIN-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>DOW</STRONG>, <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG>, <STRONG>bool</STRONG>, and <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> are defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+ Types used for the terminfo routines such as <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG> are
+ defined in <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>.
+
+ This manual page describes functions which may appear in
+ any configuration of the library. There are two common
+ configurations of the library:
+
+ ncurses
+ the "normal" library, which handles 8-bit
+ characters. The normal (8-bit) library stores
+ characters combined with attributes in <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+ data.
+
+ Attributes alone (no corresponding character)
+ may be stored in <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> or the equivalent
+ <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> data. In either case, the data is
+ stored in something like an integer.
+
+ Each cell (row and column) in a <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> is
+ stored as a <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>.
+
+ ncursesw
+ the so-called "wide" library, which handles
+ multibyte characters (See the section on
+ <STRONG>ALTERNATE</STRONG> <STRONG>CONFIGURATIONS</STRONG>). The "wide" library
+ includes all of the calls from the "normal"
+ library. It adds about one third more calls
+ using data types which store multibyte charac-
+ ters:
+
+ <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG>
+ corresponds to <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>. However it is a
+ structure, because more data is stored
+ than can fit into an integer. The char-
+ acters are large enough to require a full
+ integer value - and there may be more
+ than one character per cell. The video
+ attributes and color are stored in sepa-
+ rate fields of the structure.
+
+ Each cell (row and column) in a <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> is
+ stored as a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>
+ stores a "wide" character. Like <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>,
+ this may be an integer.
+
+ <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG>
+ stores a <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> or <STRONG>WEOF</STRONG> - not the same,
+ though both may have the same size.
+
+ The "wide" library provides new functions
+ which are analogous to functions in the "nor-
+ mal" library. There is a naming convention
+ which relates many of the normal/wide vari-
+ ants: a "_w" is inserted into the name. For
+ example, <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> becomes <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Index</STRONG>
+ The following table lists each <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine and the name
+ of the manual page on which it is described. Routines
+ flagged with `*' are ncurses-specific, not described by
+ XPG4 or present in SVr4.
+
+
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> Routine Name Manual Page Name
+ --------------------------------------------
+ COLOR_PAIR <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ PAIR_NUMBER <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ _nc_tracebits <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+
+ _traceattr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ _traceattr2 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ _tracechar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ _tracechtype <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ _tracechtype2 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ _tracedump <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ _tracef <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ _tracemouse <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ add_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ add_wchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ add_wchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ addch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ addchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ addchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ addnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ addnwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ addstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ addwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ assume_default_colors <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ attr_get <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ attr_off <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ attr_on <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ attr_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ attroff <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ attron <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ attrset <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ baudrate <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ beep <STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ bkgd <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ bkgdset <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ bkgrnd <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ bkgrndset <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ border <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ border_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ box <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ box_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ can_change_color <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ cbreak <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ chgat <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ clear <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ clearok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ clrtobot <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ clrtoeol <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ color_content <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ color_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ copywin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ curs_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ curses_version <STRONG><A HREF="curs_extend.3x.html">curs_extend(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ def_prog_mode <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ def_shell_mode <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ define_key <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ del_curterm <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ delay_output <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ delch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ deleteln <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ delscreen <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ delwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ derwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ doupdate <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ dupwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ echo <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ echo_wchar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ echochar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ endwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ erase <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+ erasechar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ erasewchar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ filter <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ flash <STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ flushinp <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ get_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ get_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getattrs <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getbegx <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ getbegy <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ getbegyx <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getbkgd <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getbkgrnd <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getcchar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getcchar.3x.html">curs_getcchar(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getcurx <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ getcury <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ getmaxx <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ getmaxy <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ getmaxyx <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getmouse <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ getn_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getparx <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ getpary <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ getparyx <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getsyx <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ getyx <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ halfdelay <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ has_colors <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ has_ic <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ has_il <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ has_key <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ hline <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ hline_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ idcok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ idlok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ immedok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ in_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ in_wchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ in_wchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ inch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ inchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ inchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ init_color <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ init_pair <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ initscr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ innstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ innwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ ins_nwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ ins_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ ins_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ insch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ insdelln <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ insertln <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ insnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ insstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ instr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ intrflush <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ inwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ is_cleared <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ is_idcok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ is_idlok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+
+ is_immedok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ is_keypad <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ is_leaveok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ is_linetouched <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ is_nodelay <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ is_notimeout <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ is_scrollok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ is_syncok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ is_term_resized <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ is_wintouched <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ isendwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ key_defined <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ key_name <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ keybound <STRONG><A HREF="keybound.3x.html">keybound(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ keyname <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ keyok <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ keypad <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ killchar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ killwchar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ leaveok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ longname <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mcprint <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ meta <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mouse_trafo <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ mouseinterval <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ mousemask <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ move <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvadd_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvadd_wchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvadd_wchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvaddch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvaddchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvaddchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvaddnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvaddnwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvaddstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvaddwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvchgat <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvcur <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvdelch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvderwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvget_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvget_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvgetch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvgetn_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvgetnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvgetstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvhline <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvhline_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvin_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvin_wchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvin_wchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinnwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvins_nwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvins_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvins_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinsch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinsnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinsstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvinwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+ mvprintw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvscanw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvvline <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvvline_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwadd_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwadd_wchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwadd_wchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwaddch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwaddchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwaddchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwaddnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwaddnwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwaddstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwaddwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwchgat <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwdelch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwget_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwget_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwgetch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwgetn_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwgetnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwgetstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwhline <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwhline_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwin_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwin_wchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwin_wchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinnwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwins_nwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwins_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwins_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinsch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinsnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinsstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwinwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwprintw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwscanw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwvline <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ mvwvline_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ napms <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ newpad <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ newterm <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ newwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ nl <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ nocbreak <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ nodelay <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ noecho <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ nofilter <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ nonl <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ noqiflush <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ noraw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ notimeout <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ overlay <STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ overwrite <STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ pair_content <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ pechochar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ pnoutrefresh <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ prefresh <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ printw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+ putp <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ putwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ qiflush <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ raw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ redrawwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ refresh <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ reset_prog_mode <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ reset_shell_mode <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ resetty <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ resizeterm <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ restartterm <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ ripoffline <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ savetty <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ scanw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ scr_dump <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ scr_init <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ scr_restore <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ scr_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ scrl <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ scroll <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ scrollok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_curterm <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ set_term <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ setcchar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getcchar.3x.html">curs_getcchar(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ setscrreg <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ setsyx <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ setterm <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ setupterm <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_attr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ slk_attr_off <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_attr_on <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_attr_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_attroff <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_attron <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_attrset <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_clear <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_color <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_init <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_label <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_noutrefresh <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_refresh <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_restore <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ slk_touch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ standend <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ standout <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ start_color <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ subpad <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ subwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ syncok <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ term_attrs <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ termattrs <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ termname <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ tgetent <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ tgetflag <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ tgetnum <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ tgetstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ tgoto <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ tigetflag <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ tigetnum <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ tigetstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ timeout <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ touchline <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ touchwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ tparm <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+ tputs <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ tputs <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ trace <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ typeahead <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ unctrl <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ unget_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ ungetch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ ungetmouse <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ untouchwin <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ use_default_colors <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ use_env <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ use_extended_names <STRONG><A HREF="curs_extend.3x.html">curs_extend(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ use_legacy_coding <STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ vid_attr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ vid_puts <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ vidattr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ vidputs <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ vline <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ vline_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ vw_printw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ vw_scanw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ vwprintw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ vwscanw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wadd_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wadd_wchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wadd_wchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ waddch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ waddchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ waddchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ waddnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ waddnwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ waddstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ waddwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wattr_get <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wattr_off <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wattr_on <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wattr_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wattroff <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wattron <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wattrset <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wbkgd <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wbkgdset <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wbkgrnd <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wbkgrndset <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wborder <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wborder_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wchgat <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wclear <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wclrtobot <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wclrtoeol <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wcolor_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wcursyncup <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wdelch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wdeleteln <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wecho_wchar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wechochar <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wenclose <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ werase <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wget_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wget_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wgetbkgrnd <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wgetch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wgetn_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wgetnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wgetstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+ whline <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ whline_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ win_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ win_wchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ win_wchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winchnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winchstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winnwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wins_nwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wins_wch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wins_wstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winsch <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winsdelln <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winsertln <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winsnstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winsstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ winwstr <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wmouse_trafo <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ wmove <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wnoutrefresh <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wprintw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wredrawln <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wrefresh <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wresize <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+ wscanw <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wscrl <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wsetscrreg <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wstandend <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wstandout <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wsyncdown <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wsyncup <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wtimeout <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wtouchln <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wunctrl <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wvline <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+ wvline_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+ and an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful com-
+ pletion, unless otherwise noted in the routine descrip-
+ tions.
+
+ All macros return the value of the <STRONG>w</STRONG> version, except
+ <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>, and <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG>. The
+ return values of <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>,
+ and <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> are undefined (i.e., these should not be used
+ as the right-hand side of assignment statements).
+
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>ENVIRONMENT</H2><PRE>
+ The following environment symbols are useful for customiz-
+ ing the runtime behavior of the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library. The most
+ important ones have been already discussed in detail.
+
+ BAUDRATE
+ The debugging library checks this environment symbol
+ when the application has redirected output to a file.
+ The symbol's numeric value is used for the baudrate.
+ If no value is found, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> uses 9600. This allows
+ testers to construct repeatable test-cases that take
+ into account costs that depend on baudrate.
+
+ CC When set, change occurrences of the command_character
+ (i.e., the <STRONG>cmdch</STRONG> capability) of the loaded terminfo
+ entries to the value of this symbol. Very few ter-
+ minfo entries provide this feature.
+
+ COLUMNS
+ Specify the width of the screen in characters.
+ Applications running in a windowing environment usu-
+ ally are able to obtain the width of the window in
+ which they are executing. If neither the <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG>
+ value nor the terminal's screen size is available,
+ <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> uses the size which may be specified in the
+ terminfo database (i.e., the <STRONG>cols</STRONG> capability).
+
+ It is important that your application use a correct
+ size for the screen. This is not always possible
+ because your application may be running on a host
+ which does not honor NAWS (Negotiations About Window
+ Size), or because you are temporarily running as
+ another user. However, setting <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> and/or <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>
+ overrides the library's use of the screen size
+ obtained from the operating system.
+
+ Either <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> or <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> symbols may be specified
+ independently. This is mainly useful to circumvent
+ legacy misfeatures of terminal descriptions, e.g.,
+ xterm which commonly specifies a 65 line screen. For
+ best results, <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and <STRONG>cols</STRONG> should not be specified
+ in a terminal description for terminals which are run
+ as emulations.
+
+ Use the <STRONG>use_env</STRONG> function to disable all use of exter-
+ nal environment (including system calls) to determine
+ the screen size.
+
+ ESCDELAY
+ Specifies the total time, in milliseconds, for which
+ ncurses will await a character sequence, e.g., a
+ function key. The default value, 1000 milliseconds,
+ is enough for most uses. However, it is made a vari-
+ able to accommodate unusual applications.
+
+ The most common instance where you may wish to change
+ this value is to work with slow hosts, e.g., running
+ on a network. If the host cannot read characters
+ rapidly enough, it will have the same effect as if
+ the terminal did not send characters rapidly enough.
+ The library will still see a timeout.
+
+ Note that xterm mouse events are built up from char-
+ acter sequences received from the xterm. If your
+ application makes heavy use of multiple-clicking, you
+ may wish to lengthen this default value because the
+ timeout applies to the composed multi-click event as
+ well as the individual clicks.
+
+ In addition to the environment variable, this imple-
+ mentation provides a global variable with the same
+ name. Portable applications should not rely upon the
+ presence of ESCDELAY in either form, but setting the
+ environment variable rather than the global variable
+ does not create problems when compiling an applica-
+ tion.
+
+ HOME Tells <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> where your home directory is. That is
+ where it may read and write auxiliary terminal
+ descriptions:
+
+ $HOME/.termcap
+ $HOME/.terminfo
+
+ LINES
+ Like COLUMNS, specify the height of the screen in
+ characters. See COLUMNS for a detailed description.
+
+ MOUSE_BUTTONS_123
+ This applies only to the OS/2 EMX port. It specifies
+ the order of buttons on the mouse. OS/2 numbers a
+ 3-button mouse inconsistently from other platforms:
+
+ 1 = left
+ 2 = right
+ 3 = middle.
+
+ This symbol lets you customize the mouse. The symbol
+ must be three numeric digits 1-3 in any order, e.g.,
+ 123 or 321. If it is not specified, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> uses
+ 132.
+
+ NCURSES_ASSUMED_COLORS
+ Override the compiled-in assumption that the termi-
+ nal's default colors are white-on-black (see
+ <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>). You may set the foreground and
+ background color values with this environment vari-
+ able by proving a 2-element list: foreground,back-
+ ground. For example, to tell ncurses to not assume
+ anything about the colors, set this to "-1,-1". To
+ make it green-on-black, set it to "2,0". Any posi-
+ tive value from zero to the terminfo <STRONG>max_colors</STRONG> value
+ is allowed.
+
+ NCURSES_GPM_TERMS
+ This applies only to ncurses configured to use the
+ GPM interface.
+
+ If present, the environment variable is a list of one
+ or more terminal names against which the TERM envi-
+ ronment variable is matched. Setting it to an empty
+ value disables the GPM interface; using the built-in
+ support for xterm, etc.
+
+ If the environment variable is absent, ncurses will
+ attempt to open GPM if TERM contains "linux".
+
+ NCURSES_NO_HARD_TABS
+ <STRONG>Ncurses</STRONG> may use tabs as part of the cursor movement
+ optimization. In some cases, your terminal driver
+ may not handle these properly. Set this environment
+ variable to disable the feature. You can also adjust
+ your <STRONG>stty</STRONG> settings to avoid the problem.
+
+ NCURSES_NO_MAGIC_COOKIES
+ Some terminals use a magic-cookie feature which
+ requires special handling to make highlighting and
+ other video attributes display properly. You can
+ suppress the highlighting entirely for these termi-
+ nals by setting this environment variable.
+
+ NCURSES_NO_PADDING
+ Most of the terminal descriptions in the terminfo
+ database are written for real "hardware" terminals.
+ Many people use terminal emulators which run in a
+ windowing environment and use curses-based
+ applications. Terminal emulators can duplicate all
+ of the important aspects of a hardware terminal, but
+ they do not have the same limitations. The chief
+ limitation of a hardware terminal from the standpoint
+ of your application is the management of dataflow,
+ i.e., timing. Unless a hardware terminal is inter-
+ faced into a terminal concentrator (which does flow
+ control), it (or your application) must manage
+ dataflow, preventing overruns. The cheapest solution
+ (no hardware cost) is for your program to do this by
+ pausing after operations that the terminal does
+ slowly, such as clearing the display.
+
+ As a result, many terminal descriptions (including
+ the vt100) have delay times embedded. You may wish
+ to use these descriptions, but not want to pay the
+ performance penalty.
+
+ Set the NCURSES_NO_PADDING symbol to disable all but
+ mandatory padding. Mandatory padding is used as a
+ part of special control sequences such as <EM>flash</EM>.
+
+ NCURSES_NO_SETBUF
+ Normally <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> enables buffered output during ter-
+ minal initialization. This is done (as in SVr4
+ curses) for performance reasons. For testing pur-
+ poses, both of <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> and certain applications, this
+ feature is made optional. Setting the
+ NCURSES_NO_SETBUF variable disables output buffering,
+ leaving the output in the original (usually line
+ buffered) mode.
+
+ NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS
+ During initialization, the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library checks for
+ special cases where VT100 line-drawing (and the cor-
+ responding alternate character set capabilities)
+ described in the terminfo are known to be missing.
+ Specifically, when running in a UTF-8 locale, the
+ Linux console emulator and the GNU screen program
+ ignore these. Ncurses checks the TERM environment
+ variable for these. For other special cases, you
+ should set this environment variable. Doing this
+ tells ncurses to use Unicode values which correspond
+ to the VT100 line-drawing glyphs. That works for the
+ special cases cited, and is likely to work for termi-
+ nal emulators.
+
+ When setting this variable, you should set it to a
+ nonzero value. Setting it to zero (or to a nonnum-
+ ber) disables the special check for Linux and screen.
+
+ NCURSES_TRACE
+ During initialization, the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> debugging library
+ checks the NCURSES_TRACE symbol. If it is defined,
+ to a numeric value, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> calls the <STRONG>trace</STRONG> function,
+ using that value as the argument.
+
+ The argument values, which are defined in <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG>,
+ provide several types of information. When running
+ with traces enabled, your application will write the
+ file <STRONG>trace</STRONG> to the current directory.
+
+ TERM Denotes your terminal type. Each terminal type is
+ distinct, though many are similar.
+
+ TERMCAP
+ If the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library has been configured with <EM>term-</EM>
+ <EM>cap</EM> support, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> will check for a terminal's
+ description in termcap form if it is not available in
+ the terminfo database.
+
+ The TERMCAP symbol contains either a terminal
+ description (with newlines stripped out), or a file
+ name telling where the information denoted by the
+ TERM symbol exists. In either case, setting it
+ directs <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> to ignore the usual place for this
+ information, e.g., /etc/termcap.
+
+ TERMINFO
+ Overrides the directory in which <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> searches for
+ your terminal description. This is the simplest, but
+ not the only way to change the list of directories.
+ The complete list of directories in order follows:
+
+ - the last directory to which <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> wrote, if any,
+ is searched first
+
+ - the directory specified by the TERMINFO symbol
+
+ - $HOME/.terminfo
+
+ - directories listed in the TERMINFO_DIRS symbol
+
+ - one or more directories whose names are configured
+ and compiled into the ncurses library, e.g.,
+ /usr/share/terminfo
+
+ TERMINFO_DIRS
+ Specifies a list of directories to search for termi-
+ nal descriptions. The list is separated by colons
+ (i.e., ":") on Unix, semicolons on OS/2 EMX. All of
+ the terminal descriptions are in terminfo form, which
+ makes a subdirectory named for the first letter of
+ the terminal names therein.
+
+ TERMPATH
+ If TERMCAP does not hold a file name then <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+ checks the TERMPATH symbol. This is a list of file-
+ names separated by spaces or colons (i.e., ":") on
+ Unix, semicolons on OS/2 EMX. If the TERMPATH symbol
+ is not set, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> looks in the files /etc/termcap,
+ /usr/share/misc/termcap and $HOME/.termcap, in that
+ order.
+
+ The library may be configured to disregard the following
+ variables when the current user is the superuser (root),
+ or if the application uses setuid or setgid permissions:
+ $TERMINFO, $TERMINFO_DIRS, $TERMPATH, as well as $HOME.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS</H2><PRE>
+ Several different configurations are possible, depending
+ on the configure script options used when building
+ <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>. There are a few main options whose effects are
+ visible to the applications developer using <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>:
+
+ --disable-overwrite
+ The standard include for <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> is as noted in <STRONG>SYN-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>OPSIS</STRONG>:
+
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ This option is used to avoid filename conflicts when
+ <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> is not the main implementation of curses of
+ the computer. If <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> is installed disabling
+ overwrite, it puts its headers in a subdirectory,
+ e.g.,
+
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><ncurses/curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ It also omits a symbolic link which would allow you
+ to use <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG> to build executables.
+
+ --enable-widec
+ The configure script renames the library and (if the
+ <STRONG>--disable-overwrite</STRONG> option is used) puts the header
+ files in a different subdirectory. All of the
+ library names have a "w" appended to them, i.e.,
+ instead of
+
+ <STRONG>-lncurses</STRONG>
+
+ you link with
+
+ <STRONG>-lncursesw</STRONG>
+
+ You must also define <STRONG>_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED</STRONG> when com-
+ piling for the wide-character library to use the
+ extended (wide-character) functions. The <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG>
+ file which is installed for the wide-character
+ library is designed to be compatible with the normal
+ library's header. Only the size of the <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> struc-
+ ture differs, and very few applications require more
+ than a pointer to <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG>s. If the headers are
+ installed allowing overwrite, the wide-character
+ library's headers should be installed last, to allow
+ applications to be built using either library from
+ the same set of headers.
+
+ --with-shared
+
+ --with-normal
+
+ --with-debug
+
+ --with-profile
+ The shared and normal (static) library names differ
+ by their suffixes, e.g., <STRONG>libncurses.so</STRONG> and <STRONG>libn-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>curses.a</STRONG>. The debug and profiling libraries add a
+ "_g" and a "_p" to the root names respectively, e.g.,
+ <STRONG>libncurses_g.a</STRONG> and <STRONG>libncurses_p.a</STRONG>.
+
+ --with-trace
+ The <STRONG>trace</STRONG> function normally resides in the debug
+ library, but it is sometimes useful to configure this
+ in the shared library. Configure scripts should
+ check for the function's existence rather than assum-
+ ing it is always in the debug library.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ /usr/share/tabset
+ directory containing initialization files for the
+ terminal capability database /usr/share/terminfo ter-
+ minal capability database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "curs_"
+ for detailed routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library can be compiled with an option
+ (<STRONG>-DUSE_GETCAP</STRONG>) that falls back to the old-style /etc/term-
+ cap file if the terminal setup code cannot find a terminfo
+ entry corresponding to <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>. Use of this feature is not
+ recommended, as it essentially includes an entire termcap
+ compiler in the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> startup code, at significant cost
+ in core and startup cycles.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library includes facilities for capturing
+ mouse events on certain terminals (including xterm). See
+ the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library includes facilities for responding to
+ window resizing events, e.g., when running in an xterm.
+ See the <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG> and <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG> manual pages for
+ details. In addition, the library may be configured with
+ a SIGWINCH handler.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library extends the fixed set of function key
+ capabilities of terminals by allowing the application
+ designer to define additional key sequences at runtime.
+ See the <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>, and <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG> man-
+ ual pages for details.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library can exploit the capabilities of termi-
+ nals which implement the ISO-6429 SGR 39 and SGR 49 con-
+ trols, which allow an application to reset the terminal to
+ its original foreground and background colors. From the
+ users' perspective, the application is able to draw col-
+ ored text on a background whose color is set indepen-
+ dently, providing better control over color contrasts.
+ See the <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library includes a function for directing
+ application output to a printer attached to the terminal
+ device. See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library is intended to be BASE-level confor-
+ mant with XSI Curses. The EXTENDED XSI Curses functional-
+ ity (including color support) is supported.
+
+ A small number of local differences (that is, individual
+ differences between the XSI Curses and <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> calls) are
+ described in <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG> sections of the library man
+ pages.
+
+ This implementation also contains several extensions:
+
+ The routine <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> is not part of XPG4, nor is it
+ present in SVr4. See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page
+ for details.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG> is not part of XPG4, nor is it
+ present in SVr4. See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page
+ for details.
+
+ The routines <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG>, <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>mou-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>seinterval</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG> relating to mouse interfac-
+ ing are not part of XPG4, nor are they present in
+ SVr4. See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page for
+ details.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> was not present in any previous
+ curses implementation. See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG> manual
+ page for details.
+
+ The routine <STRONG>wresize</STRONG> is not part of XPG4, nor is it
+ present in SVr4. See the <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page for
+ details.
+
+ The WINDOW structure's internal details can be hidden
+ from application programs. See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG> for
+ the discussion of <STRONG>is_scrollok</STRONG>, etc.
+
+ In historic curses versions, delays embedded in the capa-
+ bilities <STRONG>cr</STRONG>, <STRONG>ind</STRONG>, <STRONG>cub1</STRONG>, <STRONG>ff</STRONG> and <STRONG>tab</STRONG> activated corresponding
+ delay bits in the UNIX tty driver. In this implementa-
+ tion, all padding is done by sending NUL bytes. This
+ method is slightly more expensive, but narrows the inter-
+ face to the UNIX kernel significantly and increases the
+ package's portability correspondingly.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The header file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> automatically includes the
+ header files <STRONG><stdio.h></STRONG> and <STRONG><unctrl.h></STRONG>.
+
+ If standard output from a <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> program is re-directed
+ to something which is not a tty, screen updates will be
+ directed to standard error. This was an undocumented fea-
+ ture of AT&T System V Release 3 curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.
+ Based on pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html b/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5b5a06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: panel.3x,v 1.14 2007/05/12 20:45:20 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>panel 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>panel 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ panel - panel stack extension for curses
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><panel.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>cc</STRONG> <STRONG>[flags]</STRONG> <STRONG>sourcefiles</STRONG> <STRONG>-lpanel</STRONG> <STRONG>-lncurses</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*new_panel(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bottom_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>top_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>show_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>update_panels();</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>hide_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_window(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>replace_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*window)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>move_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>starty,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>startx)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>panel_hidden(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_above(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_below(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>set_panel_userptr(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*ptr)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_userptr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>del_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ Panels are <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> windows with the added feature of
+ depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows
+ and ensure the proper portions of each window and the
+ curses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> window are hidden or displayed when panels
+ are added, moved, modified or removed. The set of cur-
+ rently visible panels is the stack of panels. The <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>
+ window is beneath all panels, and is not considered part
+ of the stack.
+
+ A window is associated with every panel. The panel rou-
+ tines enable you to create, move, hide, and show panels,
+ as well as position a panel at any desired location in the
+ stack.
+
+ Panel routines are a functional layer added to <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+ make only high-level curses calls, and work anywhere ter-
+ minfo curses does.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FUNCTIONS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>new_panel(win)</STRONG>
+ allocates a <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> structure, associates it with
+ <STRONG>win</STRONG>, places the panel on the top of the stack
+ (causes it to be displayed above any other
+ panel) and returns a pointer to the new panel.
+
+ <STRONG>update_panels()</STRONG>
+ refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the rela-
+ tions between the panels in the stack, but does not
+ call doupdate() to refresh the physical screen.
+ Use this function and not wrefresh or wnoutrefresh.
+ update_panels() may be called more than once before
+ a call to doupdate(), but doupdate() is the func-
+ tion responsible for updating the physical screen.
+
+ <STRONG>del_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+ removes the given panel from the stack and deallo-
+ cates the <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> structure (but not its associated
+ window).
+
+ <STRONG>hide_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+ removes the given panel from the panel stack and
+ thus hides it from view. The <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> structure is not
+ lost, merely removed from the stack.
+
+ <STRONG>panel_hidden(pan)</STRONG>
+ returns TRUE if the panel is in the panel stack,
+ FALSE if it is not. If the panel is a null
+ pointer, return ERR.
+
+ <STRONG>show_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+ makes a hidden panel visible by placing it on top
+ of the panels in the panel stack. See COMPATIBILITY
+ below.
+
+ <STRONG>top_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+ puts the given visible panel on top of all panels
+ in the stack. See COMPATIBILITY below.
+
+ <STRONG>bottom_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+ puts panel at the bottom of all panels.
+
+ <STRONG>move_panel(pan,starty,startx)</STRONG>
+ moves the given panel window so that its upper-left
+ corner is at <STRONG>starty</STRONG>, <STRONG>startx</STRONG>. It does not change
+ the position of the panel in the stack. Be sure to
+ use this function, not <STRONG>mvwin()</STRONG>, to move a panel
+ window.
+
+ <STRONG>replace_panel(pan,window)</STRONG>
+ replaces the current window of panel with <STRONG>window</STRONG>
+ (useful, for example if you want to resize a panel;
+ if you're using <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>, you can call <STRONG>replace_panel</STRONG>
+ on the output of <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>). It does not change
+ the position of the panel in the stack.
+
+ <STRONG>panel_above(pan)</STRONG>
+ returns a pointer to the panel above pan. If the
+ panel argument is <STRONG>(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0</STRONG>, it returns a pointer
+ to the bottom panel in the stack.
+
+ <STRONG>panel_below(pan)</STRONG>
+ returns a pointer to the panel just below pan. If
+ the panel argument is <STRONG>(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0</STRONG>, it returns a
+ pointer to the top panel in the stack.
+
+ <STRONG>set_panel_userptr(pan,ptr)</STRONG>
+ sets the panel's user pointer.
+
+ <STRONG>panel_userptr(pan)</STRONG>
+ returns the user pointer for a given panel.
+
+ <STRONG>panel_window(pan)</STRONG>
+ returns a pointer to the window of the given panel.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DIAGNOSTICS</H2><PRE>
+ Each routine that returns a pointer returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if an
+ error occurs. Each routine that returns an int value
+ returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> if it executes successfully and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if not.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>COMPATIBILITY</H2><PRE>
+ Reasonable care has been taken to ensure compatibility
+ with the native panel facility introduced in SVr3.2
+ (inspection of the SVr4 manual pages suggests the
+ programming interface is unchanged). The <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> data
+ structures are merely similar. The programmer is cau-
+ tioned not to directly use <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> fields.
+
+ The functions <STRONG>show_panel()</STRONG> and <STRONG>top_panel()</STRONG> are identical
+ in this implementation, and work equally well with dis-
+ played or hidden panels. In the native System V implemen-
+ tation, <STRONG>show_panel()</STRONG> is intended for making a hidden panel
+ visible (at the top of the stack) and <STRONG>top_panel()</STRONG> is
+ intended for making an already-visible panel move to the
+ top of the stack. You are cautioned to use the correct
+ function to ensure compatibility with native panel
+ libraries.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTE</H2><PRE>
+ In your library list, libpanel.a should be before libn-
+ curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lpanel -lncurses',
+ not the other way around (which would usually give a link-
+ error).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ panel.h interface for the panels library
+
+ libpanel.a the panels library itself
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Originally written by Warren Tucker <wht@n4hgf.mt-
+ park.ga.us>, primarily to assist in porting u386mon to
+ systems without a native panels library. Repackaged for
+ ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html b/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23b0845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996-2005
+ * @Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.11 2005/06/25 22:19:42 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>resizeterm 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>resizeterm 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>is_term_resized</STRONG>, <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG>, <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> - change the
+ curses terminal size
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_term_resized(int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>resize_term(int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>resizeterm(int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ This is an extension to the curses library. It provides
+ callers with a hook into the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> data to resize win-
+ dows, primarily for use by programs running in an X Window
+ terminal (e.g., xterm). The function <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> resizes
+ the standard and current windows to the specified dimen-
+ sions, and adjusts other bookkeeping data used by the
+ <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library that record the window dimensions.
+
+ Most of the work is done by the inner function
+ <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG>. The outer function <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> adds bookkeep-
+ ing for the SIGWINCH handler. When resizing the windows,
+ <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG> blank-fills the areas that are extended. The
+ calling application should fill in these areas with appro-
+ priate data. The <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG> function attempts to resize
+ all windows. However, due to the calling convention of
+ pads, it is not possible to resize these without addi-
+ tional interaction with the application.
+
+ A support function <STRONG>is_term_resized</STRONG> is provided so that
+ applications can check if the <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG> function would
+ modify the window structures. It returns TRUE if the win-
+ dows would be modified, and FALSE otherwise.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ Except as notes, these function return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
+ upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success. They will fail if either
+ of the dimensions are less than or equal to zero, or if an
+ error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the windows.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ While these functions are intended to be used to support a
+ signal handler (i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be taken
+ to avoid invoking them in a context where <STRONG>malloc</STRONG> or <STRONG>real-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>loc</STRONG> may have been interrupted, since it uses those func-
+ tions.
+
+ If ncurses is configured to supply its own SIGWINCH han-
+ dler, the <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> function ungetch's a <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> which
+ will be read on the next call to <STRONG>getch</STRONG>. This is used to
+ alert an application that the screen size has changed, and
+ that it should repaint special features such as pads that
+ cannot be done automatically.
+
+ If the environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> or <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> are set,
+ this overrides the library's use of the window size
+ obtained from the operating system. Thus, even if a SIG-
+ WINCH is received, no screen size change may be recorded.
+ In that case, no <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> is queued for the next call to
+ <STRONG>getch</STRONG>; an <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> will be returned instead.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
+ for BSD curses).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/term.5.html b/doc/html/man/term.5.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50fdc55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/term.5.html
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: term.5,v 1.19 2006/12/24 18:12:38 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>term 5</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>term 5</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ term - format of compiled term file.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>term</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>STORAGE</STRONG> <STRONG>LOCATION</STRONG>
+ Compiled terminfo descriptions are placed under the direc-
+ tory <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>. Two configurations are sup-
+ ported (when building the ncurses libraries):
+
+ <STRONG>directory</STRONG> <STRONG>tree</STRONG>
+ A two-level scheme is used to avoid a linear search
+ of a huge UNIX system directory: <STRONG>/usr/share/ter-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>minfo/c/name</STRONG> where <EM>name</EM> is the name of the terminal,
+ and <EM>c</EM> is the first character of <EM>name</EM>. Thus, <EM>act4</EM> can
+ be found in the file <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/a/act4</STRONG>.
+ Synonyms for the same terminal are implemented by
+ multiple links to the same compiled file.
+
+ <STRONG>hashed</STRONG> <STRONG>database</STRONG>
+ Using Berkeley database, two types of records are
+ stored: the terminfo data in the same format as
+ stored in a directory tree with the terminfo's pri-
+ mary name as a key, and records containing only
+ aliases pointing to the primary name.
+
+ If built to write hashed databases, ncurses can still
+ read terminfo databases organized as a directory
+ tree, but cannot write entries into the directory
+ tree. It can write (or rewrite) entries in the
+ hashed database.
+
+ ncurses distinguishes the two cases in the TERMINFO
+ and TERMINFO_DIRS environment variable by assuming a
+ directory tree for entries that correspond to an
+ existing directory, and hashed database otherwise.
+
+ <STRONG>STORAGE</STRONG> <STRONG>FORMAT</STRONG>
+ The format has been chosen so that it will be the same on
+ all hardware. An 8 or more bit byte is assumed, but no
+ assumptions about byte ordering or sign extension are
+ made.
+
+ The compiled file is created with the <STRONG>tic</STRONG> program, and
+ read by the routine <EM>setupterm</EM>. The file is divided into
+ six parts: the header, terminal names, boolean flags, num-
+ bers, strings, and string table.
+
+ The header section begins the file. This section contains
+ six short integers in the format described below. These
+ integers are
+
+ (1) the magic number (octal 0432);
+
+ (2) the size, in bytes, of the names section;
+
+ (3) the number of bytes in the boolean section;
+
+ (4) the number of short integers in the numbers sec-
+ tion;
+
+ (5) the number of offsets (short integers) in the
+ strings section;
+
+ (6) the size, in bytes, of the string table.
+
+ Short integers are stored in two 8-bit bytes. The first
+ byte contains the least significant 8 bits of the value,
+ and the second byte contains the most significant 8 bits.
+ (Thus, the value represented is 256*second+first.) The
+ value -1 is represented by the two bytes 0377, 0377; other
+ negative values are illegal. This value generally means
+ that the corresponding capability is missing from this
+ terminal. Note that this format corresponds to the hard-
+ ware of the VAX and PDP-11 (that is, little-endian
+ machines). Machines where this does not correspond to the
+ hardware must read the integers as two bytes and compute
+ the little-endian value.
+
+ The terminal names section comes next. It contains the
+ first line of the terminfo description, listing the vari-
+ ous names for the terminal, separated by the `|' charac-
+ ter. The section is terminated with an ASCII NUL charac-
+ ter.
+
+ The boolean flags have one byte for each flag. This byte
+ is either 0 or 1 as the flag is present or absent. The
+ capabilities are in the same order as the file <term.h>.
+
+ Between the boolean section and the number section, a null
+ byte will be inserted, if necessary, to ensure that the
+ number section begins on an even byte (this is a relic of
+ the PDP-11's word-addressed architecture, originally
+ designed in to avoid IOT traps induced by addressing a
+ word on an odd byte boundary). All short integers are
+ aligned on a short word boundary.
+
+ The numbers section is similar to the flags section. Each
+ capability takes up two bytes, and is stored as a little-
+ endian short integer. If the value represented is -1, the
+ capability is taken to be missing.
+
+ The strings section is also similar. Each capability is
+ stored as a short integer, in the format above. A value
+ of -1 means the capability is missing. Otherwise, the
+ value is taken as an offset from the beginning of the
+ string table. Special characters in ^X or \c notation are
+ stored in their interpreted form, not the printing repre-
+ sentation. Padding information $<nn> and parameter infor-
+ mation %x are stored intact in uninterpreted form.
+
+ The final section is the string table. It contains all
+ the values of string capabilities referenced in the string
+ section. Each string is null terminated.
+
+ <STRONG>EXTENDED</STRONG> <STRONG>STORAGE</STRONG> <STRONG>FORMAT</STRONG>
+ The previous section describes the conventional terminfo
+ binary format. With some minor variations of the offsets
+ (see PORTABILITY), the same binary format is used in all
+ modern UNIX systems. Each system uses a predefined set of
+ boolean, number or string capabilities.
+
+ The ncurses libraries and applications support extended
+ terminfo binary format, allowing users to define capabili-
+ ties which are loaded at runtime. This extension is made
+ possible by using the fact that the other implementations
+ stop reading the terminfo data when they have reached the
+ end of the size given in the header. ncurses checks the
+ size, and if it exceeds that due to the predefined data,
+ continues to parse according to its own scheme.
+
+ First, it reads the extended header (5 short integers):
+
+ (1) count of extended boolean capabilities
+
+ (2) count of extended numeric capabilities
+
+ (3) count of extended string capabilities
+
+ (4) size of the extended string table in bytes.
+
+ (5) last offset of the extended string table in
+ bytes.
+
+ Using the counts and sizes, ncurses allocates arrays and
+ reads data for the extended capabilties in the same order
+ as the header information.
+
+ The extended string table contains values for string capa-
+ bilities. After the end of these values, it contains the
+ names for each of the extended capabilities in order,
+ e.g., booleans, then numbers and finally strings.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ Note that it is possible for <EM>setupterm</EM> to expect a differ-
+ ent set of capabilities than are actually present in the
+ file. Either the database may have been updated since
+ <EM>setupterm</EM> has been recompiled (resulting in extra unrecog-
+ nized entries in the file) or the program may have been
+ recompiled more recently than the database was updated
+ (resulting in missing entries). The routine <EM>setupterm</EM>
+ must be prepared for both possibilities - this is why the
+ numbers and sizes are included. Also, new capabilities
+ must always be added at the end of the lists of boolean,
+ number, and string capabilities.
+
+ Despite the consistent use of little-endian for numbers
+ and the otherwise self-describing format, it is not wise
+ to count on portability of binary terminfo entries between
+ commercial UNIX versions. The problem is that there are
+ at least three versions of terminfo (under HP-UX, AIX, and
+ OSF/1) which diverged from System V terminfo after SVr1,
+ and have added extension capabilities to the string table
+ that (in the binary format) collide with System V and XSI
+ Curses extensions. See <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> for detailed discus-
+ sion of terminfo source compatibility issues.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXAMPLE</H2><PRE>
+ As an example, here is a hex dump of the description for
+ the Lear-Siegler ADM-3, a popular though rather stupid
+ early terminal:
+
+ adm3a|lsi adm3a,
+ am,
+ cols#80, lines#24,
+ bel=^G, clear= 32$<1>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+ home=^^, ind=^J,
+
+ 0000 1a 01 10 00 02 00 03 00 82 00 31 00 61 64 6d 33 ........ ..1.adm3
+ 0010 61 7c 6c 73 69 20 61 64 6d 33 61 00 00 01 50 00 a|lsi ad m3a...P.
+ 0020 ff ff 18 00 ff ff 00 00 02 00 ff ff ff ff 04 00 ........ ........
+ 0030 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 0a 00 25 00 27 00 ff ff ........ ..%.'...
+ 0040 29 00 ff ff ff ff 2b 00 ff ff 2d 00 ff ff ff ff ).....+. ..-.....
+ 0050 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 0060 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 0070 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 0080 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 0090 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 00a0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 00b0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 00c0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 00d0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 00e0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 00f0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 0100 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 0110 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........
+ 0120 ff ff ff ff ff ff 2f 00 07 00 0d 00 1a 24 3c 31 ....../. .....$<1
+ 0130 3e 00 1b 3d 25 70 31 25 7b 33 32 7d 25 2b 25 63 >..=%p1% {32}%+%c
+ 0140 25 70 32 25 7b 33 32 7d 25 2b 25 63 00 0a 00 1e %p2%{32} %+%c....
+ 0150 00 08 00 0c 00 0b 00 0a 00 ........ .
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>LIMITS</H2><PRE>
+ Some limitations: total compiled entries cannot exceed
+ 4096 bytes. The name field cannot exceed 128 bytes.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ /usr/share/terminfo/*/* compiled terminal capability data
+ base
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas E. Dickey
+ extended terminfo format for ncurses 5.0
+ hashed database support for ncurses 5.6
+
+ Eric S. Raymond
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/term.7.html b/doc/html/man/term.7.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53ea633
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/term.7.html
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: term.7,v 1.18 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>term 7</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>term 7</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="term.7.html">term(7)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="term.7.html">term(7)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ term - conventions for naming terminal types
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> should normally contain the
+ type name of the terminal, console or display-device type
+ you are using. This information is critical for all
+ screen-oriented programs, including your editor and
+ mailer.
+
+ A default <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> value will be set on a per-line basis by
+ either <STRONG>/etc/inittab</STRONG> (Linux and System-V-like UNIXes) or
+ <STRONG>/etc/ttys</STRONG> (BSD UNIXes). This will nearly always suffice
+ for workstation and microcomputer consoles.
+
+ If you use a dialup line, the type of device attached to
+ it may vary. Older UNIX systems pre-set a very dumb ter-
+ minal type like `dumb' or `dialup' on dialup lines. Newer
+ ones may pre-set `vt100', reflecting the prevalence of DEC
+ VT100-compatible terminals and personal-computer emula-
+ tors.
+
+ Modern telnets pass your <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> environment variable from
+ the local side to the remote one. There can be problems
+ if the remote terminfo or termcap entry for your type is
+ not compatible with yours, but this situation is rare and
+ can almost always be avoided by explicitly exporting
+ `vt100' (assuming you are in fact using a VT100-superset
+ console, terminal, or terminal emulator.)
+
+ In any case, you are free to override the system <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> set-
+ ting to your taste in your shell profile. The <STRONG><A HREF="tset.1.html">tset(1)</A></STRONG>
+ utility may be of assistance; you can give it a set of
+ rules for deducing or requesting a terminal type based on
+ the tty device and baud rate.
+
+ Setting your own <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> value may also be useful if you have
+ created a custom entry incorporating options (such as
+ visual bell or reverse-video) which you wish to override
+ the system default type for your line.
+
+ Terminal type descriptions are stored as files of capabil-
+ ity data underneath /usr/share/terminfo. To browse a list
+ of all terminal names recognized by the system, do
+
+ toe | more
+
+ from your shell. These capability files are in a binary
+ format optimized for retrieval speed (unlike the old text-
+ based <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> format they replace); to examine an entry,
+ you must use the <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG> command. Invoke it as fol-
+ lows:
+
+ infocmp <EM>entry-name</EM>
+
+ where <EM>entry-name</EM> is the name of the type you wish to exam-
+ ine (and the name of its capability file the subdirectory
+ of /usr/share/terminfo named for its first letter). This
+ command dumps a capability file in the text format
+ described by <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ The first line of a <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> description gives the
+ names by which terminfo knows a terminal, separated by `|'
+ (pipe-bar) characters with the last name field terminated
+ by a comma. The first name field is the type's <EM>primary</EM>
+ <EM>name</EM>, and is the one to use when setting <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>. The last
+ name field (if distinct from the first) is actually a
+ description of the terminal type (it may contain blanks;
+ the others must be single words). Name fields between the
+ first and last (if present) are aliases for the terminal,
+ usually historical names retained for compatibility.
+
+ There are some conventions for how to choose terminal pri-
+ mary names that help keep them informative and unique.
+ Here is a step-by-step guide to naming terminals that also
+ explains how to parse them:
+
+ First, choose a root name. The root will consist of a
+ lower-case letter followed by up to seven lower-case let-
+ ters or digits. You need to avoid using punctuation char-
+ acters in root names, because they are used and inter-
+ preted as filenames and shell meta-characters (such as !,
+ $, *, ?, etc.) embedded in them may cause odd and unhelp-
+ ful behavior. The slash (/), or any other character that
+ may be interpreted by anyone's file system (\, $, [, ]),
+ is especially dangerous (terminfo is platform-independent,
+ and choosing names with special characters could someday
+ make life difficult for users of a future port). The dot
+ (.) character is relatively safe as long as there is at
+ most one per root name; some historical terminfo names use
+ it.
+
+ The root name for a terminal or workstation console type
+ should almost always begin with a vendor prefix (such as
+ <STRONG>hp</STRONG> for Hewlett-Packard, <STRONG>wy</STRONG> for Wyse, or <STRONG>att</STRONG> for AT&T ter-
+ minals), or a common name of the terminal line (<STRONG>vt</STRONG> for the
+ VT series of terminals from DEC, or <STRONG>sun</STRONG> for Sun Microsys-
+ tems workstation consoles, or <STRONG>regent</STRONG> for the ADDS Regent
+ series. You can list the terminfo tree to see what pre-
+ fixes are already in common use. The root name prefix
+ should be followed when appropriate by a model number;
+ thus <STRONG>vt100</STRONG>, <STRONG>hp2621</STRONG>, <STRONG>wy50</STRONG>.
+
+ The root name for a PC-Unix console type should be the OS
+ name, i.e. <STRONG>linux</STRONG>, <STRONG>bsdos</STRONG>, <STRONG>freebsd</STRONG>, <STRONG>netbsd</STRONG>. It should <EM>not</EM>
+ be <STRONG>console</STRONG> or any other generic that might cause confusion
+ in a multi-platform environment! If a model number fol-
+ lows, it should indicate either the OS release level or
+ the console driver release level.
+
+ The root name for a terminal emulator (assuming it does
+ not fit one of the standard ANSI or vt100 types) should be
+ the program name or a readily recognizable abbreviation of
+ it (i.e. <STRONG>versaterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>ctrm</STRONG>).
+
+ Following the root name, you may add any reasonable number
+ of hyphen-separated feature suffixes.
+
+ 2p Has two pages of memory. Likewise 4p, 8p, etc.
+
+ mc Magic-cookie. Some terminals (notably older Wyses)
+ can only support one attribute without magic-cookie
+ lossage. Their base entry is usually paired with
+ another that has this suffix and uses magic cookies
+ to support multiple attributes.
+
+ -am Enable auto-margin (right-margin wraparound).
+
+ -m Mono mode - suppress color support.
+
+ -na No arrow keys - termcap ignores arrow keys which are
+ actually there on the terminal, so the user can use
+ the arrow keys locally.
+
+ -nam No auto-margin - suppress am capability.
+
+ -nl No labels - suppress soft labels.
+
+ -nsl No status line - suppress status line.
+
+ -pp Has a printer port which is used.
+
+ -rv Terminal in reverse video mode (black on white).
+
+ -s Enable status line.
+
+ -vb Use visible bell (flash) rather than beep.
+
+ -w Wide; terminal is in 132 column mode.
+
+ Conventionally, if your terminal type is a variant
+ intended to specify a line height, that suffix should go
+ first. So, for a hypothetical FuBarCo model 2317 terminal
+ in 30-line mode with reverse video, best form would be
+ <STRONG>fubar-30-rv</STRONG> (rather than, say, `fubar-rv-30').
+
+ Terminal types that are written not as standalone entries,
+ but rather as components to be plugged into other entries
+ via <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities, are distinguished by using embedded
+ plus signs rather than dashes.
+
+ Commands which use a terminal type to control display
+ often accept a -T option that accepts a terminal name
+ argument. Such programs should fall back on the <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>
+ environment variable when no -T option is specified.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ For maximum compatibility with older System V UNIXes,
+ names and aliases should be unique within the first 14
+ characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ /usr/share/terminfo/?/*
+ compiled terminal capability data base
+
+ /etc/inittab
+ tty line initialization (AT&T-like UNIXes)
+
+ /etc/ttys
+ tty line initialization (BSD-like UNIXes)
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="term.7.html">term(7)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html b/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1284d02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2374 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE BY HAND!
+ * It is generated from terminfo.head, Caps, and terminfo.tail.
+ * Note: this must be run through tbl before nroff.
+ * The magic cookie on the first line triggers this under some man programs.
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: terminfo.head,v 1.16 2007/03/04 00:09:46 tom Exp @
+ * Head of terminfo man page ends here
+ * @Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.49 2008/02/16 20:57:43 tom Exp @
+ * Beginning of terminfo.tail file
+ * This file is part of ncurses.
+ * See "terminfo.head" for copyright.
+ *.in -2
+ *.in +2
+ *.in -2
+ *.in +2
+ *.TH
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>terminfo 5 File Formats</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>terminfo 5 File Formats</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> File Formats <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ terminfo - terminal capability data base
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ /usr/share/terminfo/*/*
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <EM>Terminfo</EM> is a data base describing terminals, used by
+ screen-oriented programs such as <STRONG><A HREF="nvi.1.html">nvi(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="rogue.1.html">rogue(1)</A></STRONG> and
+ libraries such as <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>. <EM>Terminfo</EM> describes termi-
+ nals by giving a set of capabilities which they have, by
+ specifying how to perform screen operations, and by speci-
+ fying padding requirements and initialization sequences.
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+ Entries in <EM>terminfo</EM> consist of a sequence of `,' separated
+ fields (embedded commas may be escaped with a backslash or
+ notated as \054). White space after the `,' separator is
+ ignored. The first entry for each terminal gives the
+ names which are known for the terminal, separated by `|'
+ characters. The first name given is the most common
+ abbreviation for the terminal, the last name given should
+ be a long name fully identifying the terminal, and all
+ others are understood as synonyms for the terminal name.
+ All names but the last should be in lower case and contain
+ no blanks; the last name may well contain upper case and
+ blanks for readability.
+
+ Lines beginning with a `#' in the first column are treated
+ as comments. While comment lines are legal at any point,
+ the output of <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG> and <STRONG>infotocap</STRONG> (aliases for <STRONG>tic</STRONG>)
+ will move comments so they occur only between entries.
+
+ Newlines and leading tabs may be used for formatting
+ entries for readability. These are removed from parsed
+ entries. The <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> <STRONG>-f</STRONG> option relies on this to format
+ if-then-else expressions: the result can be read by <STRONG>tic</STRONG>.
+
+ Terminal names (except for the last, verbose entry) should
+ be chosen using the following conventions. The particular
+ piece of hardware making up the terminal should have a
+ root name, thus ``hp2621''. This name should not contain
+ hyphens. Modes that the hardware can be in, or user pref-
+ erences, should be indicated by appending a hyphen and a
+ mode suffix. Thus, a vt100 in 132 column mode would be
+ vt100-w. The following suffixes should be used where pos-
+ sible:
+
+
+ <STRONG>Suffix</STRONG> <STRONG>Meaning</STRONG> <STRONG>Example</STRONG>
+ -<EM>nn</EM> Number of lines on the screen aaa-60
+ -<EM>n</EM>p Number of pages of memory c100-4p
+ -am With automargins (usually the default) vt100-am
+ -m Mono mode; suppress color ansi-m
+ -mc Magic cookie; spaces when highlighting wy30-mc
+ -na No arrow keys (leave them in local) c100-na
+ -nam Without automatic margins vt100-nam
+ -nl No status line att4415-nl
+ -ns No status line hp2626-ns
+ -rv Reverse video c100-rv
+ -s Enable status line vt100-s
+
+ -vb Use visible bell instead of beep wy370-vb
+ -w Wide mode (> 80 columns, usually 132) vt100-w
+
+ For more on terminal naming conventions, see the <STRONG>term(7)</STRONG>
+ manual page.
+
+ <STRONG>Capabilities</STRONG>
+ The following is a complete table of the capabilities
+ included in a terminfo description block and available to
+ terminfo-using code. In each line of the table,
+
+ The <STRONG>variable</STRONG> is the name by which the programmer (at the
+ terminfo level) accesses the capability.
+
+ The <STRONG>capname</STRONG> is the short name used in the text of the
+ database, and is used by a person updating the database.
+ Whenever possible, capnames are chosen to be the same as
+ or similar to the ANSI X3.64-1979 standard (now superseded
+ by ECMA-48, which uses identical or very similar names).
+ Semantics are also intended to match those of the specifi-
+ cation.
+
+ The termcap code is the old <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> capability name (some
+ capabilities are new, and have names which termcap did not
+ originate).
+
+ Capability names have no hard length limit, but an infor-
+ mal limit of 5 characters has been adopted to keep them
+ short and to allow the tabs in the source file <STRONG>Caps</STRONG> to
+ line up nicely.
+
+ Finally, the description field attempts to convey the
+ semantics of the capability. You may find some codes in
+ the description field:
+
+ (P) indicates that padding may be specified
+
+ #[1-9] in the description field indicates that the string
+ is passed through tparm with parms as given (#<EM>i</EM>).
+
+ (P*) indicates that padding may vary in proportion to
+ the number of lines affected
+
+ (#<EM>i</EM>) indicates the <EM>i</EM>th parameter.
+
+
+ These are the boolean capabilities:
+
+
+ <STRONG>Variable</STRONG> <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG> <STRONG>TCap</STRONG> <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>Booleans</STRONG> <STRONG>name</STRONG> <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+ auto_left_margin bw bw cub1 wraps from col-
+ umn 0 to last column
+ auto_right_margin am am terminal has auto-
+ matic margins
+ back_color_erase bce ut screen erased with
+ background color
+ can_change ccc cc terminal can re-
+ define existing col-
+ ors
+ ceol_standout_glitch xhp xs standout not erased
+ by overwriting (hp)
+ col_addr_glitch xhpa YA only positive motion
+ for hpa/mhpa caps
+
+
+ cpi_changes_res cpix YF changing character
+ pitch changes reso-
+ lution
+ cr_cancels_micro_mode crxm YB using cr turns off
+ micro mode
+ dest_tabs_magic_smso xt xt tabs destructive,
+ magic so char
+ (t1061)
+ eat_newline_glitch xenl xn newline ignored
+ after 80 cols (con-
+ cept)
+ erase_overstrike eo eo can erase over-
+ strikes with a blank
+ generic_type gn gn generic line type
+ hard_copy hc hc hardcopy terminal
+ hard_cursor chts HC cursor is hard to
+ see
+ has_meta_key km km Has a meta key
+ (i.e., sets 8th-bit)
+ has_print_wheel daisy YC printer needs opera-
+ tor to change char-
+ acter set
+ has_status_line hs hs has extra status
+ line
+ hue_lightness_saturation hls hl terminal uses only
+ HLS color notation
+ (Tektronix)
+ insert_null_glitch in in insert mode distin-
+ guishes nulls
+ lpi_changes_res lpix YG changing line pitch
+ changes resolution
+ memory_above da da display may be
+ retained above the
+ screen
+ memory_below db db display may be
+ retained below the
+ screen
+ move_insert_mode mir mi safe to move while
+ in insert mode
+ move_standout_mode msgr ms safe to move while
+ in standout mode
+ needs_xon_xoff nxon nx padding will not
+ work, xon/xoff
+ required
+ no_esc_ctlc xsb xb beehive (f1=escape,
+ f2=ctrl C)
+ no_pad_char npc NP pad character does
+ not exist
+ non_dest_scroll_region ndscr ND scrolling region is
+ non-destructive
+ non_rev_rmcup nrrmc NR smcup does not
+ reverse rmcup
+ over_strike os os terminal can over-
+ strike
+ prtr_silent mc5i 5i printer will not
+ echo on screen
+ row_addr_glitch xvpa YD only positive motion
+ for vpa/mvpa caps
+ semi_auto_right_margin sam YE printing in last
+ column causes cr
+ status_line_esc_ok eslok es escape can be used
+ on the status line
+ tilde_glitch hz hz cannot print ~'s
+ (hazeltine)
+
+
+ transparent_underline ul ul underline character
+ overstrikes
+ xon_xoff xon xo terminal uses
+ xon/xoff handshaking
+
+ These are the numeric capabilities:
+
+
+ <STRONG>Variable</STRONG> <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG> <STRONG>TCap</STRONG> <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>Numeric</STRONG> <STRONG>name</STRONG> <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+ columns cols co number of columns in
+ a line
+ init_tabs it it tabs initially every
+ # spaces
+ label_height lh lh rows in each label
+ label_width lw lw columns in each
+ label
+ lines lines li number of lines on
+ screen or page
+ lines_of_memory lm lm lines of memory if >
+ line. 0 means varies
+ magic_cookie_glitch xmc sg number of blank
+ characters left by
+ smso or rmso
+ max_attributes ma ma maximum combined
+ attributes terminal
+ can handle
+ max_colors colors Co maximum number of
+ colors on screen
+ max_pairs pairs pa maximum number of
+ color-pairs on the
+ screen
+ maximum_windows wnum MW maximum number of
+ defineable windows
+ no_color_video ncv NC video attributes
+ that cannot be used
+ with colors
+ num_labels nlab Nl number of labels on
+ screen
+ padding_baud_rate pb pb lowest baud rate
+ where padding needed
+ virtual_terminal vt vt virtual terminal
+ number (CB/unix)
+ width_status_line wsl ws number of columns in
+ status line
+
+ The following numeric capabilities are present in the
+ SVr4.0 term structure, but are not yet documented in the
+ man page. They came in with SVr4's printer support.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Variable</STRONG> <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG> <STRONG>TCap</STRONG> <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>Numeric</STRONG> <STRONG>name</STRONG> <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+ bit_image_entwining bitwin Yo number of passes for
+ each bit-image row
+ bit_image_type bitype Yp type of bit-image
+ device
+ buffer_capacity bufsz Ya numbers of bytes
+ buffered before
+ printing
+ buttons btns BT number of buttons on
+ mouse
+ dot_horz_spacing spinh Yc spacing of dots hor-
+ izontally in dots
+ per inch
+
+ dot_vert_spacing spinv Yb spacing of pins ver-
+ tically in pins per
+ inch
+ max_micro_address maddr Yd maximum value in
+ micro_..._address
+ max_micro_jump mjump Ye maximum value in
+ parm_..._micro
+ micro_col_size mcs Yf character step size
+ when in micro mode
+ micro_line_size mls Yg line step size when
+ in micro mode
+ number_of_pins npins Yh numbers of pins in
+ print-head
+ output_res_char orc Yi horizontal resolu-
+ tion in units per
+ line
+ output_res_horz_inch orhi Yk horizontal resolu-
+ tion in units per
+ inch
+ output_res_line orl Yj vertical resolution
+ in units per line
+ output_res_vert_inch orvi Yl vertical resolution
+ in units per inch
+ print_rate cps Ym print rate in char-
+ acters per second
+ wide_char_size widcs Yn character step size
+ when in double wide
+ mode
+
+ These are the string capabilities:
+
+
+ <STRONG>Variable</STRONG> <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG> <STRONG>TCap</STRONG> <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>String</STRONG> <STRONG>name</STRONG> <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+ acs_chars acsc ac graphics charset
+ pairs, based on
+ vt100
+ back_tab cbt bt back tab (P)
+ bell bel bl audible signal
+ (bell) (P)
+ carriage_return cr cr carriage return (P*)
+ (P*)
+ change_char_pitch cpi ZA Change number of
+ characters per inch
+ to #1
+ change_line_pitch lpi ZB Change number of
+ lines per inch to #1
+ change_res_horz chr ZC Change horizontal
+ resolution to #1
+ change_res_vert cvr ZD Change vertical res-
+ olution to #1
+ change_scroll_region csr cs change region to
+ line #1 to line #2
+ (P)
+ char_padding rmp rP like ip but when in
+ insert mode
+ clear_all_tabs tbc ct clear all tab stops
+ (P)
+ clear_margins mgc MC clear right and left
+ soft margins
+ clear_screen clear cl clear screen and
+ home cursor (P*)
+ clr_bol el1 cb Clear to beginning
+ of line
+
+
+ clr_eol el ce clear to end of line
+ (P)
+ clr_eos ed cd clear to end of
+ screen (P*)
+ column_address hpa ch horizontal position
+ #1, absolute (P)
+ command_character cmdch CC terminal settable
+ cmd character in
+ prototype !?
+ create_window cwin CW define a window #1
+ from #2,#3 to #4,#5
+ cursor_address cup cm move to row #1
+ columns #2
+ cursor_down cud1 do down one line
+ cursor_home home ho home cursor (if no
+ cup)
+ cursor_invisible civis vi make cursor invisi-
+ ble
+ cursor_left cub1 le move left one space
+ cursor_mem_address mrcup CM memory relative cur-
+ sor addressing, move
+ to row #1 columns #2
+ cursor_normal cnorm ve make cursor appear
+ normal (undo
+ civis/cvvis)
+ cursor_right cuf1 nd non-destructive
+ space (move right
+ one space)
+ cursor_to_ll ll ll last line, first
+ column (if no cup)
+ cursor_up cuu1 up up one line
+ cursor_visible cvvis vs make cursor very
+ visible
+ define_char defc ZE Define a character
+ #1, #2 dots wide,
+ descender #3
+ delete_character dch1 dc delete character
+ (P*)
+ delete_line dl1 dl delete line (P*)
+ dial_phone dial DI dial number #1
+ dis_status_line dsl ds disable status line
+ display_clock dclk DK display clock
+ down_half_line hd hd half a line down
+ ena_acs enacs eA enable alternate
+ char set
+ enter_alt_charset_mode smacs as start alternate
+ character set (P)
+ enter_am_mode smam SA turn on automatic
+ margins
+ enter_blink_mode blink mb turn on blinking
+ enter_bold_mode bold md turn on bold (extra
+ bright) mode
+ enter_ca_mode smcup ti string to start pro-
+ grams using cup
+ enter_delete_mode smdc dm enter delete mode
+ enter_dim_mode dim mh turn on half-bright
+ mode
+ enter_doublewide_mode swidm ZF Enter double-wide
+ mode
+ enter_draft_quality sdrfq ZG Enter draft-quality
+ mode
+ enter_insert_mode smir im enter insert mode
+ enter_italics_mode sitm ZH Enter italic mode
+ enter_leftward_mode slm ZI Start leftward car-
+ riage motion
+
+ enter_micro_mode smicm ZJ Start micro-motion
+ mode
+ enter_near_letter_quality snlq ZK Enter NLQ mode
+ enter_normal_quality snrmq ZL Enter normal-quality
+ mode
+ enter_protected_mode prot mp turn on protected
+ mode
+ enter_reverse_mode rev mr turn on reverse
+ video mode
+ enter_secure_mode invis mk turn on blank mode
+ (characters invisi-
+ ble)
+ enter_shadow_mode sshm ZM Enter shadow-print
+ mode
+ enter_standout_mode smso so begin standout mode
+ enter_subscript_mode ssubm ZN Enter subscript mode
+ enter_superscript_mode ssupm ZO Enter superscript
+ mode
+ enter_underline_mode smul us begin underline mode
+ enter_upward_mode sum ZP Start upward car-
+ riage motion
+ enter_xon_mode smxon SX turn on xon/xoff
+ handshaking
+ erase_chars ech ec erase #1 characters
+ (P)
+ exit_alt_charset_mode rmacs ae end alternate char-
+ acter set (P)
+ exit_am_mode rmam RA turn off automatic
+ margins
+ exit_attribute_mode sgr0 me turn off all
+ attributes
+ exit_ca_mode rmcup te strings to end pro-
+ grams using cup
+ exit_delete_mode rmdc ed end delete mode
+ exit_doublewide_mode rwidm ZQ End double-wide mode
+ exit_insert_mode rmir ei exit insert mode
+ exit_italics_mode ritm ZR End italic mode
+ exit_leftward_mode rlm ZS End left-motion mode
+ exit_micro_mode rmicm ZT End micro-motion
+ mode
+ exit_shadow_mode rshm ZU End shadow-print
+ mode
+ exit_standout_mode rmso se exit standout mode
+ exit_subscript_mode rsubm ZV End subscript mode
+ exit_superscript_mode rsupm ZW End superscript mode
+ exit_underline_mode rmul ue exit underline mode
+ exit_upward_mode rum ZX End reverse charac-
+ ter motion
+ exit_xon_mode rmxon RX turn off xon/xoff
+ handshaking
+ fixed_pause pause PA pause for 2-3 sec-
+ onds
+ flash_hook hook fh flash switch hook
+ flash_screen flash vb visible bell (may
+ not move cursor)
+ form_feed ff ff hardcopy terminal
+ page eject (P*)
+ from_status_line fsl fs return from status
+ line
+ goto_window wingo WG go to window #1
+ hangup hup HU hang-up phone
+ init_1string is1 i1 initialization
+ string
+ init_2string is2 is initialization
+ string
+
+ init_3string is3 i3 initialization
+ string
+ init_file if if name of initializa-
+ tion file
+ init_prog iprog iP path name of program
+ for initialization
+ initialize_color initc Ic initialize color #1
+ to (#2,#3,#4)
+ initialize_pair initp Ip Initialize color
+ pair #1 to
+ fg=(#2,#3,#4),
+ bg=(#5,#6,#7)
+ insert_character ich1 ic insert character (P)
+ insert_line il1 al insert line (P*)
+ insert_padding ip ip insert padding after
+ inserted character
+ key_a1 ka1 K1 upper left of keypad
+ key_a3 ka3 K3 upper right of key-
+ pad
+ key_b2 kb2 K2 center of keypad
+ key_backspace kbs kb backspace key
+ key_beg kbeg @1 begin key
+ key_btab kcbt kB back-tab key
+ key_c1 kc1 K4 lower left of keypad
+ key_c3 kc3 K5 lower right of key-
+ pad
+ key_cancel kcan @2 cancel key
+ key_catab ktbc ka clear-all-tabs key
+ key_clear kclr kC clear-screen or
+ erase key
+ key_close kclo @3 close key
+ key_command kcmd @4 command key
+ key_copy kcpy @5 copy key
+ key_create kcrt @6 create key
+ key_ctab kctab kt clear-tab key
+ key_dc kdch1 kD delete-character key
+ key_dl kdl1 kL delete-line key
+ key_down kcud1 kd down-arrow key
+ key_eic krmir kM sent by rmir or smir
+ in insert mode
+ key_end kend @7 end key
+ key_enter kent @8 enter/send key
+ key_eol kel kE clear-to-end-of-line
+ key
+ key_eos ked kS clear-to-end-of-
+ screen key
+ key_exit kext @9 exit key
+ key_f0 kf0 k0 F0 function key
+ key_f1 kf1 k1 F1 function key
+ key_f10 kf10 k; F10 function key
+ key_f11 kf11 F1 F11 function key
+ key_f12 kf12 F2 F12 function key
+ key_f13 kf13 F3 F13 function key
+ key_f14 kf14 F4 F14 function key
+ key_f15 kf15 F5 F15 function key
+ key_f16 kf16 F6 F16 function key
+ key_f17 kf17 F7 F17 function key
+ key_f18 kf18 F8 F18 function key
+ key_f19 kf19 F9 F19 function key
+ key_f2 kf2 k2 F2 function key
+ key_f20 kf20 FA F20 function key
+ key_f21 kf21 FB F21 function key
+ key_f22 kf22 FC F22 function key
+ key_f23 kf23 FD F23 function key
+ key_f24 kf24 FE F24 function key
+
+ key_f25 kf25 FF F25 function key
+ key_f26 kf26 FG F26 function key
+ key_f27 kf27 FH F27 function key
+ key_f28 kf28 FI F28 function key
+ key_f29 kf29 FJ F29 function key
+ key_f3 kf3 k3 F3 function key
+ key_f30 kf30 FK F30 function key
+ key_f31 kf31 FL F31 function key
+ key_f32 kf32 FM F32 function key
+ key_f33 kf33 FN F33 function key
+ key_f34 kf34 FO F34 function key
+ key_f35 kf35 FP F35 function key
+ key_f36 kf36 FQ F36 function key
+ key_f37 kf37 FR F37 function key
+ key_f38 kf38 FS F38 function key
+ key_f39 kf39 FT F39 function key
+ key_f4 kf4 k4 F4 function key
+ key_f40 kf40 FU F40 function key
+ key_f41 kf41 FV F41 function key
+ key_f42 kf42 FW F42 function key
+ key_f43 kf43 FX F43 function key
+ key_f44 kf44 FY F44 function key
+ key_f45 kf45 FZ F45 function key
+ key_f46 kf46 Fa F46 function key
+ key_f47 kf47 Fb F47 function key
+ key_f48 kf48 Fc F48 function key
+ key_f49 kf49 Fd F49 function key
+ key_f5 kf5 k5 F5 function key
+ key_f50 kf50 Fe F50 function key
+ key_f51 kf51 Ff F51 function key
+ key_f52 kf52 Fg F52 function key
+ key_f53 kf53 Fh F53 function key
+ key_f54 kf54 Fi F54 function key
+ key_f55 kf55 Fj F55 function key
+ key_f56 kf56 Fk F56 function key
+ key_f57 kf57 Fl F57 function key
+ key_f58 kf58 Fm F58 function key
+ key_f59 kf59 Fn F59 function key
+ key_f6 kf6 k6 F6 function key
+ key_f60 kf60 Fo F60 function key
+ key_f61 kf61 Fp F61 function key
+ key_f62 kf62 Fq F62 function key
+ key_f63 kf63 Fr F63 function key
+ key_f7 kf7 k7 F7 function key
+ key_f8 kf8 k8 F8 function key
+ key_f9 kf9 k9 F9 function key
+ key_find kfnd @0 find key
+ key_help khlp %1 help key
+ key_home khome kh home key
+ key_ic kich1 kI insert-character key
+ key_il kil1 kA insert-line key
+ key_left kcub1 kl left-arrow key
+ key_ll kll kH lower-left key (home
+ down)
+ key_mark kmrk %2 mark key
+ key_message kmsg %3 message key
+ key_move kmov %4 move key
+ key_next knxt %5 next key
+ key_npage knp kN next-page key
+ key_open kopn %6 open key
+ key_options kopt %7 options key
+ key_ppage kpp kP previous-page key
+ key_previous kprv %8 previous key
+ key_print kprt %9 print key
+ key_redo krdo %0 redo key
+
+ key_reference kref &1 reference key
+ key_refresh krfr &2 refresh key
+ key_replace krpl &3 replace key
+ key_restart krst &4 restart key
+ key_resume kres &5 resume key
+ key_right kcuf1 kr right-arrow key
+ key_save ksav &6 save key
+ key_sbeg kBEG &9 shifted begin key
+ key_scancel kCAN &0 shifted cancel key
+ key_scommand kCMD *1 shifted command key
+ key_scopy kCPY *2 shifted copy key
+ key_screate kCRT *3 shifted create key
+ key_sdc kDC *4 shifted delete-char-
+ acter key
+ key_sdl kDL *5 shifted delete-line
+ key
+ key_select kslt *6 select key
+ key_send kEND *7 shifted end key
+ key_seol kEOL *8 shifted clear-to-
+ end-of-line key
+ key_sexit kEXT *9 shifted exit key
+ key_sf kind kF scroll-forward key
+ key_sfind kFND *0 shifted find key
+ key_shelp kHLP #1 shifted help key
+ key_shome kHOM #2 shifted home key
+ key_sic kIC #3 shifted insert-char-
+ acter key
+ key_sleft kLFT #4 shifted left-arrow
+ key
+ key_smessage kMSG %a shifted message key
+ key_smove kMOV %b shifted move key
+ key_snext kNXT %c shifted next key
+ key_soptions kOPT %d shifted options key
+ key_sprevious kPRV %e shifted previous key
+ key_sprint kPRT %f shifted print key
+ key_sr kri kR scroll-backward key
+ key_sredo kRDO %g shifted redo key
+ key_sreplace kRPL %h shifted replace key
+ key_sright kRIT %i shifted right-arrow
+ key
+ key_srsume kRES %j shifted resume key
+ key_ssave kSAV !1 shifted save key
+ key_ssuspend kSPD !2 shifted suspend key
+ key_stab khts kT set-tab key
+ key_sundo kUND !3 shifted undo key
+ key_suspend kspd &7 suspend key
+ key_undo kund &8 undo key
+ key_up kcuu1 ku up-arrow key
+ keypad_local rmkx ke leave 'key-
+ board_transmit' mode
+ keypad_xmit smkx ks enter 'key-
+ board_transmit' mode
+ lab_f0 lf0 l0 label on function
+ key f0 if not f0
+ lab_f1 lf1 l1 label on function
+ key f1 if not f1
+ lab_f10 lf10 la label on function
+ key f10 if not f10
+ lab_f2 lf2 l2 label on function
+ key f2 if not f2
+ lab_f3 lf3 l3 label on function
+ key f3 if not f3
+ lab_f4 lf4 l4 label on function
+ key f4 if not f4
+
+
+ lab_f5 lf5 l5 label on function
+ key f5 if not f5
+ lab_f6 lf6 l6 label on function
+ key f6 if not f6
+ lab_f7 lf7 l7 label on function
+ key f7 if not f7
+ lab_f8 lf8 l8 label on function
+ key f8 if not f8
+ lab_f9 lf9 l9 label on function
+ key f9 if not f9
+ label_format fln Lf label format
+ label_off rmln LF turn off soft labels
+ label_on smln LO turn on soft labels
+ meta_off rmm mo turn off meta mode
+ meta_on smm mm turn on meta mode
+ (8th-bit on)
+ micro_column_address mhpa ZY Like column_address
+ in micro mode
+ micro_down mcud1 ZZ Like cursor_down in
+ micro mode
+ micro_left mcub1 Za Like cursor_left in
+ micro mode
+ micro_right mcuf1 Zb Like cursor_right in
+ micro mode
+ micro_row_address mvpa Zc Like row_address #1
+ in micro mode
+ micro_up mcuu1 Zd Like cursor_up in
+ micro mode
+ newline nel nw newline (behave like
+ cr followed by lf)
+ order_of_pins porder Ze Match software bits
+ to print-head pins
+ orig_colors oc oc Set all color pairs
+ to the original ones
+ orig_pair op op Set default pair to
+ its original value
+ pad_char pad pc padding char
+ (instead of null)
+ parm_dch dch DC delete #1 characters
+ (P*)
+ parm_delete_line dl DL delete #1 lines (P*)
+ parm_down_cursor cud DO down #1 lines (P*)
+ parm_down_micro mcud Zf Like parm_down_cur-
+ sor in micro mode
+ parm_ich ich IC insert #1 characters
+ (P*)
+ parm_index indn SF scroll forward #1
+ lines (P)
+ parm_insert_line il AL insert #1 lines (P*)
+ parm_left_cursor cub LE move #1 characters
+ to the left (P)
+ parm_left_micro mcub Zg Like parm_left_cur-
+ sor in micro mode
+ parm_right_cursor cuf RI move #1 characters
+ to the right (P*)
+ parm_right_micro mcuf Zh Like parm_right_cur-
+ sor in micro mode
+ parm_rindex rin SR scroll back #1 lines
+ (P)
+ parm_up_cursor cuu UP up #1 lines (P*)
+ parm_up_micro mcuu Zi Like parm_up_cursor
+ in micro mode
+ pkey_key pfkey pk program function key
+ #1 to type string #2
+
+
+ pkey_local pfloc pl program function key
+ #1 to execute string
+ #2
+ pkey_xmit pfx px program function key
+ #1 to transmit
+ string #2
+ plab_norm pln pn program label #1 to
+ show string #2
+ print_screen mc0 ps print contents of
+ screen
+ prtr_non mc5p pO turn on printer for
+ #1 bytes
+ prtr_off mc4 pf turn off printer
+ prtr_on mc5 po turn on printer
+ pulse pulse PU select pulse dialing
+ quick_dial qdial QD dial number #1 with-
+ out checking
+ remove_clock rmclk RC remove clock
+ repeat_char rep rp repeat char #1 #2
+ times (P*)
+ req_for_input rfi RF send next input char
+ (for ptys)
+ reset_1string rs1 r1 reset string
+ reset_2string rs2 r2 reset string
+ reset_3string rs3 r3 reset string
+ reset_file rf rf name of reset file
+ restore_cursor rc rc restore cursor to
+ position of last
+ save_cursor
+ row_address vpa cv vertical position #1
+ absolute (P)
+ save_cursor sc sc save current cursor
+ position (P)
+ scroll_forward ind sf scroll text up (P)
+ scroll_reverse ri sr scroll text down (P)
+ select_char_set scs Zj Select character
+ set, #1
+ set_attributes sgr sa define video
+ attributes #1-#9
+ (PG9)
+ set_background setb Sb Set background color
+ #1
+ set_bottom_margin smgb Zk Set bottom margin at
+ current line
+ set_bottom_margin_parm smgbp Zl Set bottom margin at
+ line #1 or (if smgtp
+ is not given) #2
+ lines from bottom
+ set_clock sclk SC set clock, #1 hrs #2
+ mins #3 secs
+ set_color_pair scp sp Set current color
+ pair to #1
+ set_foreground setf Sf Set foreground color
+ #1
+ set_left_margin smgl ML set left soft margin
+ at current column.
+ See smgl. (ML is not
+ in BSD termcap).
+ set_left_margin_parm smglp Zm Set left (right)
+ margin at column #1
+ set_right_margin smgr MR set right soft mar-
+ gin at current col-
+ umn
+ set_right_margin_parm smgrp Zn Set right margin at
+ column #1
+
+ set_tab hts st set a tab in every
+ row, current columns
+ set_top_margin smgt Zo Set top margin at
+ current line
+ set_top_margin_parm smgtp Zp Set top (bottom)
+ margin at row #1
+ set_window wind wi current window is
+ lines #1-#2 cols
+ #3-#4
+ start_bit_image sbim Zq Start printing bit
+ image graphics
+ start_char_set_def scsd Zr Start character set
+ definition #1, with
+ #2 characters in the
+ set
+ stop_bit_image rbim Zs Stop printing bit
+ image graphics
+ stop_char_set_def rcsd Zt End definition of
+ character set #1
+ subscript_characters subcs Zu List of subscript-
+ able characters
+ superscript_characters supcs Zv List of superscript-
+ able characters
+ tab ht ta tab to next 8-space
+ hardware tab stop
+ these_cause_cr docr Zw Printing any of
+ these characters
+ causes CR
+ to_status_line tsl ts move to status line,
+ column #1
+ tone tone TO select touch tone
+ dialing
+ underline_char uc uc underline char and
+ move past it
+ up_half_line hu hu half a line up
+ user0 u0 u0 User string #0
+ user1 u1 u1 User string #1
+ user2 u2 u2 User string #2
+ user3 u3 u3 User string #3
+ user4 u4 u4 User string #4
+ user5 u5 u5 User string #5
+ user6 u6 u6 User string #6
+ user7 u7 u7 User string #7
+ user8 u8 u8 User string #8
+ user9 u9 u9 User string #9
+ wait_tone wait WA wait for dial-tone
+ xoff_character xoffc XF XOFF character
+ xon_character xonc XN XON character
+ zero_motion zerom Zx No motion for subse-
+ quent character
+
+ The following string capabilities are present in the
+ SVr4.0 term structure, but were originally not documented
+ in the man page.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Variable</STRONG> <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG> <STRONG>TCap</STRONG> <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>String</STRONG> <STRONG>name</STRONG> <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+ alt_scancode_esc scesa S8 Alternate escape
+ for scancode emu-
+ lation
+ bit_image_carriage_return bicr Yv Move to beginning
+ of same row
+ bit_image_newline binel Zz Move to next row
+ of the bit image
+
+ bit_image_repeat birep Xy Repeat bit image
+ cell #1 #2 times
+ char_set_names csnm Zy Produce #1'th item
+ from list of char-
+ acter set names
+ code_set_init csin ci Init sequence for
+ multiple codesets
+ color_names colornm Yw Give name for
+ color #1
+ define_bit_image_region defbi Yx Define rectan-
+ gualar bit image
+ region
+ device_type devt dv Indicate lan-
+ guage/codeset sup-
+ port
+ display_pc_char dispc S1 Display PC charac-
+ ter #1
+ end_bit_image_region endbi Yy End a bit-image
+ region
+ enter_pc_charset_mode smpch S2 Enter PC character
+ display mode
+ enter_scancode_mode smsc S4 Enter PC scancode
+ mode
+ exit_pc_charset_mode rmpch S3 Exit PC character
+ display mode
+ exit_scancode_mode rmsc S5 Exit PC scancode
+ mode
+ get_mouse getm Gm Curses should get
+ button events,
+ parameter #1 not
+ documented.
+ key_mouse kmous Km Mouse event has
+ occurred
+ mouse_info minfo Mi Mouse status
+ information
+ pc_term_options pctrm S6 PC terminal
+ options
+ pkey_plab pfxl xl Program function
+ key #1 to type
+ string #2 and show
+ string #3
+ req_mouse_pos reqmp RQ Request mouse
+ position
+ scancode_escape scesc S7 Escape for scan-
+ code emulation
+ set0_des_seq s0ds s0 Shift to codeset 0
+ (EUC set 0, ASCII)
+ set1_des_seq s1ds s1 Shift to codeset 1
+ set2_des_seq s2ds s2 Shift to codeset 2
+ set3_des_seq s3ds s3 Shift to codeset 3
+ set_a_background setab AB Set background
+ color to #1, using
+ ANSI escape
+ set_a_foreground setaf AF Set foreground
+ color to #1, using
+ ANSI escape
+ set_color_band setcolor Yz Change to ribbon
+ color #1
+ set_lr_margin smglr ML Set both left and
+ right margins to
+ #1, #2. (ML is
+ not in BSD term-
+ cap).
+ set_page_length slines YZ Set page length to
+ #1 lines
+
+ set_tb_margin smgtb MT Sets both top and
+ bottom margins to
+ #1, #2
+
+ The XSI Curses standard added these. They are some
+ post-4.1 versions of System V curses, e.g., Solaris 2.5
+ and IRIX 6.x. The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> termcap names for them are
+ invented; according to the XSI Curses standard, they have
+ no termcap names. If your compiled terminfo entries use
+ these, they may not be binary-compatible with System V
+ terminfo entries after SVr4.1; beware!
+
+
+ <STRONG>Variable</STRONG> <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG> <STRONG>TCap</STRONG> <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>String</STRONG> <STRONG>name</STRONG> <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+ enter_horizontal_hl_mode ehhlm Xh Enter horizontal
+ highlight mode
+ enter_left_hl_mode elhlm Xl Enter left highlight
+ mode
+ enter_low_hl_mode elohlm Xo Enter low highlight
+ mode
+ enter_right_hl_mode erhlm Xr Enter right high-
+ light mode
+ enter_top_hl_mode ethlm Xt Enter top highlight
+ mode
+ enter_vertical_hl_mode evhlm Xv Enter vertical high-
+ light mode
+ set_a_attributes sgr1 sA Define second set of
+ video attributes
+ #1-#6
+ set_pglen_inch slengthsL YI Set page length
+ to #1 hundredth of
+ an inch
+
+ <STRONG>A</STRONG> <STRONG>Sample</STRONG> <STRONG>Entry</STRONG>
+ The following entry, describing an ANSI-standard terminal,
+ is representative of what a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> entry for a modern
+ terminal typically looks like.
+
+ ansi|ansi/pc-term compatible with color,
+ mc5i,
+ colors#8, ncv#3, pairs#64,
+ cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cuf=\E[%p1%dC,
+ cuu=\E[%p1%dA, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+ ech=\E[%p1%dX, el1=\E[1K, hpa=\E[%p1%dG, ht=\E[I,
+ ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, indn=\E[%p1%dS, .indn=\E[%p1%dT,
+ kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+ kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\E[M, kf10=\E[V,
+ kf11=\E[W, kf12=\E[X, kf2=\E[N, kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P,
+ kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R, kf7=\E[S, kf8=\E[T, kf9=\E[U,
+ kich1=\E[L, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=\r\E[S,
+ op=\E[37;40m, rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db,
+ rin=\E[%p1%dT, s0ds=\E(B, s1ds=\E)B, s2ds=\E*B,
+ s3ds=\E+B, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm,
+ setb=\E[4%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
+ setf=\E[3%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
+ sgr=\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p8%t;11%;%?%p9%t;12%;m,
+ sgr0=\E[0;10m, tbc=\E[2g, u6=\E[%d;%dR, u7=\E[6n,
+ u8=\E[?%[;0123456789]c, u9=\E[c, vpa=\E[%p1%dd,
+
+ Entries may continue onto multiple lines by placing white
+ space at the beginning of each line except the first.
+ Comments may be included on lines beginning with ``#''.
+ Capabilities in <EM>terminfo</EM> are of three types: Boolean capa-
+ bilities which indicate that the terminal has some partic-
+ ular feature, numeric capabilities giving the size of the
+ terminal or the size of particular delays, and string
+ capabilities, which give a sequence which can be used to
+ perform particular terminal operations.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Types</STRONG> <STRONG>of</STRONG> <STRONG>Capabilities</STRONG>
+ All capabilities have names. For instance, the fact that
+ ANSI-standard terminals have <EM>automatic</EM> <EM>margins</EM> (i.e., an
+ automatic return and line-feed when the end of a line is
+ reached) is indicated by the capability <STRONG>am</STRONG>. Hence the
+ description of ansi includes <STRONG>am</STRONG>. Numeric capabilities are
+ followed by the character `#' and then a positive value.
+ Thus <STRONG>cols</STRONG>, which indicates the number of columns the ter-
+ minal has, gives the value `80' for ansi. Values for
+ numeric capabilities may be specified in decimal, octal or
+ hexadecimal, using the C programming language conventions
+ (e.g., 255, 0377 and 0xff or 0xFF).
+
+ Finally, string valued capabilities, such as <STRONG>el</STRONG> (clear to
+ end of line sequence) are given by the two-character code,
+ an `=', and then a string ending at the next following
+ `,'.
+
+ A number of escape sequences are provided in the string
+ valued capabilities for easy encoding of characters there.
+ Both <STRONG>\E</STRONG> and <STRONG>\e</STRONG> map to an ESCAPE character, <STRONG>^x</STRONG> maps to a
+ control-x for any appropriate x, and the sequences <STRONG>\n</STRONG> <STRONG>\l</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>\r</STRONG> <STRONG>\t</STRONG> <STRONG>\b</STRONG> <STRONG>\f</STRONG> <STRONG>\s</STRONG> give a newline, line-feed, return, tab,
+ backspace, form-feed, and space. Other escapes include <STRONG>\^</STRONG>
+ for <STRONG>^</STRONG>, <STRONG>\\</STRONG> for <STRONG>\</STRONG>, <STRONG>\</STRONG>, for comma, <STRONG>\:</STRONG> for <STRONG>:</STRONG>, and <STRONG>\0</STRONG> for null.
+ (<STRONG>\0</STRONG> will produce \200, which does not terminate a string
+ but behaves as a null character on most terminals, provid-
+ ing CS7 is specified. See <STRONG><A HREF="stty.1.html">stty(1)</A></STRONG>.) Finally, characters
+ may be given as three octal digits after a <STRONG>\</STRONG>.
+
+ A delay in milliseconds may appear anywhere in a string
+ capability, enclosed in $<..> brackets, as in <STRONG>el</STRONG>=\EK$<5>,
+ and padding characters are supplied by <EM>tputs</EM> to provide
+ this delay. The delay must be a number with at most one
+ decimal place of precision; it may be followed by suffixes
+ `*' or '/' or both. A `*' indicates that the padding
+ required is proportional to the number of lines affected
+ by the operation, and the amount given is the per-
+ affected-unit padding required. (In the case of insert
+ character, the factor is still the number of <EM>lines</EM>
+ affected.) Normally, padding is advisory if the device
+ has the <STRONG>xon</STRONG> capability; it is used for cost computation
+ but does not trigger delays. A `/' suffix indicates that
+ the padding is mandatory and forces a delay of the given
+ number of milliseconds even on devices for which <STRONG>xon</STRONG> is
+ present to indicate flow control.
+
+ Sometimes individual capabilities must be commented out.
+ To do this, put a period before the capability name. For
+ example, see the second <STRONG>ind</STRONG> in the example above.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Fetching</STRONG> <STRONG>Compiled</STRONG> <STRONG>Descriptions</STRONG>
+ If the environment variable TERMINFO is set, it is inter-
+ preted as the pathname of a directory containing the com-
+ piled description you are working on. Only that directory
+ is searched.
+
+ If TERMINFO is not set, the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version of the ter-
+ minfo reader code will instead look in the directory
+ <STRONG>$HOME/.terminfo</STRONG> for a compiled description. If it fails
+ to find one there, and the environment variable TER-
+ MINFO_DIRS is set, it will interpret the contents of that
+ variable as a list of colon- separated directories to be
+ searched (an empty entry is interpreted as a command to
+ search <EM>/usr/share/terminfo</EM>). If no description is found
+ in any of the TERMINFO_DIRS directories, the fetch fails.
+
+ If neither TERMINFO nor TERMINFO_DIRS is set, the last
+ place tried will be the system terminfo directory,
+ <EM>/usr/share/terminfo</EM>.
+
+ (Neither the <STRONG>$HOME/.terminfo</STRONG> lookups nor TERMINFO_DIRS
+ extensions are supported under stock System V ter-
+ minfo/curses.)
+
+
+ <STRONG>Preparing</STRONG> <STRONG>Descriptions</STRONG>
+ We now outline how to prepare descriptions of terminals.
+ The most effective way to prepare a terminal description
+ is by imitating the description of a similar terminal in
+ <EM>terminfo</EM> and to build up a description gradually, using
+ partial descriptions with <EM>vi</EM> or some other screen-oriented
+ program to check that they are correct. Be aware that a
+ very unusual terminal may expose deficiencies in the abil-
+ ity of the <EM>terminfo</EM> file to describe it or bugs in the
+ screen-handling code of the test program.
+
+ To get the padding for insert line right (if the terminal
+ manufacturer did not document it) a severe test is to edit
+ a large file at 9600 baud, delete 16 or so lines from the
+ middle of the screen, then hit the `u' key several times
+ quickly. If the terminal messes up, more padding is usu-
+ ally needed. A similar test can be used for insert char-
+ acter.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Basic</STRONG> <STRONG>Capabilities</STRONG>
+ The number of columns on each line for the terminal is
+ given by the <STRONG>cols</STRONG> numeric capability. If the terminal is
+ a CRT, then the number of lines on the screen is given by
+ the <STRONG>lines</STRONG> capability. If the terminal wraps around to the
+ beginning of the next line when it reaches the right mar-
+ gin, then it should have the <STRONG>am</STRONG> capability. If the termi-
+ nal can clear its screen, leaving the cursor in the home
+ position, then this is given by the <STRONG>clear</STRONG> string capabil-
+ ity. If the terminal overstrikes (rather than clearing a
+ position when a character is struck over) then it should
+ have the <STRONG>os</STRONG> capability. If the terminal is a printing
+ terminal, with no soft copy unit, give it both <STRONG>hc</STRONG> and <STRONG>os</STRONG>.
+ (<STRONG>os</STRONG> applies to storage scope terminals, such as TEKTRONIX
+ 4010 series, as well as hard copy and APL terminals.) If
+ there is a code to move the cursor to the left edge of the
+ current row, give this as <STRONG>cr</STRONG>. (Normally this will be car-
+ riage return, control M.) If there is a code to produce
+ an audible signal (bell, beep, etc) give this as <STRONG>bel</STRONG>.
+
+ If there is a code to move the cursor one position to the
+ left (such as backspace) that capability should be given
+ as <STRONG>cub1</STRONG>. Similarly, codes to move to the right, up, and
+ down should be given as <STRONG>cuf1</STRONG>, <STRONG>cuu1</STRONG>, and <STRONG>cud1</STRONG>. These local
+ cursor motions should not alter the text they pass over,
+ for example, you would not normally use `<STRONG>cuf1</STRONG>= ' because
+ the space would erase the character moved over.
+
+ A very important point here is that the local cursor
+ motions encoded in <EM>terminfo</EM> are undefined at the left and
+ top edges of a CRT terminal. Programs should never
+ attempt to backspace around the left edge, unless <STRONG>bw</STRONG> is
+ given, and never attempt to go up locally off the top. In
+ order to scroll text up, a program will go to the bottom
+ left corner of the screen and send the <STRONG>ind</STRONG> (index) string.
+
+ To scroll text down, a program goes to the top left corner
+ of the screen and sends the <STRONG>ri</STRONG> (reverse index) string.
+ The strings <STRONG>ind</STRONG> and <STRONG>ri</STRONG> are undefined when not on their
+ respective corners of the screen.
+
+ Parameterized versions of the scrolling sequences are <STRONG>indn</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>rin</STRONG> which have the same semantics as <STRONG>ind</STRONG> and <STRONG>ri</STRONG> except
+ that they take one parameter, and scroll that many lines.
+ They are also undefined except at the appropriate edge of
+ the screen.
+
+ The <STRONG>am</STRONG> capability tells whether the cursor sticks at the
+ right edge of the screen when text is output, but this
+ does not necessarily apply to a <STRONG>cuf1</STRONG> from the last column.
+ The only local motion which is defined from the left edge
+ is if <STRONG>bw</STRONG> is given, then a <STRONG>cub1</STRONG> from the left edge will
+ move to the right edge of the previous row. If <STRONG>bw</STRONG> is not
+ given, the effect is undefined. This is useful for draw-
+ ing a box around the edge of the screen, for example. If
+ the terminal has switch selectable automatic margins, the
+ <EM>terminfo</EM> file usually assumes that this is on; i.e., <STRONG>am</STRONG>.
+ If the terminal has a command which moves to the first
+ column of the next line, that command can be given as <STRONG>nel</STRONG>
+ (newline). It does not matter if the command clears the
+ remainder of the current line, so if the terminal has no
+ <STRONG>cr</STRONG> and <STRONG>lf</STRONG> it may still be possible to craft a working <STRONG>nel</STRONG>
+ out of one or both of them.
+
+ These capabilities suffice to describe hard-copy and
+ "glass-tty" terminals. Thus the model 33 teletype is
+ described as
+
+ 33|tty33|tty|model 33 teletype,
+ bel=^G, cols#72, cr=^M, cud1=^J, hc, ind=^J, os,
+
+ while the Lear Siegler ADM-3 is described as
+
+ adm3|3|lsi adm3,
+ am, bel=^G, clear=^Z, cols#80, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+ ind=^J, lines#24,
+
+
+ <STRONG>Parameterized</STRONG> <STRONG>Strings</STRONG>
+ Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parameters
+ in the terminal are described by a parameterized string
+ capability, with <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3.html">printf(3)</A></STRONG> like escapes <STRONG>%x</STRONG> in it. For
+ example, to address the cursor, the <STRONG>cup</STRONG> capability is
+ given, using two parameters: the row and column to address
+ to. (Rows and columns are numbered from zero and refer to
+ the physical screen visible to the user, not to any unseen
+ memory.) If the terminal has memory relative cursor
+ addressing, that can be indicated by <STRONG>mrcup</STRONG>.
+
+ The parameter mechanism uses a stack and special <STRONG>%</STRONG> codes
+ to manipulate it. Typically a sequence will push one of
+ the parameters onto the stack and then print it in some
+ format. Print (e.g., "%d") is a special case. Other
+ operations, including "%t" pop their operand from the
+ stack. It is noted that more complex operations are often
+ necessary, e.g., in the <STRONG>sgr</STRONG> string.
+
+ The <STRONG>%</STRONG> encodings have the following meanings:
+
+
+ %% outputs `%'
+
+ %<EM>[[</EM>:<EM>]flags][width[.precision]][</EM>doxXs<EM>]</EM>
+ as in <STRONG>printf</STRONG>, flags are [-+#] and space. Use a `:'
+ to allow the next character to be a `-' flag, avoid-
+ ing interpreting "%-" as an operator.
+
+ %c print pop() like %c in <STRONG>printf</STRONG>
+
+ %s print pop() like %s in <STRONG>printf</STRONG>
+
+ %p[1-9]
+ push <EM>i</EM>'th parameter
+
+ %P[a-z]
+ set dynamic variable [a-z] to pop()
+
+ %g[a-z]
+ get dynamic variable [a-z] and push it
+
+ %P[A-Z]
+ set static variable [a-z] to pop()
+
+ %g[A-Z]
+ get static variable [a-z] and push it
+
+ The terms "static" and "dynamic" are misleading.
+ Historically, these are simply two different sets of
+ variables, whose values are not reset between calls
+ to <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>. However, that fact is not documented in
+ other implementations. Relying on it will adversely
+ impact portability to other implementations.
+
+ %'<EM>c</EM>' char constant <EM>c</EM>
+
+ %{<EM>nn</EM>}
+ integer constant <EM>nn</EM>
+
+ %l push strlen(pop)
+
+ %+ %- %* %/ %m
+ arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop())
+
+ %& %| %^
+ bit operations (AND, OR and exclusive-OR): push(pop()
+ op pop())
+
+ %= %> %<
+ logical operations: push(pop() op pop())
+
+ %A, %O
+ logical AND and OR operations (for conditionals)
+
+ %! %~
+ unary operations (logical and bit complement):
+ push(op pop())
+
+ %i add 1 to first two parameters (for ANSI terminals)
+
+ %? <EM>expr</EM> %t <EM>thenpart</EM> %e <EM>elsepart</EM> %;
+ This forms an if-then-else. The %e <EM>elsepart</EM> is
+ optional. Usually the %? <EM>expr</EM> part pushes a value
+ onto the stack, and %t pops it from the stack, test-
+ ing if it is nonzero (true). If it is zero (false),
+ control passes to the %e (else) part.
+
+ It is possible to form else-if's a la Algol 68:
+ %? c1 %t b1 %e c2 %t b2 %e c3 %t b3 %e c4 %t b4 %e %;
+
+ where ci are conditions, bi are bodies.
+
+ Use the <STRONG>-f</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG> or <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> to see the struc-
+ ture of if-the-else's. Some strings, e.g., <STRONG>sgr</STRONG> can
+ be very complicated when written on one line. The <STRONG>-f</STRONG>
+ option splits the string into lines with the parts
+ indented.
+
+ Binary operations are in postfix form with the operands in
+ the usual order. That is, to get x-5 one would use
+ "%gx%{5}%-". %P and %g variables are persistent across
+ escape-string evaluations.
+
+ Consider the HP2645, which, to get to row 3 and column 12,
+ needs to be sent \E&a12c03Y padded for 6 milliseconds.
+ Note that the order of the rows and columns is inverted
+ here, and that the row and column are printed as two dig-
+ its. Thus its <STRONG>cup</STRONG> capability is "cup=6\E&%p2%2dc%p1%2dY".
+
+ The Microterm ACT-IV needs the current row and column sent
+ preceded by a <STRONG>^T</STRONG>, with the row and column simply encoded
+ in binary, "cup=^T%p1%c%p2%c". Terminals which use "%c"
+ need to be able to backspace the cursor (<STRONG>cub1</STRONG>), and to
+ move the cursor up one line on the screen (<STRONG>cuu1</STRONG>). This is
+ necessary because it is not always safe to transmit <STRONG>\n</STRONG> <STRONG>^D</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>\r</STRONG>, as the system may change or discard them. (The
+ library routines dealing with terminfo set tty modes so
+ that tabs are never expanded, so \t is safe to send. This
+ turns out to be essential for the Ann Arbor 4080.)
+
+ A final example is the LSI ADM-3a, which uses row and col-
+ umn offset by a blank character, thus "cup=\E=%p1%'
+ '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c". After sending `\E=', this pushes the
+ first parameter, pushes the ASCII value for a space (32),
+ adds them (pushing the sum on the stack in place of the
+ two previous values) and outputs that value as a charac-
+ ter. Then the same is done for the second parameter.
+ More complex arithmetic is possible using the stack.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Cursor</STRONG> <STRONG>Motions</STRONG>
+ If the terminal has a fast way to home the cursor (to very
+ upper left corner of screen) then this can be given as
+ <STRONG>home</STRONG>; similarly a fast way of getting to the lower left-
+ hand corner can be given as <STRONG>ll</STRONG>; this may involve going up
+ with <STRONG>cuu1</STRONG> from the home position, but a program should
+ never do this itself (unless <STRONG>ll</STRONG> does) because it can make
+ no assumption about the effect of moving up from the home
+ position. Note that the home position is the same as
+ addressing to (0,0): to the top left corner of the screen,
+ not of memory. (Thus, the \EH sequence on HP terminals
+ cannot be used for <STRONG>home</STRONG>.)
+
+ If the terminal has row or column absolute cursor address-
+ ing, these can be given as single parameter capabilities
+ <STRONG>hpa</STRONG> (horizontal position absolute) and <STRONG>vpa</STRONG> (vertical posi-
+ tion absolute). Sometimes these are shorter than the more
+ general two parameter sequence (as with the hp2645) and
+ can be used in preference to <STRONG>cup</STRONG>. If there are
+ parameterized local motions (e.g., move <EM>n</EM> spaces to the
+ right) these can be given as <STRONG>cud</STRONG>, <STRONG>cub</STRONG>, <STRONG>cuf</STRONG>, and <STRONG>cuu</STRONG> with a
+ single parameter indicating how many spaces to move.
+ These are primarily useful if the terminal does not have
+ <STRONG>cup</STRONG>, such as the TEKTRONIX 4025.
+
+ If the terminal needs to be in a special mode when running
+ a program that uses these capabilities, the codes to enter
+ and exit this mode can be given as <STRONG>smcup</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmcup</STRONG>. This
+ arises, for example, from terminals like the Concept with
+ more than one page of memory. If the terminal has only
+ memory relative cursor addressing and not screen relative
+ cursor addressing, a one screen-sized window must be fixed
+ into the terminal for cursor addressing to work properly.
+ This is also used for the TEKTRONIX 4025, where <STRONG>smcup</STRONG> sets
+ the command character to be the one used by terminfo. If
+ the <STRONG>smcup</STRONG> sequence will not restore the screen after an
+ <STRONG>rmcup</STRONG> sequence is output (to the state prior to outputting
+ <STRONG>rmcup</STRONG>), specify <STRONG>nrrmc</STRONG>.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Area</STRONG> <STRONG>Clears</STRONG>
+ If the terminal can clear from the current position to the
+ end of the line, leaving the cursor where it is, this
+ should be given as <STRONG>el</STRONG>. If the terminal can clear from the
+ beginning of the line to the current position inclusive,
+ leaving the cursor where it is, this should be given as
+ <STRONG>el1</STRONG>. If the terminal can clear from the current position
+ to the end of the display, then this should be given as
+ <STRONG>ed</STRONG>. <STRONG>Ed</STRONG> is only defined from the first column of a line.
+ (Thus, it can be simulated by a request to delete a large
+ number of lines, if a true <STRONG>ed</STRONG> is not available.)
+
+
+ <STRONG>Insert/delete</STRONG> <STRONG>line</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>vertical</STRONG> <STRONG>motions</STRONG>
+ If the terminal can open a new blank line before the line
+ where the cursor is, this should be given as <STRONG>il1</STRONG>; this is
+ done only from the first position of a line. The cursor
+ must then appear on the newly blank line. If the terminal
+ can delete the line which the cursor is on, then this
+ should be given as <STRONG>dl1</STRONG>; this is done only from the first
+ position on the line to be deleted. Versions of <STRONG>il1</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>dl1</STRONG> which take a single parameter and insert or delete
+ that many lines can be given as <STRONG>il</STRONG> and <STRONG>dl</STRONG>.
+
+ If the terminal has a settable scrolling region (like the
+ vt100) the command to set this can be described with the
+ <STRONG>csr</STRONG> capability, which takes two parameters: the top and
+ bottom lines of the scrolling region. The cursor position
+ is, alas, undefined after using this command.
+
+ It is possible to get the effect of insert or delete line
+ using <STRONG>csr</STRONG> on a properly chosen region; the <STRONG>sc</STRONG> and <STRONG>rc</STRONG> (save
+ and restore cursor) commands may be useful for ensuring
+ that your synthesized insert/delete string does not move
+ the cursor. (Note that the <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG> library does this
+ synthesis automatically, so you need not compose
+ insert/delete strings for an entry with <STRONG>csr</STRONG>).
+
+ Yet another way to construct insert and delete might be to
+ use a combination of index with the memory-lock feature
+ found on some terminals (like the HP-700/90 series, which
+ however also has insert/delete).
+
+ Inserting lines at the top or bottom of the screen can
+ also be done using <STRONG>ri</STRONG> or <STRONG>ind</STRONG> on many terminals without a
+ true insert/delete line, and is often faster even on ter-
+ minals with those features.
+
+ The boolean <STRONG>non_dest_scroll_region</STRONG> should be set if each
+ scrolling window is effectively a view port on a screen-
+ sized canvas. To test for this capability, create a
+ scrolling region in the middle of the screen, write some-
+ thing to the bottom line, move the cursor to the top of
+ the region, and do <STRONG>ri</STRONG> followed by <STRONG>dl1</STRONG> or <STRONG>ind</STRONG>. If the data
+ scrolled off the bottom of the region by the <STRONG>ri</STRONG> re-
+ appears, then scrolling is non-destructive. System V and
+ XSI Curses expect that <STRONG>ind</STRONG>, <STRONG>ri</STRONG>, <STRONG>indn</STRONG>, and <STRONG>rin</STRONG> will simu-
+ late destructive scrolling; their documentation cautions
+ you not to define <STRONG>csr</STRONG> unless this is true. This <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+ implementation is more liberal and will do explicit erases
+ after scrolling if <STRONG>ndstr</STRONG> is defined.
+
+ If the terminal has the ability to define a window as part
+ of memory, which all commands affect, it should be given
+ as the parameterized string <STRONG>wind</STRONG>. The four parameters are
+ the starting and ending lines in memory and the starting
+ and ending columns in memory, in that order.
+
+ If the terminal can retain display memory above, then the
+ <STRONG>da</STRONG> capability should be given; if display memory can be
+ retained below, then <STRONG>db</STRONG> should be given. These indicate
+ that deleting a line or scrolling may bring non-blank
+ lines up from below or that scrolling back with <STRONG>ri</STRONG> may
+ bring down non-blank lines.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Insert/Delete</STRONG> <STRONG>Character</STRONG>
+ There are two basic kinds of intelligent terminals with
+ respect to insert/delete character which can be described
+ using <EM>terminfo.</EM> The most common insert/delete character
+ operations affect only the characters on the current line
+ and shift characters off the end of the line rigidly.
+ Other terminals, such as the Concept 100 and the Perkin
+ Elmer Owl, make a distinction between typed and untyped
+ blanks on the screen, shifting upon an insert or delete
+ only to an untyped blank on the screen which is either
+ eliminated, or expanded to two untyped blanks. You can
+ determine the kind of terminal you have by clearing the
+ screen and then typing text separated by cursor motions.
+ Type "abc def" using local cursor motions (not spaces)
+ between the "abc" and the "def". Then position the cursor
+ before the "abc" and put the terminal in insert mode. If
+ typing characters causes the rest of the line to shift
+ rigidly and characters to fall off the end, then your ter-
+ minal does not distinguish between blanks and untyped
+ positions. If the "abc" shifts over to the "def" which
+ then move together around the end of the current line and
+ onto the next as you insert, you have the second type of
+ terminal, and should give the capability <STRONG>in</STRONG>, which stands
+ for "insert null". While these are two logically separate
+ attributes (one line versus multi-line insert mode, and
+ special treatment of untyped spaces) we have seen no ter-
+ minals whose insert mode cannot be described with the sin-
+ gle attribute.
+
+ Terminfo can describe both terminals which have an insert
+ mode, and terminals which send a simple sequence to open a
+ blank position on the current line. Give as <STRONG>smir</STRONG> the
+ sequence to get into insert mode. Give as <STRONG>rmir</STRONG> the
+ sequence to leave insert mode. Now give as <STRONG>ich1</STRONG> any
+ sequence needed to be sent just before sending the
+ character to be inserted. Most terminals with a true
+ insert mode will not give <STRONG>ich1</STRONG>; terminals which send a
+ sequence to open a screen position should give it here.
+
+ If your terminal has both, insert mode is usually prefer-
+ able to <STRONG>ich1</STRONG>. Technically, you should not give both
+ unless the terminal actually requires both to be used in
+ combination. Accordingly, some non-curses applications
+ get confused if both are present; the symptom is doubled
+ characters in an update using insert. This requirement is
+ now rare; most <STRONG>ich</STRONG> sequences do not require previous smir,
+ and most smir insert modes do not require <STRONG>ich1</STRONG> before each
+ character. Therefore, the new <STRONG>curses</STRONG> actually assumes
+ this is the case and uses either <STRONG>rmir</STRONG>/<STRONG>smir</STRONG> or <STRONG>ich</STRONG>/<STRONG>ich1</STRONG> as
+ appropriate (but not both). If you have to write an entry
+ to be used under new curses for a terminal old enough to
+ need both, include the <STRONG>rmir</STRONG>/<STRONG>smir</STRONG> sequences in <STRONG>ich1</STRONG>.
+
+ If post insert padding is needed, give this as a number of
+ milliseconds in <STRONG>ip</STRONG> (a string option). Any other sequence
+ which may need to be sent after an insert of a single
+ character may also be given in <STRONG>ip</STRONG>. If your terminal needs
+ both to be placed into an `insert mode' and a special code
+ to precede each inserted character, then both <STRONG>smir</STRONG>/<STRONG>rmir</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>ich1</STRONG> can be given, and both will be used. The <STRONG>ich</STRONG>
+ capability, with one parameter, <EM>n</EM>, will repeat the effects
+ of <STRONG>ich1</STRONG> <EM>n</EM> times.
+
+ If padding is necessary between characters typed while not
+ in insert mode, give this as a number of milliseconds
+ padding in <STRONG>rmp</STRONG>.
+
+ It is occasionally necessary to move around while in
+ insert mode to delete characters on the same line (e.g.,
+ if there is a tab after the insertion position). If your
+ terminal allows motion while in insert mode you can give
+ the capability <STRONG>mir</STRONG> to speed up inserting in this case.
+ Omitting <STRONG>mir</STRONG> will affect only speed. Some terminals
+ (notably Datamedia's) must not have <STRONG>mir</STRONG> because of the way
+ their insert mode works.
+
+ Finally, you can specify <STRONG>dch1</STRONG> to delete a single charac-
+ ter, <STRONG>dch</STRONG> with one parameter, <EM>n</EM>, to delete <EM>n</EM> <EM>characters,</EM>
+ and delete mode by giving <STRONG>smdc</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmdc</STRONG> to enter and exit
+ delete mode (any mode the terminal needs to be placed in
+ for <STRONG>dch1</STRONG> to work).
+
+ A command to erase <EM>n</EM> characters (equivalent to outputting
+ <EM>n</EM> blanks without moving the cursor) can be given as <STRONG>ech</STRONG>
+ with one parameter.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Highlighting,</STRONG> <STRONG>Underlining,</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Visible</STRONG> <STRONG>Bells</STRONG>
+ If your terminal has one or more kinds of display
+ attributes, these can be represented in a number of dif-
+ ferent ways. You should choose one display form as <EM>stand-</EM>
+ <EM>out</EM> <EM>mode</EM>, representing a good, high contrast, easy-on-the-
+ eyes, format for highlighting error messages and other
+ attention getters. (If you have a choice, reverse video
+ plus half-bright is good, or reverse video alone.) The
+ sequences to enter and exit standout mode are given as
+ <STRONG>smso</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmso</STRONG>, respectively. If the code to change into
+ or out of standout mode leaves one or even two blank
+ spaces on the screen, as the TVI 912 and Teleray 1061 do,
+ then <STRONG>xmc</STRONG> should be given to tell how many spaces are left.
+
+ Codes to begin underlining and end underlining can be
+ given as <STRONG>smul</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmul</STRONG> respectively. If the terminal has
+ a code to underline the current character and move the
+ cursor one space to the right, such as the Microterm Mime,
+ this can be given as <STRONG>uc</STRONG>.
+
+ Other capabilities to enter various highlighting modes
+ include <STRONG>blink</STRONG> (blinking) <STRONG>bold</STRONG> (bold or extra bright) <STRONG>dim</STRONG>
+ (dim or half-bright) <STRONG>invis</STRONG> (blanking or invisible text)
+ <STRONG>prot</STRONG> (protected) <STRONG>rev</STRONG> (reverse video) <STRONG>sgr0</STRONG> (turn off <EM>all</EM>
+ attribute modes) <STRONG>smacs</STRONG> (enter alternate character set
+ mode) and <STRONG>rmacs</STRONG> (exit alternate character set mode).
+ Turning on any of these modes singly may or may not turn
+ off other modes.
+
+ If there is a sequence to set arbitrary combinations of
+ modes, this should be given as <STRONG>sgr</STRONG> (set attributes), tak-
+ ing 9 parameters. Each parameter is either 0 or nonzero,
+ as the corresponding attribute is on or off. The 9 param-
+ eters are, in order: standout, underline, reverse, blink,
+ dim, bold, blank, protect, alternate character set. Not
+ all modes need be supported by <STRONG>sgr</STRONG>, only those for which
+ corresponding separate attribute commands exist.
+
+ For example, the DEC vt220 supports most of the modes:
+
+
+ <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> <STRONG>parameter</STRONG> <STRONG>attribute</STRONG> <STRONG>escape</STRONG> <STRONG>sequence</STRONG>
+
+ none none \E[0m
+ p1 standout \E[0;1;7m
+ p2 underline \E[0;4m
+ p3 reverse \E[0;7m
+ p4 blink \E[0;5m
+ p5 dim not available
+ p6 bold \E[0;1m
+ p7 invis \E[0;8m
+ p8 protect not used
+ p9 altcharset ^O (off) ^N (on)
+
+ We begin each escape sequence by turning off any existing
+ modes, since there is no quick way to determine whether
+ they are active. Standout is set up to be the combination
+ of reverse and bold. The vt220 terminal has a protect
+ mode, though it is not commonly used in sgr because it
+ protects characters on the screen from the host's era-
+ sures. The altcharset mode also is different in that it
+ is either ^O or ^N, depending on whether it is off or on.
+ If all modes are turned on, the resulting sequence is
+ \E[0;1;4;5;7;8m^N.
+
+ Some sequences are common to different modes. For exam-
+ ple, ;7 is output when either p1 or p3 is true, that is,
+ if either standout or reverse modes are turned on.
+
+ Writing out the above sequences, along with their depen-
+ dencies yields
+
+
+ <STRONG>sequence</STRONG> <STRONG>when</STRONG> <STRONG>to</STRONG> <STRONG>output</STRONG> <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> <STRONG>translation</STRONG>
+
+ \E[0 always \E[0
+ ;1 if p1 or p6 %?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;
+ ;4 if p2 %?%p2%|%t;4%;
+ ;5 if p4 %?%p4%|%t;5%;
+
+ ;7 if p1 or p3 %?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;
+ ;8 if p7 %?%p7%|%t;8%;
+ m always m
+ ^N or ^O if p9 ^N, else ^O %?%p9%t^N%e^O%;
+
+ Putting this all together into the sgr sequence gives:
+
+ sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;
+ %?%p4%t;5%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+
+ Remember that if you specify sgr, you must also specify
+ sgr0. Also, some implementations rely on sgr being given
+ if sgr0 is, Not all terminfo entries necessarily have an
+ sgr string, however. Many terminfo entries are derived
+ from termcap entries which have no sgr string. The only
+ drawback to adding an sgr string is that termcap also
+ assumes that sgr0 does not exit alternate character set
+ mode.
+
+ Terminals with the ``magic cookie'' glitch (<STRONG>xmc</STRONG>) deposit
+ special ``cookies'' when they receive mode-setting
+ sequences, which affect the display algorithm rather than
+ having extra bits for each character. Some terminals,
+ such as the HP 2621, automatically leave standout mode
+ when they move to a new line or the cursor is addressed.
+ Programs using standout mode should exit standout mode
+ before moving the cursor or sending a newline, unless the
+ <STRONG>msgr</STRONG> capability, asserting that it is safe to move in
+ standout mode, is present.
+
+ If the terminal has a way of flashing the screen to indi-
+ cate an error quietly (a bell replacement) then this can
+ be given as <STRONG>flash</STRONG>; it must not move the cursor.
+
+ If the cursor needs to be made more visible than normal
+ when it is not on the bottom line (to make, for example, a
+ non-blinking underline into an easier to find block or
+ blinking underline) give this sequence as <STRONG>cvvis</STRONG>. If there
+ is a way to make the cursor completely invisible, give
+ that as <STRONG>civis</STRONG>. The capability <STRONG>cnorm</STRONG> should be given which
+ undoes the effects of both of these modes.
+
+ If your terminal correctly generates underlined characters
+ (with no special codes needed) even though it does not
+ overstrike, then you should give the capability <STRONG>ul</STRONG>. If a
+ character overstriking another leaves both characters on
+ the screen, specify the capability <STRONG>os</STRONG>. If overstrikes are
+ erasable with a blank, then this should be indicated by
+ giving <STRONG>eo</STRONG>.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Keypad</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Function</STRONG> <STRONG>Keys</STRONG>
+ If the terminal has a keypad that transmits codes when the
+ keys are pressed, this information can be given. Note
+ that it is not possible to handle terminals where the key-
+ pad only works in local (this applies, for example, to the
+ unshifted HP 2621 keys). If the keypad can be set to
+ transmit or not transmit, give these codes as <STRONG>smkx</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>rmkx</STRONG>. Otherwise the keypad is assumed to always transmit.
+ The codes sent by the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow,
+ down arrow, and home keys can be given as <STRONG>kcub1,</STRONG> <STRONG>kcuf1,</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>kcuu1,</STRONG> <STRONG>kcud1,</STRONG> and <STRONG>khome</STRONG> respectively. If there are func-
+ tion keys such as f0, f1, ..., f10, the codes they send
+ can be given as <STRONG>kf0,</STRONG> <STRONG>kf1,</STRONG> <STRONG>...,</STRONG> <STRONG>kf10</STRONG>. If these keys have
+ labels other than the default f0 through f10, the labels
+ can be given as <STRONG>lf0,</STRONG> <STRONG>lf1,</STRONG> <STRONG>...,</STRONG> <STRONG>lf10</STRONG>. The codes
+ transmitted by certain other special keys can be given:
+ <STRONG>kll</STRONG> (home down), <STRONG>kbs</STRONG> (backspace), <STRONG>ktbc</STRONG> (clear all tabs),
+ <STRONG>kctab</STRONG> (clear the tab stop in this column), <STRONG>kclr</STRONG> (clear
+ screen or erase key), <STRONG>kdch1</STRONG> (delete character), <STRONG>kdl1</STRONG>
+ (delete line), <STRONG>krmir</STRONG> (exit insert mode), <STRONG>kel</STRONG> (clear to end
+ of line), <STRONG>ked</STRONG> (clear to end of screen), <STRONG>kich1</STRONG> (insert
+ character or enter insert mode), <STRONG>kil1</STRONG> (insert line), <STRONG>knp</STRONG>
+ (next page), <STRONG>kpp</STRONG> (previous page), <STRONG>kind</STRONG> (scroll for-
+ ward/down), <STRONG>kri</STRONG> (scroll backward/up), <STRONG>khts</STRONG> (set a tab stop
+ in this column). In addition, if the keypad has a 3 by 3
+ array of keys including the four arrow keys, the other
+ five keys can be given as <STRONG>ka1</STRONG>, <STRONG>ka3</STRONG>, <STRONG>kb2</STRONG>, <STRONG>kc1</STRONG>, and <STRONG>kc3</STRONG>.
+ These keys are useful when the effects of a 3 by 3 direc-
+ tional pad are needed.
+
+ Strings to program function keys can be given as <STRONG>pfkey</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>pfloc</STRONG>, and <STRONG>pfx</STRONG>. A string to program screen labels should
+ be specified as <STRONG>pln</STRONG>. Each of these strings takes two
+ parameters: the function key number to program (from 0 to
+ 10) and the string to program it with. Function key num-
+ bers out of this range may program undefined keys in a
+ terminal dependent manner. The difference between the
+ capabilities is that <STRONG>pfkey</STRONG> causes pressing the given key
+ to be the same as the user typing the given string; <STRONG>pfloc</STRONG>
+ causes the string to be executed by the terminal in local;
+ and <STRONG>pfx</STRONG> causes the string to be transmitted to the com-
+ puter.
+
+ The capabilities <STRONG>nlab</STRONG>, <STRONG>lw</STRONG> and <STRONG>lh</STRONG> define the number of pro-
+ grammable screen labels and their width and height. If
+ there are commands to turn the labels on and off, give
+ them in <STRONG>smln</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmln</STRONG>. <STRONG>smln</STRONG> is normally output after one
+ or more pln sequences to make sure that the change becomes
+ visible.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Tabs</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Initialization</STRONG>
+ If the terminal has hardware tabs, the command to advance
+ to the next tab stop can be given as <STRONG>ht</STRONG> (usually control
+ I). A ``back-tab'' command which moves leftward to the
+ preceding tab stop can be given as <STRONG>cbt</STRONG>. By convention, if
+ the teletype modes indicate that tabs are being expanded
+ by the computer rather than being sent to the terminal,
+ programs should not use <STRONG>ht</STRONG> or <STRONG>cbt</STRONG> even if they are
+ present, since the user may not have the tab stops prop-
+ erly set. If the terminal has hardware tabs which are
+ initially set every <EM>n</EM> spaces when the terminal is powered
+ up, the numeric parameter <STRONG>it</STRONG> is given, showing the number
+ of spaces the tabs are set to. This is normally used by
+ the <EM>tset</EM> command to determine whether to set the mode for
+ hardware tab expansion, and whether to set the tab stops.
+ If the terminal has tab stops that can be saved in non-
+ volatile memory, the terminfo description can assume that
+ they are properly set.
+
+ Other capabilities include <STRONG>is1</STRONG>, <STRONG>is2</STRONG>, and <STRONG>is3</STRONG>, initializa-
+ tion strings for the terminal, <STRONG>iprog</STRONG>, the path name of a
+ program to be run to initialize the terminal, and <STRONG>if</STRONG>, the
+ name of a file containing long initialization strings.
+ These strings are expected to set the terminal into modes
+ consistent with the rest of the terminfo description.
+ They are normally sent to the terminal, by the <EM>init</EM> option
+ of the <EM>tput</EM> program, each time the user logs in. They
+ will be printed in the following order:
+
+ run the program
+ <STRONG>iprog</STRONG>
+
+ output <STRONG>is1</STRONG> <STRONG>is2</STRONG>
+
+ set the margins using
+ <STRONG>mgc</STRONG>, <STRONG>smgl</STRONG> and <STRONG>smgr</STRONG>
+
+ set tabs using
+ <STRONG>tbc</STRONG> and <STRONG>hts</STRONG>
+
+ print the file
+ <STRONG>if</STRONG>
+
+ and finally
+ output <STRONG>is3</STRONG>.
+
+ Most initialization is done with <STRONG>is2</STRONG>. Special terminal
+ modes can be set up without duplicating strings by putting
+ the common sequences in <STRONG>is2</STRONG> and special cases in <STRONG>is1</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>is3</STRONG>.
+
+ A set of sequences that does a harder reset from a totally
+ unknown state can be given as <STRONG>rs1</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs2</STRONG>, <STRONG>rf</STRONG> and <STRONG>rs3</STRONG>, analo-
+ gous to <STRONG>is1</STRONG> <STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>is2</STRONG> <STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>if</STRONG> and <STRONG>is3</STRONG> respectively. These
+ strings are output by the <EM>reset</EM> program, which is used
+ when the terminal gets into a wedged state. Commands are
+ normally placed in <STRONG>rs1</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs2</STRONG> <STRONG>rs3</STRONG> and <STRONG>rf</STRONG> only if they pro-
+ duce annoying effects on the screen and are not necessary
+ when logging in. For example, the command to set the
+ vt100 into 80-column mode would normally be part of <STRONG>is2</STRONG>,
+ but it causes an annoying glitch of the screen and is not
+ normally needed since the terminal is usually already in
+ 80 column mode.
+
+ The <EM>reset</EM> program writes strings including <STRONG>iprog</STRONG>, etc., in
+ the same order as the <EM>init</EM> program, using <STRONG>rs1</STRONG>, etc.,
+ instead of <STRONG>is1</STRONG>, etc. If any of <STRONG>rs1</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs2</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs3</STRONG>, or <STRONG>rf</STRONG> reset
+ capability strings are missing, the <EM>reset</EM> program falls
+ back upon the corresponding initialization capability
+ string.
+
+ If there are commands to set and clear tab stops, they can
+ be given as <STRONG>tbc</STRONG> (clear all tab stops) and <STRONG>hts</STRONG> (set a tab
+ stop in the current column of every row). If a more com-
+ plex sequence is needed to set the tabs than can be
+ described by this, the sequence can be placed in <STRONG>is2</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>if</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>Delays</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Padding</STRONG>
+ Many older and slower terminals do not support either
+ XON/XOFF or DTR handshaking, including hard copy terminals
+ and some very archaic CRTs (including, for example, DEC
+ VT100s). These may require padding characters after cer-
+ tain cursor motions and screen changes.
+
+ If the terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking for flow control
+ (that is, it automatically emits ^S back to the host when
+ its input buffers are close to full), set <STRONG>xon</STRONG>. This capa-
+ bility suppresses the emission of padding. You can also
+ set it for memory-mapped console devices effectively that
+ do not have a speed limit. Padding information should
+ still be included so that routines can make better deci-
+ sions about relative costs, but actual pad characters will
+ not be transmitted.
+
+ If <STRONG>pb</STRONG> (padding baud rate) is given, padding is suppressed
+ at baud rates below the value of <STRONG>pb</STRONG>. If the entry has no
+ padding baud rate, then whether padding is emitted or not
+ is completely controlled by <STRONG>xon</STRONG>.
+
+ If the terminal requires other than a null (zero) charac-
+ ter as a pad, then this can be given as <STRONG>pad</STRONG>. Only the
+ first character of the <STRONG>pad</STRONG> string is used.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Status</STRONG> <STRONG>Lines</STRONG>
+ Some terminals have an extra `status line' which is not
+ normally used by software (and thus not counted in the
+ terminal's <STRONG>lines</STRONG> capability).
+
+ The simplest case is a status line which is cursor-
+ addressable but not part of the main scrolling region on
+ the screen; the Heathkit H19 has a status line of this
+ kind, as would a 24-line VT100 with a 23-line scrolling
+ region set up on initialization. This situation is indi-
+ cated by the <STRONG>hs</STRONG> capability.
+
+ Some terminals with status lines need special sequences to
+ access the status line. These may be expressed as a
+ string with single parameter <STRONG>tsl</STRONG> which takes the cursor to
+ a given zero-origin column on the status line. The capa-
+ bility <STRONG>fsl</STRONG> must return to the main-screen cursor positions
+ before the last <STRONG>tsl</STRONG>. You may need to embed the string
+ values of <STRONG>sc</STRONG> (save cursor) and <STRONG>rc</STRONG> (restore cursor) in <STRONG>tsl</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>fsl</STRONG> to accomplish this.
+
+ The status line is normally assumed to be the same width
+ as the width of the terminal. If this is untrue, you can
+ specify it with the numeric capability <STRONG>wsl</STRONG>.
+
+ A command to erase or blank the status line may be speci-
+ fied as <STRONG>dsl</STRONG>.
+
+ The boolean capability <STRONG>eslok</STRONG> specifies that escape
+ sequences, tabs, etc., work ordinarily in the status line.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> implementation does not yet use any of these
+ capabilities. They are documented here in case they ever
+ become important.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Line</STRONG> <STRONG>Graphics</STRONG>
+ Many terminals have alternate character sets useful for
+ forms-drawing. Terminfo and <STRONG>curses</STRONG> build in support for
+ the drawing characters supported by the VT100, with some
+ characters from the AT&T 4410v1 added. This alternate
+ character set may be specified by the <STRONG>acsc</STRONG> capability.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Glyph</STRONG> <STRONG>ACS</STRONG> <STRONG>Ascii</STRONG> <STRONG>VT100</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Default</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG>
+ UK pound sign ACS_STERLING f }
+ arrow pointing down ACS_DARROW v .
+ arrow pointing left ACS_LARROW < ,
+ arrow pointing right ACS_RARROW > +
+ arrow pointing up ACS_UARROW ^ -
+ board of squares ACS_BOARD # h
+ bullet ACS_BULLET o ~
+ checker board (stipple) ACS_CKBOARD : a
+ degree symbol ACS_DEGREE \ f
+ diamond ACS_DIAMOND + `
+ greater-than-or-equal-to ACS_GEQUAL > z
+ greek pi ACS_PI * {
+ horizontal line ACS_HLINE - q
+ lantern symbol ACS_LANTERN # i
+ large plus or crossover ACS_PLUS + n
+ less-than-or-equal-to ACS_LEQUAL < y
+
+ lower left corner ACS_LLCORNER + m
+ lower right corner ACS_LRCORNER + j
+ not-equal ACS_NEQUAL ! |
+ plus/minus ACS_PLMINUS # g
+ scan line 1 ACS_S1 ~ o
+ scan line 3 ACS_S3 - p
+ scan line 7 ACS_S7 - r
+ scan line 9 ACS_S9 _ s
+ solid square block ACS_BLOCK # 0
+ tee pointing down ACS_TTEE + w
+ tee pointing left ACS_RTEE + u
+ tee pointing right ACS_LTEE + t
+ tee pointing up ACS_BTEE + v
+ upper left corner ACS_ULCORNER + l
+ upper right corner ACS_URCORNER + k
+ vertical line ACS_VLINE | x
+
+ The best way to define a new device's graphics set is to
+ add a column to a copy of this table for your terminal,
+ giving the character which (when emitted between
+ <STRONG>smacs</STRONG>/<STRONG>rmacs</STRONG> switches) will be rendered as the correspond-
+ ing graphic. Then read off the VT100/your terminal char-
+ acter pairs right to left in sequence; these become the
+ ACSC string.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Color</STRONG> <STRONG>Handling</STRONG>
+ Most color terminals are either `Tektronix-like' or `HP-
+ like'. Tektronix-like terminals have a predefined set of
+ N colors (where N usually 8), and can set character-cell
+ foreground and background characters independently, mixing
+ them into N * N color-pairs. On HP-like terminals, the
+ use must set each color pair up separately (foreground and
+ background are not independently settable). Up to M
+ color-pairs may be set up from 2*M different colors.
+ ANSI-compatible terminals are Tektronix-like.
+
+ Some basic color capabilities are independent of the color
+ method. The numeric capabilities <STRONG>colors</STRONG> and <STRONG>pairs</STRONG> specify
+ the maximum numbers of colors and color-pairs that can be
+ displayed simultaneously. The <STRONG>op</STRONG> (original pair) string
+ resets foreground and background colors to their default
+ values for the terminal. The <STRONG>oc</STRONG> string resets all colors
+ or color-pairs to their default values for the terminal.
+ Some terminals (including many PC terminal emulators)
+ erase screen areas with the current background color
+ rather than the power-up default background; these should
+ have the boolean capability <STRONG>bce</STRONG>.
+
+ To change the current foreground or background color on a
+ Tektronix-type terminal, use <STRONG>setaf</STRONG> (set ANSI foreground)
+ and <STRONG>setab</STRONG> (set ANSI background) or <STRONG>setf</STRONG> (set foreground)
+ and <STRONG>setb</STRONG> (set background). These take one parameter, the
+ color number. The SVr4 documentation describes only
+ <STRONG>setaf</STRONG>/<STRONG>setab</STRONG>; the XPG4 draft says that "If the terminal
+ supports ANSI escape sequences to set background and fore-
+ ground, they should be coded as <STRONG>setaf</STRONG> and <STRONG>setab</STRONG>, respec-
+ tively. If the terminal supports other escape sequences
+ to set background and foreground, they should be coded as
+ <STRONG>setf</STRONG> and <STRONG>setb</STRONG>, respectively. The <EM>vidputs()</EM> function and
+ the refresh functions use <STRONG>setaf</STRONG> and <STRONG>setab</STRONG> if they are
+ defined."
+
+ The <STRONG>setaf</STRONG>/<STRONG>setab</STRONG> and <STRONG>setf</STRONG>/<STRONG>setb</STRONG> capabilities take a single
+ numeric argument each. Argument values 0-7 of <STRONG>setaf</STRONG>/<STRONG>setab</STRONG>
+ are portably defined as follows (the middle column is the
+ symbolic #define available in the header for the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> or
+ <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> libraries). The terminal hardware is free to map
+ these as it likes, but the RGB values indicate normal
+ locations in color space.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Color</STRONG> <STRONG>#define</STRONG> <STRONG>Value</STRONG> <STRONG>RGB</STRONG>
+ black <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG> 0 0, 0, 0
+ red <STRONG>COLOR_RED</STRONG> 1 max,0,0
+ green <STRONG>COLOR_GREEN</STRONG> 2 0,max,0
+ yellow <STRONG>COLOR_YELLOW</STRONG> 3 max,max,0
+ blue <STRONG>COLOR_BLUE</STRONG> 4 0,0,max
+ magenta <STRONG>COLOR_MAGENTA</STRONG> 5 max,0,max
+ cyan <STRONG>COLOR_CYAN</STRONG> 6 0,max,max
+ white <STRONG>COLOR_WHITE</STRONG> 7 max,max,max
+
+ The argument values of <STRONG>setf</STRONG>/<STRONG>setb</STRONG> historically correspond
+ to a different mapping, i.e.,
+
+ <STRONG>Color</STRONG> <STRONG>#define</STRONG> <STRONG>Value</STRONG> <STRONG>RGB</STRONG>
+ black <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG> 0 0, 0, 0
+ blue <STRONG>COLOR_BLUE</STRONG> 1 0,0,max
+ green <STRONG>COLOR_GREEN</STRONG> 2 0,max,0
+ cyan <STRONG>COLOR_CYAN</STRONG> 3 0,max,max
+ red <STRONG>COLOR_RED</STRONG> 4 max,0,0
+ magenta <STRONG>COLOR_MAGENTA</STRONG> 5 max,0,max
+ yellow <STRONG>COLOR_YELLOW</STRONG> 6 max,max,0
+ white <STRONG>COLOR_WHITE</STRONG> 7 max,max,max
+ It is important to not confuse the two sets of color capa-
+ bilities; otherwise red/blue will be interchanged on the
+ display.
+
+ On an HP-like terminal, use <STRONG>scp</STRONG> with a color-pair number
+ parameter to set which color pair is current.
+
+ On a Tektronix-like terminal, the capability <STRONG>ccc</STRONG> may be
+ present to indicate that colors can be modified. If so,
+ the <STRONG>initc</STRONG> capability will take a color number (0 to <STRONG>colors</STRONG>
+ - 1)and three more parameters which describe the color.
+ These three parameters default to being interpreted as RGB
+ (Red, Green, Blue) values. If the boolean capability <STRONG>hls</STRONG>
+ is present, they are instead as HLS (Hue, Lightness, Satu-
+ ration) indices. The ranges are terminal-dependent.
+
+ On an HP-like terminal, <STRONG>initp</STRONG> may give a capability for
+ changing a color-pair value. It will take seven parame-
+ ters; a color-pair number (0 to <STRONG>max_pairs</STRONG> - 1), and two
+ triples describing first background and then foreground
+ colors. These parameters must be (Red, Green, Blue) or
+ (Hue, Lightness, Saturation) depending on <STRONG>hls</STRONG>.
+
+ On some color terminals, colors collide with highlights.
+ You can register these collisions with the <STRONG>ncv</STRONG> capability.
+ This is a bit-mask of attributes not to be used when col-
+ ors are enabled. The correspondence with the attributes
+ understood by <STRONG>curses</STRONG> is as follows:
+
+
+ <STRONG>Attribute</STRONG> <STRONG>Bit</STRONG> <STRONG>Decimal</STRONG>
+ A_STANDOUT 0 1
+ A_UNDERLINE 1 2
+ A_REVERSE 2 4
+ A_BLINK 3 8
+ A_DIM 4 16
+ A_BOLD 5 32
+ A_INVIS 6 64
+ A_PROTECT 7 128
+ A_ALTCHARSET 8 256
+
+ For example, on many IBM PC consoles, the underline
+ attribute collides with the foreground color blue and is
+ not available in color mode. These should have an <STRONG>ncv</STRONG>
+ capability of 2.
+
+ SVr4 curses does nothing with <STRONG>ncv</STRONG>, ncurses recognizes it
+ and optimizes the output in favor of colors.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Miscellaneous</STRONG>
+ If the terminal requires other than a null (zero) charac-
+ ter as a pad, then this can be given as pad. Only the
+ first character of the pad string is used. If the termi-
+ nal does not have a pad character, specify npc. Note that
+ ncurses implements the termcap-compatible <STRONG>PC</STRONG> variable;
+ though the application may set this value to something
+ other than a null, ncurses will test <STRONG>npc</STRONG> first and use
+ napms if the terminal has no pad character.
+
+ If the terminal can move up or down half a line, this can
+ be indicated with <STRONG>hu</STRONG> (half-line up) and <STRONG>hd</STRONG> (half-line
+ down). This is primarily useful for superscripts and sub-
+ scripts on hard-copy terminals. If a hard-copy terminal
+ can eject to the next page (form feed), give this as <STRONG>ff</STRONG>
+ (usually control L).
+
+ If there is a command to repeat a given character a given
+ number of times (to save time transmitting a large number
+ of identical characters) this can be indicated with the
+ parameterized string <STRONG>rep</STRONG>. The first parameter is the
+ character to be repeated and the second is the number of
+ times to repeat it. Thus, tparm(repeat_char, 'x', 10) is
+ the same as `xxxxxxxxxx'.
+
+ If the terminal has a settable command character, such as
+ the TEKTRONIX 4025, this can be indicated with <STRONG>cmdch</STRONG>. A
+ prototype command character is chosen which is used in all
+ capabilities. This character is given in the <STRONG>cmdch</STRONG> capa-
+ bility to identify it. The following convention is sup-
+ ported on some UNIX systems: The environment is to be
+ searched for a <STRONG>CC</STRONG> variable, and if found, all occurrences
+ of the prototype character are replaced with the character
+ in the environment variable.
+
+ Terminal descriptions that do not represent a specific
+ kind of known terminal, such as <EM>switch</EM>, <EM>dialup</EM>, <EM>patch</EM>, and
+ <EM>network</EM>, should include the <STRONG>gn</STRONG> (generic) capability so
+ that programs can complain that they do not know how to
+ talk to the terminal. (This capability does not apply to
+ <EM>virtual</EM> terminal descriptions for which the escape
+ sequences are known.)
+
+ If the terminal has a ``meta key'' which acts as a shift
+ key, setting the 8th bit of any character transmitted,
+ this fact can be indicated with <STRONG>km</STRONG>. Otherwise, software
+ will assume that the 8th bit is parity and it will usually
+ be cleared. If strings exist to turn this ``meta mode''
+ on and off, they can be given as <STRONG>smm</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmm</STRONG>.
+
+ If the terminal has more lines of memory than will fit on
+ the screen at once, the number of lines of memory can be
+ indicated with <STRONG>lm</STRONG>. A value of <STRONG>lm</STRONG>#0 indicates that the
+ number of lines is not fixed, but that there is still more
+ memory than fits on the screen.
+
+ If the terminal is one of those supported by the UNIX vir-
+ tual terminal protocol, the terminal number can be given
+ as <STRONG>vt</STRONG>.
+
+ Media copy strings which control an auxiliary printer con-
+ nected to the terminal can be given as <STRONG>mc0</STRONG>: print the con-
+ tents of the screen, <STRONG>mc4</STRONG>: turn off the printer, and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG>:
+ turn on the printer. When the printer is on, all text
+ sent to the terminal will be sent to the printer. It is
+ undefined whether the text is also displayed on the termi-
+ nal screen when the printer is on. A variation <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG> takes
+ one parameter, and leaves the printer on for as many char-
+ acters as the value of the parameter, then turns the
+ printer off. The parameter should not exceed 255. All
+ text, including <STRONG>mc4</STRONG>, is transparently passed to the
+ printer while an <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG> is in effect.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Glitches</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Braindamage</STRONG>
+ Hazeltine terminals, which do not allow `~' characters to
+ be displayed should indicate <STRONG>hz</STRONG>.
+
+ Terminals which ignore a line-feed immediately after an <STRONG>am</STRONG>
+ wrap, such as the Concept and vt100, should indicate <STRONG>xenl</STRONG>.
+
+ If <STRONG>el</STRONG> is required to get rid of standout (instead of
+ merely writing normal text on top of it), <STRONG>xhp</STRONG> should be
+ given.
+
+ Teleray terminals, where tabs turn all characters moved
+ over to blanks, should indicate <STRONG>xt</STRONG> (destructive tabs).
+ Note: the variable indicating this is now
+ `dest_tabs_magic_smso'; in older versions, it was tel-
+ eray_glitch. This glitch is also taken to mean that it is
+ not possible to position the cursor on top of a ``magic
+ cookie'', that to erase standout mode it is instead neces-
+ sary to use delete and insert line. The ncurses implemen-
+ tation ignores this glitch.
+
+ The Beehive Superbee, which is unable to correctly trans-
+ mit the escape or control C characters, has <STRONG>xsb</STRONG>, indicat-
+ ing that the f1 key is used for escape and f2 for control
+ C. (Only certain Superbees have this problem, depending
+ on the ROM.) Note that in older terminfo versions, this
+ capability was called `beehive_glitch'; it is now
+ `no_esc_ctl_c'.
+
+ Other specific terminal problems may be corrected by
+ adding more capabilities of the form <STRONG>x</STRONG><EM>x</EM>.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Similar</STRONG> <STRONG>Terminals</STRONG>
+ If there are two very similar terminals, one (the variant)
+ can be defined as being just like the other (the base)
+ with certain exceptions. In the definition of the vari-
+ ant, the string capability <STRONG>use</STRONG> can be given with the name
+ of the base terminal. The capabilities given before <STRONG>use</STRONG>
+ override those in the base type named by <STRONG>use</STRONG>. If there
+ are multiple <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities, they are merged in reverse
+ order. That is, the rightmost <STRONG>use</STRONG> reference is processed
+ first, then the one to its left, and so forth. Capabili-
+ ties given explicitly in the entry override those brought
+ in by <STRONG>use</STRONG> references.
+
+ A capability can be canceled by placing <STRONG>xx@</STRONG> to the left of
+ the use reference that imports it, where <EM>xx</EM> is the capa-
+ bility. For example, the entry
+
+ 2621-nl, smkx@, rmkx@, use=2621,
+
+ defines a 2621-nl that does not have the <STRONG>smkx</STRONG> or <STRONG>rmkx</STRONG>
+ capabilities, and hence does not turn on the function key
+ labels when in visual mode. This is useful for different
+ modes for a terminal, or for different user preferences.
+
+
+ <STRONG>Pitfalls</STRONG> <STRONG>of</STRONG> <STRONG>Long</STRONG> <STRONG>Entries</STRONG>
+ Long terminfo entries are unlikely to be a problem; to
+ date, no entry has even approached terminfo's 4096-byte
+ string-table maximum. Unfortunately, the termcap transla-
+ tions are much more strictly limited (to 1023 bytes), thus
+ termcap translations of long terminfo entries can cause
+ problems.
+
+ The man pages for 4.3BSD and older versions of <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG>
+ instruct the user to allocate a 1024-byte buffer for the
+ termcap entry. The entry gets null-terminated by the
+ termcap library, so that makes the maximum safe length for
+ a termcap entry 1k-1 (1023) bytes. Depending on what the
+ application and the termcap library being used does, and
+ where in the termcap file the terminal type that <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG>
+ is searching for is, several bad things can happen.
+
+ Some termcap libraries print a warning message or exit if
+ they find an entry that's longer than 1023 bytes; others
+ do not; others truncate the entries to 1023 bytes. Some
+ application programs allocate more than the recommended 1K
+ for the termcap entry; others do not.
+
+ Each termcap entry has two important sizes associated with
+ it: before "tc" expansion, and after "tc" expansion. "tc"
+ is the capability that tacks on another termcap entry to
+ the end of the current one, to add on its capabilities.
+ If a termcap entry does not use the "tc" capability, then
+ of course the two lengths are the same.
+
+ The "before tc expansion" length is the most important
+ one, because it affects more than just users of that par-
+ ticular terminal. This is the length of the entry as it
+ exists in /etc/termcap, minus the backslash-newline pairs,
+ which <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG> strips out while reading it. Some termcap
+ libraries strip off the final newline, too (GNU termcap
+ does not). Now suppose:
+
+ * a termcap entry before expansion is more than 1023
+ bytes long,
+
+ * and the application has only allocated a 1k buffer,
+
+ * and the termcap library (like the one in BSD/OS 1.1
+ and GNU) reads the whole entry into the buffer, no
+ matter what its length, to see if it is the entry it
+ wants,
+
+ * and <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG> is searching for a terminal type that
+ either is the long entry, appears in the termcap file
+ after the long entry, or does not appear in the file
+ at all (so that <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG> has to search the whole
+ termcap file).
+
+ Then <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG> will overwrite memory, perhaps its stack,
+ and probably core dump the program. Programs like telnet
+ are particularly vulnerable; modern telnets pass along
+ values like the terminal type automatically. The results
+ are almost as undesirable with a termcap library, like
+ SunOS 4.1.3 and Ultrix 4.4, that prints warning messages
+ when it reads an overly long termcap entry. If a termcap
+ library truncates long entries, like OSF/1 3.0, it is
+ immune to dying here but will return incorrect data for
+ the terminal.
+
+ The "after tc expansion" length will have a similar effect
+ to the above, but only for people who actually set TERM to
+ that terminal type, since <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG> only does "tc" expan-
+ sion once it is found the terminal type it was looking
+ for, not while searching.
+
+ In summary, a termcap entry that is longer than 1023 bytes
+ can cause, on various combinations of termcap libraries
+ and applications, a core dump, warnings, or incorrect
+ operation. If it is too long even before "tc" expansion,
+ it will have this effect even for users of some other ter-
+ minal types and users whose TERM variable does not have a
+ termcap entry.
+
+ When in -C (translate to termcap) mode, the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> imple-
+ mentation of <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG> issues warning messages when the pre-
+ tc length of a termcap translation is too long. The -c
+ (check) option also checks resolved (after tc expansion)
+ lengths.
+
+ <STRONG>Binary</STRONG> <STRONG>Compatibility</STRONG>
+ It is not wise to count on portability of binary terminfo
+ entries between commercial UNIX versions. The problem is
+ that there are at least two versions of terminfo (under
+ HP-UX and AIX) which diverged from System V terminfo after
+ SVr1, and have added extension capabilities to the string
+ table that (in the binary format) collide with System V
+ and XSI Curses extensions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+ Some SVr4 <STRONG>curses</STRONG> implementations, and all previous to
+ SVr4, do not interpret the %A and %O operators in parame-
+ ter strings.
+
+ SVr4/XPG4 do not specify whether <STRONG>msgr</STRONG> licenses movement
+ while in an alternate-character-set mode (such modes may,
+ among other things, map CR and NL to characters that do
+ not trigger local motions). The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> implementation
+ ignores <STRONG>msgr</STRONG> in <STRONG>ALTCHARSET</STRONG> mode. This raises the possi-
+ bility that an XPG4 implementation making the opposite
+ interpretation may need terminfo entries made for <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+ to have <STRONG>msgr</STRONG> turned off.
+
+ The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library handles insert-character and insert-
+ character modes in a slightly non-standard way to get bet-
+ ter update efficiency. See the <STRONG>Insert/Delete</STRONG> <STRONG>Character</STRONG>
+ subsection above.
+
+ The parameter substitutions for <STRONG>set_clock</STRONG> and <STRONG>dis-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>play_clock</STRONG> are not documented in SVr4 or the XSI Curses
+ standard. They are deduced from the documentation for the
+ AT&T 505 terminal.
+
+ Be careful assigning the <STRONG>kmous</STRONG> capability. The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+ wants to interpret it as <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG>, for use by terminals
+ and emulators like xterm that can return mouse-tracking
+ information in the keyboard-input stream.
+
+ Different commercial ports of terminfo and curses support
+ different subsets of the XSI Curses standard and (in some
+ cases) different extension sets. Here is a summary, accu-
+ rate as of October 1995:
+
+ <STRONG>SVR4,</STRONG> <STRONG>Solaris,</STRONG> <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> -- These support all SVr4 capabili-
+ ties.
+
+ <STRONG>SGI</STRONG> -- Supports the SVr4 set, adds one undocumented
+ extended string capability (<STRONG>set_pglen</STRONG>).
+
+ <STRONG>SVr1,</STRONG> <STRONG>Ultrix</STRONG> -- These support a restricted subset of ter-
+ minfo capabilities. The booleans end with <STRONG>xon_xoff</STRONG>; the
+ numerics with <STRONG>width_status_line</STRONG>; and the strings with
+ <STRONG>prtr_non</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>HP/UX</STRONG> -- Supports the SVr1 subset, plus the SVr[234]
+ numerics <STRONG>num_labels</STRONG>, <STRONG>label_height</STRONG>, <STRONG>label_width</STRONG>, plus func-
+ tion keys 11 through 63, plus <STRONG>plab_norm</STRONG>, <STRONG>label_on</STRONG>, and
+ <STRONG>label_off</STRONG>, plus some incompatible extensions in the string
+ table.
+
+ <STRONG>AIX</STRONG> -- Supports the SVr1 subset, plus function keys 11
+ through 63, plus a number of incompatible string table
+ extensions.
+
+ <STRONG>OSF</STRONG> -- Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ /usr/share/terminfo/?/* files containing terminal
+ descriptions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3.html">printf(3)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+ Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.
+ Based on pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html b/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3103ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: tic.1m,v 1.44 2006/12/24 17:59:11 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>tic 1m</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>tic 1m</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>tic</STRONG> - the <EM>terminfo</EM> entry-description compiler
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>tic</STRONG> [<STRONG>-1CGILNTUVacfgrstx</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>names</EM>] [<STRONG>-o</STRONG> <EM>dir</EM>] [<STRONG>-R</STRONG> <EM>subset</EM>]
+ [<STRONG>-v</STRONG>[<EM>n</EM>]] [<STRONG>-w</STRONG>[<EM>n</EM>]] <EM>file</EM>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The command <STRONG>tic</STRONG> translates a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> file from source
+ format into compiled format. The compiled format is nec-
+ essary for use with the library routines in <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ The results are normally placed in the system terminfo
+ directory <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>. There are two ways to
+ change this behavior.
+
+ First, you may override the system default by setting the
+ variable <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> in your shell environment to a valid
+ (existing) directory name.
+
+ Secondly, if <STRONG>tic</STRONG> cannot get access to <EM>/usr/share/terminfo</EM>
+ or your TERMINFO directory, it looks for the directory
+ <EM>$HOME/.terminfo</EM>; if that directory exists, the entry is
+ placed there.
+
+ Libraries that read terminfo entries are expected to check
+ for a TERMINFO directory first, look at <EM>$HOME/.terminfo</EM> if
+ TERMINFO is not set, and finally look in <EM>/usr/share/ter-</EM>
+ <EM>minfo</EM>.
+
+ <STRONG>-1</STRONG> restricts the output to a single column
+
+ <STRONG>-a</STRONG> tells <STRONG>tic</STRONG> to retain commented-out capabilities
+ rather than discarding them. Capabilities are com-
+ mented by prefixing them with a period. This sets
+ the <STRONG>-x</STRONG> option, because it treats the commented-out
+ entries as user-defined names. If the source is
+ termcap, accept the 2-character names required by
+ version 6. Otherwise these are ignored.
+
+ <STRONG>-C</STRONG> Force source translation to termcap format. Note:
+ this differs from the <STRONG>-C</STRONG> option of <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG> in
+ that it does not merely translate capability names,
+ but also translates terminfo strings to termcap
+ format. Capabilities that are not translatable are
+ left in the entry under their terminfo names but
+ commented out with two preceding dots.
+
+ <STRONG>-c</STRONG> tells <STRONG>tic</STRONG> to only check <EM>file</EM> for errors, including
+ syntax problems and bad use links. If you specify
+ <STRONG>-C</STRONG> (<STRONG>-I</STRONG>) with this option, the code will print warn-
+ ings about entries which, after use resolution, are
+ more than 1023 (4096) bytes long. Due to a fixed
+ buffer length in older termcap libraries (and a
+ documented limit in terminfo), these entries may
+ cause core dumps.
+
+ <STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>names</EM>
+ Limit writes and translations to the following
+ comma-separated list of terminals. If any name or
+ alias of a terminal matches one of the names in the
+ list, the entry will be written or translated as
+ normal. Otherwise no output will be generated for
+ it. The option value is interpreted as a file con-
+ taining the list if it contains a '/'. (Note:
+ depending on how tic was compiled, this option may
+ require <STRONG>-I</STRONG> or <STRONG>-C</STRONG>.)
+
+ <STRONG>-f</STRONG> Display complex terminfo strings which contain
+ if/then/else/endif expressions indented for read-
+ ability.
+
+ <STRONG>-G</STRONG> Display constant literals in decimal form rather
+ than their character equivalents.
+
+ <STRONG>-g</STRONG> Display constant character literals in quoted form
+ rather than their decimal equivalents.
+
+ <STRONG>-I</STRONG> Force source translation to terminfo format.
+
+ <STRONG>-L</STRONG> Force source translation to terminfo format using
+ the long C variable names listed in <<STRONG>term.h</STRONG>>
+
+ <STRONG>-N</STRONG> Disable smart defaults. Normally, when translating
+ from termcap to terminfo, the compiler makes a num-
+ ber of assumptions about the defaults of string
+ capabilities <STRONG>reset1_string</STRONG>, <STRONG>carriage_return</STRONG>, <STRONG>cur-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>sor_left</STRONG>, <STRONG>cursor_down</STRONG>, <STRONG>scroll_forward</STRONG>, <STRONG>tab</STRONG>, <STRONG>new-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>line</STRONG>, <STRONG>key_backspace</STRONG>, <STRONG>key_left</STRONG>, and <STRONG>key_down</STRONG>, then
+ attempts to use obsolete termcap capabilities to
+ deduce correct values. It also normally suppresses
+ output of obsolete termcap capabilities such as <STRONG>bs</STRONG>.
+ This option forces a more literal translation that
+ also preserves the obsolete capabilities.
+
+ <STRONG>-o</STRONG><EM>dir</EM> Write compiled entries to given directory. Over-
+ rides the TERMINFO environment variable.
+
+ <STRONG>-R</STRONG><EM>subset</EM>
+ Restrict output to a given subset. This option is
+ for use with archaic versions of terminfo like
+ those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX that do not support
+ the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and out-
+ right broken ports like AIX 3.x that have their own
+ extensions incompatible with SVr4/XSI. Available
+ subsets are "SVr1", "Ultrix", "HP", "BSD" and
+ "AIX"; see <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> for details.
+
+ <STRONG>-r</STRONG> Force entry resolution (so there are no remaining
+ tc capabilities) even when doing translation to
+ termcap format. This may be needed if you are
+ preparing a termcap file for a termcap library
+ (such as GNU termcap through version 1.3 or BSD
+ termcap through 4.3BSD) that does not handle multi-
+ ple tc capabilities per entry.
+
+ <STRONG>-s</STRONG> Summarize the compile by showing the directory into
+ which entries are written, and the number of
+ entries which are compiled.
+
+ <STRONG>-T</STRONG> eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text.
+ This is mainly useful for testing and analysis,
+ since the compiled descriptions are limited (e.g.,
+ 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
+
+ <STRONG>-t</STRONG> tells <STRONG>tic</STRONG> to discard commented-out capabilities.
+ Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap,
+ untranslatable capabilities are commented-out.
+
+ <STRONG>-U</STRONG> tells <STRONG>tic</STRONG> to not post-process the data after parsing
+ the source file. Normally, it infers data which is
+ commonly missing in older terminfo data, or in term-
+ caps.
+
+ <STRONG>-V</STRONG> reports the version of ncurses which was used in this
+ program, and exits.
+
+ <STRONG>-v</STRONG><EM>n</EM> specifies that (verbose) output be written to stan-
+ dard error trace information showing <STRONG>tic</STRONG>'s progress.
+ The optional parameter <EM>n</EM> is a number from 1 to 10,
+ inclusive, indicating the desired level of detail of
+ information. If <EM>n</EM> is omitted, the default level is
+ 1. If <EM>n</EM> is specified and greater than 1, the level
+ of detail is increased.
+
+ <STRONG>-w</STRONG><EM>n</EM> specifies the width of the output. The parameter is
+ optional. If it is omitted, it defaults to 60.
+
+ <STRONG>-x</STRONG> Treat unknown capabilities as user-defined. That is,
+ if you supply a capability name which <STRONG>tic</STRONG> does not
+ recognize, it will infer its type (boolean, number or
+ string) from the syntax and make an extended table
+ entry for that. User-defined capability strings
+ whose name begins with ``k'' are treated as function
+ keys.
+
+ <EM>file</EM> contains one or more <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> terminal descriptions
+ in source format [see <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>]. Each description
+ in the file describes the capabilities of a particu-
+ lar terminal.
+
+ The debug flag levels are as follows:
+
+ 1 Names of files created and linked
+
+ 2 Information related to the ``use'' facility
+
+ 3 Statistics from the hashing algorithm
+
+ 5 String-table memory allocations
+
+ 7 Entries into the string-table
+
+ 8 List of tokens encountered by scanner
+
+ 9 All values computed in construction of the hash ta-
+ ble
+
+ If the debug level <EM>n</EM> is not given, it is taken to be one.
+
+ All but one of the capabilities recognized by <STRONG>tic</STRONG> are doc-
+ umented in <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>. The exception is the <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabil-
+ ity.
+
+ When a <STRONG>use</STRONG>=<EM>entry</EM>-<EM>name</EM> field is discovered in a terminal
+ entry currently being compiled, <STRONG>tic</STRONG> reads in the binary
+ from <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG> to complete the entry. (Entries
+ created from <EM>file</EM> will be used first. If the environment
+ variable <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is set, that directory is searched
+ instead of <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>.) <STRONG>tic</STRONG> duplicates the capa-
+ bilities in <EM>entry</EM>-<EM>name</EM> for the current entry, with the
+ exception of those capabilities that explicitly are
+ defined in the current entry.
+
+ When an entry, e.g., <STRONG>entry_name_1</STRONG>, contains a
+ <STRONG>use=</STRONG><EM>entry</EM>_<EM>name</EM>_<EM>2</EM> field, any canceled capabilities in
+ <EM>entry</EM>_<EM>name</EM>_<EM>2</EM> must also appear in <STRONG>entry_name_1</STRONG> before <STRONG>use=</STRONG>
+ for these capabilities to be canceled in <STRONG>entry_name_1</STRONG>.
+
+ If the environment variable <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is set, the compiled
+ results are placed there instead of <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>.
+
+ Total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes. The name
+ field cannot exceed 512 bytes. Terminal names exceeding
+ the maximum alias length (32 characters on systems with
+ long filenames, 14 characters otherwise) will be truncated
+ to the maximum alias length and a warning message will be
+ printed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>COMPATIBILITY</H2><PRE>
+ There is some evidence that historic <STRONG>tic</STRONG> implementations
+ treated description fields with no whitespace in them as
+ additional aliases or short names. This <STRONG>tic</STRONG> does not do
+ that, but it does warn when description fields may be
+ treated that way and check them for dangerous characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+ Unlike the stock SVr4 <STRONG>tic</STRONG> command, this implementation can
+ actually compile termcap sources. In fact, entries in
+ terminfo and termcap syntax can be mixed in a single
+ source file. See <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> for the list of termcap
+ names taken to be equivalent to terminfo names.
+
+ The SVr4 manual pages are not clear on the resolution
+ rules for <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities. This implementation of <STRONG>tic</STRONG>
+ will find <STRONG>use</STRONG> targets anywhere in the source file, or any-
+ where in the file tree rooted at <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> (if <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is
+ defined), or in the user's <EM>$HOME/.terminfo</EM> directory (if
+ it exists), or (finally) anywhere in the system's file
+ tree of compiled entries.
+
+ The error messages from this <STRONG>tic</STRONG> have the same format as
+ GNU C error messages, and can be parsed by GNU Emacs's
+ compile facility.
+
+ The <STRONG>-C</STRONG>, <STRONG>-G</STRONG>, <STRONG>-I</STRONG>, <STRONG>-N</STRONG>, <STRONG>-R</STRONG>, <STRONG>-T</STRONG>, <STRONG>-V</STRONG>, <STRONG>-a</STRONG>, <STRONG>-e</STRONG>, <STRONG>-f</STRONG>, <STRONG>-g</STRONG>, <STRONG>-o</STRONG>, <STRONG>-r</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>-s</STRONG>, <STRONG>-t</STRONG> and <STRONG>-x</STRONG> options are not supported under SVr4. The
+ SVr4 <STRONG>-c</STRONG> mode does not report bad use links.
+
+ System V does not compile entries to or read entries from
+ your <EM>$HOME/.terminfo</EM> directory unless TERMINFO is explic-
+ itly set to it.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/?/*</STRONG>
+ Compiled terminal description database.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html b/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f4372f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: toe.1m,v 1.21 2008/01/05 20:57:16 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>toe 1m</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>toe 1m</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>toe</STRONG> - table of (terminfo) entries
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>toe</STRONG> [<STRONG>-v</STRONG>[<EM>n</EM>]] [<STRONG>-ahuUV</STRONG>] <EM>file...</EM>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ With no options, <STRONG>toe</STRONG> lists all available terminal types by
+ primary name with descriptions. File arguments specify
+ the directories to be scanned; if no such arguments are
+ given, your default terminfo directory is scanned. If you
+ also specify the <STRONG>-h</STRONG> option, a directory header will be
+ issued as each directory is entered.
+
+ There are other options intended for use by terminfo file
+ maintainers:
+
+ <STRONG>-a</STRONG> report on all of the terminal databases which
+ ncurses would search, rather than only the first
+ one that it finds.
+
+ <STRONG>-u</STRONG> <EM>file</EM>
+ says to write a report to the standard output,
+ listing dependencies in the given terminfo/termcap
+ source file. The report condenses the `use' rela-
+ tion: each line consists of the primary name of a
+ terminal that has use capabilities, followed by a
+ colon, followed by the whitespace-separated primary
+ names of all terminals which occur in those use
+ capabilities, followed by a newline
+
+ <STRONG>-U</STRONG> <EM>file</EM>
+ says to write a report to the standard output,
+ listing reverse dependencies in the given ter-
+ minfo/termcap source file. The report reverses the
+ `use' relation: each line consists of the primary
+ name of a terminal that occurs in use capabilities,
+ followed by a colon, followed by the whitespace-
+ separated primary names of all terminals which
+ depend on it, followed by a newline.
+
+ <STRONG>-v</STRONG><EM>n</EM> specifies that (verbose) output be written to stan-
+ dard error, showing <STRONG>toe</STRONG>'s progress. The optional
+ parameter <EM>n</EM> is a number from 1 to 10, interpreted
+ as for <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>-V</STRONG> reports the version of ncurses which was used in
+ this program, and exits.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/?/*</STRONG>
+ Compiled terminal description database.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>,
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/tput.1.html b/doc/html/man/tput.1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d31aa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/tput.1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ * t
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: tput.1,v 1.27 2006/12/24 18:11:31 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>tput 1</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>tput 1</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="tput.1.html">tput(1)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="tput.1.html">tput(1)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset</STRONG> - initialize a terminal or query terminfo
+ database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <EM>capname</EM> [<EM>parms</EM> ... ]
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <STRONG>init</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <STRONG>reset</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <STRONG>longname</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-S</STRONG> <STRONG><<</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-V</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>tput</STRONG> utility uses the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database to make the
+ values of terminal-dependent capabilities and information
+ available to the shell (see <STRONG><A HREF="sh.1.html">sh(1)</A></STRONG>), to initialize or reset
+ the terminal, or return the long name of the requested
+ terminal type. The result depends upon the capability's
+ type:
+
+ string
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> writes the string to the standard output.
+ No trailing newline is supplied.
+
+ integer
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> writes the decimal value to the standard
+ output, with a trailing newline.
+
+ boolean
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> simply sets the exit code (<STRONG>0</STRONG> for TRUE if
+ the terminal has the capability, <STRONG>1</STRONG> for FALSE
+ if it does not), and writes nothing to the
+ standard output.
+
+ Before using a value returned on the standard output, the
+ application should test the exit code (e.g., <STRONG>$?</STRONG>, see
+ <STRONG><A HREF="sh.1.html">sh(1)</A></STRONG>) to be sure it is <STRONG>0</STRONG>. (See the <STRONG>EXIT</STRONG> <STRONG>CODES</STRONG> and <STRONG>DIAG-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>NOSTICS</STRONG> sections.) For a complete list of capabilities
+ and the <EM>capname</EM> associated with each, see <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM> indicates the <EM>type</EM> of terminal. Normally this
+ option is unnecessary, because the default is taken
+ from the environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>. If <STRONG>-T</STRONG> is spec-
+ ified, then the shell variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG>
+ will be ignored,and the operating system will not
+ be queried for the actual screen size.
+
+ <EM>capname</EM>
+ indicates the capability from the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
+ database. When <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> support is compiled in, the
+ <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> name for the capability is also accepted.
+
+ <EM>parms</EM> If the capability is a string that takes parame-
+ ters, the arguments <EM>parms</EM> will be instantiated into
+ the string.
+
+ Most parameters are numbers. Only a few terminfo
+ capabilities require string parameters; <STRONG>tput</STRONG> uses a
+ table to decide which to pass as strings. Normally
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> uses <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> (3x) to perform the substitution.
+ If no parameters are given for the capability, <STRONG>tput</STRONG>
+ writes the string without performing the
+ substitution.
+
+ <STRONG>-S</STRONG> allows more than one capability per invocation of
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG>. The capabilities must be passed to <STRONG>tput</STRONG> from
+ the standard input instead of from the command line
+ (see example). Only one <EM>capname</EM> is allowed per
+ line. The <STRONG>-S</STRONG> option changes the meaning of the <STRONG>0</STRONG>
+ and <STRONG>1</STRONG> boolean and string exit codes (see the EXIT
+ CODES section).
+
+ Again, <STRONG>tput</STRONG> uses a table and the presence of param-
+ eters in its input to decide whether to use <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>
+ (3x), and how to interpret the parameters.
+
+ <STRONG>-V</STRONG> reports the version of ncurses which was used in
+ this program, and exits.
+
+ <STRONG>init</STRONG> If the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database is present and an entry
+ for the user's terminal exists (see <STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>, above),
+ the following will occur:
+
+ (1) if present, the terminal's initialization
+ strings will be output as detailed in the
+ <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> section on <EM>Tabs</EM> <EM>and</EM> <EM>Initializa-</EM>
+ <EM>tion</EM>,
+
+ (2) any delays (e.g., newline) specified in the
+ entry will be set in the tty driver,
+
+ (3) tabs expansion will be turned on or off
+ according to the specification in the entry,
+ and
+
+ (4) if tabs are not expanded, standard tabs will
+ be set (every 8 spaces).
+
+ If an entry does not contain the information needed
+ for any of the four above activities, that activity
+ will silently be skipped.
+
+ <STRONG>reset</STRONG> Instead of putting out initialization strings, the
+ terminal's reset strings will be output if present
+ (<STRONG>rs1</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs2</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs3</STRONG>, <STRONG>rf</STRONG>). If the reset strings are not
+ present, but initialization strings are, the ini-
+ tialization strings will be output. Otherwise,
+ <STRONG>reset</STRONG> acts identically to <STRONG>init</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>longname</STRONG>
+ If the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database is present and an entry
+ for the user's terminal exists (see <STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM> above),
+ then the long name of the terminal will be put out.
+ The long name is the last name in the first line of
+ the terminal's description in the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database
+ [see <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>].
+
+ If <STRONG>tput</STRONG> is invoked by a link named <STRONG>reset</STRONG>, this has the
+ same effect as <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>reset</STRONG>. See <STRONG>tset</STRONG> for comparison, which
+ has similar behavior.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXAMPLES</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>init</STRONG>
+ Initialize the terminal according to the type of ter-
+ minal in the environmental variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>. This com-
+ mand should be included in everyone's .profile after
+ the environmental variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> has been exported, as
+ illustrated on the <STRONG><A HREF="profile.5.html">profile(5)</A></STRONG> manual page.
+
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-T5620</STRONG> <STRONG>reset</STRONG>
+ Reset an AT&T 5620 terminal, overriding the type of
+ terminal in the environmental variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>cup</STRONG> <STRONG>0</STRONG> <STRONG>0</STRONG>
+ Send the sequence to move the cursor to row <STRONG>0</STRONG>, column
+ <STRONG>0</STRONG> (the upper left corner of the screen, usually known
+ as the "home" cursor position).
+
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>clear</STRONG>
+ Echo the clear-screen sequence for the current termi-
+ nal.
+
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>cols</STRONG>
+ Print the number of columns for the current terminal.
+
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-T450</STRONG> <STRONG>cols</STRONG>
+ Print the number of columns for the 450 terminal.
+
+ <STRONG>bold=`tput</STRONG> <STRONG>smso`</STRONG> <STRONG>offbold=`tput</STRONG> <STRONG>rmso`</STRONG>
+ Set the shell variables <STRONG>bold</STRONG>, to begin stand-out mode
+ sequence, and <STRONG>offbold</STRONG>, to end standout mode sequence,
+ for the current terminal. This might be followed by
+ a prompt: <STRONG>echo</STRONG> <STRONG>"${bold}Please</STRONG> <STRONG>type</STRONG> <STRONG>in</STRONG> <STRONG>your</STRONG> <STRONG>name:</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>${offbold}\c"</STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>hc</STRONG>
+ Set exit code to indicate if the current terminal is
+ a hard copy terminal.
+
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>cup</STRONG> <STRONG>23</STRONG> <STRONG>4</STRONG>
+ Send the sequence to move the cursor to row 23, col-
+ umn 4.
+
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>cup</STRONG>
+ Send the terminfo string for cursor-movement, with no
+ parameters substituted.
+
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>longname</STRONG>
+ Print the long name from the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database for
+ the type of terminal specified in the environmental
+ variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-S</STRONG> <STRONG><<!</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>></STRONG> <STRONG>clear</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>></STRONG> <STRONG>cup</STRONG> <STRONG>10</STRONG> <STRONG>10</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>></STRONG> <STRONG>bold</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>></STRONG> <STRONG>!</STRONG>
+
+ This example shows <STRONG>tput</STRONG> processing several capabili-
+ ties in one invocation. It clears the screen, moves
+ the cursor to position 10, 10 and turns on bold
+ (extra bright) mode. The list is terminated by an
+ exclamation mark (<STRONG>!</STRONG>) on a line by itself.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>
+ compiled terminal description database
+
+ <STRONG>/usr/share/tabset/*</STRONG>
+ tab settings for some terminals, in a format appro-
+ priate to be output to the terminal (escape
+ sequences that set margins and tabs); for more
+ information, see the "Tabs and Initialization" sec-
+ tion of <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXIT CODES</H2><PRE>
+ If the <STRONG>-S</STRONG> option is used, <STRONG>tput</STRONG> checks for errors from each
+ line, and if any errors are found, will set the exit code
+ to 4 plus the number of lines with errors. If no errors
+ are found, the exit code is <STRONG>0</STRONG>. No indication of which
+ line failed can be given so exit code <STRONG>1</STRONG> will never appear.
+ Exit codes <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>3</STRONG>, and <STRONG>4</STRONG> retain their usual interpretation.
+ If the <STRONG>-S</STRONG> option is not used, the exit code depends on the
+ type of <EM>capname</EM>:
+
+ <EM>boolean</EM>
+ a value of <STRONG>0</STRONG> is set for TRUE and <STRONG>1</STRONG> for FALSE.
+
+ <EM>string</EM> a value of <STRONG>0</STRONG> is set if the <EM>capname</EM> is defined
+ for this terminal <EM>type</EM> (the value of <EM>capname</EM>
+ is returned on standard output); a value of <STRONG>1</STRONG>
+ is set if <EM>capname</EM> is not defined for this ter-
+ minal <EM>type</EM> (nothing is written to standard
+ output).
+
+ <EM>integer</EM>
+ a value of <STRONG>0</STRONG> is always set, whether or not
+ <EM>capname</EM> is defined for this terminal <EM>type</EM>. To
+ determine if <EM>capname</EM> is defined for this ter-
+ minal <EM>type</EM>, the user must test the value writ-
+ ten to standard output. A value of <STRONG>-1</STRONG> means
+ that <EM>capname</EM> is not defined for this terminal
+ <EM>type</EM>.
+
+ <EM>other</EM> <STRONG>reset</STRONG> or <STRONG>init</STRONG> may fail to find their respec-
+ tive files. In that case, the exit code is
+ set to 4 + <STRONG>errno</STRONG>.
+
+ Any other exit code indicates an error; see the DIAGNOS-
+ TICS section.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DIAGNOSTICS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> prints the following error messages and sets the cor-
+ responding exit codes.
+
+
+ exit code error message
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ <STRONG>0</STRONG> (<EM>capname</EM> is a numeric variable that is not specified in
+ the <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> database for this terminal type, e.g.
+ <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-T450</STRONG> <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-T2621</STRONG> <STRONG>xmc</STRONG>)
+ <STRONG>1</STRONG> no error message is printed, see the <STRONG>EXIT</STRONG> <STRONG>CODES</STRONG> section.
+ <STRONG>2</STRONG> usage error
+ <STRONG>3</STRONG> unknown terminal <EM>type</EM> or no <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database
+ <STRONG>4</STRONG> unknown <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> capability <EM>capname</EM>
+ <STRONG>>4</STRONG> error occurred in -S
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>longname</STRONG> and <STRONG>-S</STRONG> options, and the parameter-substitu-
+ tion features used in the <STRONG>cup</STRONG> example, are not supported
+ in BSD curses or in AT&T/USL curses before SVr4.
+
+ X/Open documents only the operands for <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>init</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>reset</STRONG>. In this implementation, <STRONG>clear</STRONG> is part of the <EM>cap-</EM>
+ <EM>name</EM> support. Other implementations of <STRONG>tput</STRONG> on SVr4-based
+ systems such as Solaris, IRIX64 and HPUX as well as others
+ such as AIX and Tru64 provide support for <EM>capname</EM>
+ operands. A few platforms such as FreeBSD and NetBSD rec-
+ ognize termcap names rather than terminfo capability names
+ in their respective <STRONG>tput</STRONG> commands.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="clear.1.html">clear(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="stty.1.html">stty(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tabs.1.html">tabs(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="tput.1.html">tput(1)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/tset.1.html b/doc/html/man/tset.1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..951fd0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/tset.1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * @Id: tset.1,v 1.19 2006/12/24 15:00:30 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>tset 1</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>tset 1</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="tset.1.html">tset(1)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="tset.1.html">tset(1)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>tset</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset</STRONG> - terminal initialization
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>tset</STRONG> [<STRONG>-IQVcqrsw</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-i</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-k</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-m</STRONG> <EM>mapping</EM>]
+ [<EM>terminal</EM>]
+ <STRONG>reset</STRONG> [<STRONG>-IQVcqrsw</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-i</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-k</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-m</STRONG> <EM>mapping</EM>]
+ [<EM>terminal</EM>]
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>Tset</STRONG> initializes terminals. <STRONG>Tset</STRONG> first determines the
+ type of terminal that you are using. This determination
+ is done as follows, using the first terminal type found.
+
+ 1. The <STRONG>terminal</STRONG> argument specified on the command line.
+
+ 2. The value of the <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> environmental variable.
+
+ 3. (BSD systems only.) The terminal type associated with
+ the standard error output device in the <EM>/etc/ttys</EM> file.
+ (On Linux and System-V-like UNIXes, <EM>getty</EM> does this job by
+ setting <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> according to the type passed to it by
+ <EM>/etc/inittab</EM>.)
+
+ 4. The default terminal type, ``unknown''.
+
+ If the terminal type was not specified on the command-
+ line, the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option mappings are then applied (see the
+ section <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>TYPE</STRONG> <STRONG>MAPPING</STRONG> for more information).
+ Then, if the terminal type begins with a question mark
+ (``?''), the user is prompted for confirmation of the ter-
+ minal type. An empty response confirms the type, or,
+ another type can be entered to specify a new type. Once
+ the terminal type has been determined, the terminfo entry
+ for the terminal is retrieved. If no terminfo entry is
+ found for the type, the user is prompted for another ter-
+ minal type.
+
+ Once the terminfo entry is retrieved, the window size,
+ backspace, interrupt and line kill characters (among many
+ other things) are set and the terminal and tab initializa-
+ tion strings are sent to the standard error output.
+ Finally, if the erase, interrupt and line kill characters
+ have changed, or are not set to their default values,
+ their values are displayed to the standard error output.
+ Use the <STRONG>-c</STRONG> or <STRONG>-w</STRONG> option to select only the window sizing
+ versus the other initialization. If neither option is
+ given, both are assumed.
+
+ When invoked as <STRONG>reset</STRONG>, <STRONG>tset</STRONG> sets cooked and echo modes,
+ turns off cbreak and raw modes, turns on newline transla-
+ tion and resets any unset special characters to their
+ default values before doing the terminal initialization
+ described above. This is useful after a program dies
+ leaving a terminal in an abnormal state. Note, you may
+ have to type
+
+ <STRONG><LF>reset<LF></STRONG>
+
+ (the line-feed character is normally control-J) to get the
+ terminal to work, as carriage-return may no longer work in
+ the abnormal state. Also, the terminal will often not
+ echo the command.
+
+ The options are as follows:
+
+ <STRONG>-c</STRONG> Set control characters and modes. <STRONG>-e</STRONG> Set the erase
+ character to <EM>ch</EM>.
+
+ <STRONG>-I</STRONG> Do not send the terminal or tab initialization
+ strings to the terminal.
+
+ <STRONG>-i</STRONG> Set the interrupt character to <EM>ch</EM>.
+
+ <STRONG>-k</STRONG> Set the line kill character to <EM>ch</EM>.
+
+ <STRONG>-m</STRONG> Specify a mapping from a port type to a terminal.
+ See the section <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>TYPE</STRONG> <STRONG>MAPPING</STRONG> for more infor-
+ mation.
+
+ <STRONG>-Q</STRONG> Do not display any values for the erase, interrupt
+ and line kill characters. Normally <STRONG>tset</STRONG> displays the
+ values for control characters which differ from the
+ system's default values.
+
+ <STRONG>-q</STRONG> The terminal type is displayed to the standard out-
+ put, and the terminal is not initialized in any way.
+ The option `-' by itself is equivalent but archaic.
+
+ <STRONG>-r</STRONG> Print the terminal type to the standard error output.
+
+ <STRONG>-s</STRONG> Print the sequence of shell commands to initialize
+ the environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> to the standard output.
+ See the section <STRONG>SETTING</STRONG> <STRONG>THE</STRONG> <STRONG>ENVIRONMENT</STRONG> for details.
+
+ <STRONG>-V</STRONG> reports the version of ncurses which was used in this
+ program, and exits.
+
+ <STRONG>-w</STRONG> Resize the window to match the size deduced via
+ <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>. Normally this has no effect, unless
+ <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> is not able to detect the window size.
+
+ The arguments for the <STRONG>-e</STRONG>, <STRONG>-i</STRONG>, and <STRONG>-k</STRONG> options may either be
+ entered as actual characters or by using the `hat' nota-
+ tion, i.e. control-h may be specified as ``^H'' or ``^h''.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT</H2><PRE>
+ It is often desirable to enter the terminal type and
+ information about the terminal's capabilities into the
+ shell's environment. This is done using the <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option.
+
+ When the <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option is specified, the commands to enter the
+ information into the shell's environment are written to
+ the standard output. If the <STRONG>SHELL</STRONG> environmental variable
+ ends in ``csh'', the commands are for <STRONG>csh</STRONG>, otherwise, they
+ are for <STRONG>sh</STRONG>. Note, the <STRONG>csh</STRONG> commands set and unset the
+ shell variable <STRONG>noglob</STRONG>, leaving it unset. The following
+ line in the <STRONG>.login</STRONG> or <STRONG>.profile</STRONG> files will initialize the
+ environment correctly:
+
+ eval `tset -s options ... `
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING</H2><PRE>
+ When the terminal is not hardwired into the system (or the
+ current system information is incorrect) the terminal type
+ derived from the <EM>/etc/ttys</EM> file or the <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> environmental
+ variable is often something generic like <STRONG>network</STRONG>, <STRONG>dialup</STRONG>,
+ or <STRONG>unknown</STRONG>. When <STRONG>tset</STRONG> is used in a startup script it is
+ often desirable to provide information about the type of
+ terminal used on such ports.
+
+ The purpose of the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option is to map from some set of
+ conditions to a terminal type, that is, to tell <STRONG>tset</STRONG> ``If
+ I'm on this port at a particular speed, guess that I'm on
+ that kind of terminal''.
+
+ The argument to the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option consists of an optional port
+ type, an optional operator, an optional baud rate specifi-
+ cation, an optional colon (``:'') character and a terminal
+ type. The port type is a string (delimited by either the
+ operator or the colon character). The operator may be any
+ combination of ``>'', ``<'', ``@'', and ``!''; ``>'' means
+ greater than, ``<'' means less than, ``@'' means equal to
+ and ``!'' inverts the sense of the test. The baud rate is
+ specified as a number and is compared with the speed of
+ the standard error output (which should be the control
+ terminal). The terminal type is a string.
+
+ If the terminal type is not specified on the command line,
+ the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> mappings are applied to the terminal type. If the
+ port type and baud rate match the mapping, the terminal
+ type specified in the mapping replaces the current type.
+ If more than one mapping is specified, the first applica-
+ ble mapping is used.
+
+ For example, consider the following mapping:
+ <STRONG>dialup>9600:vt100</STRONG>. The port type is dialup , the operator
+ is >, the baud rate specification is 9600, and the termi-
+ nal type is vt100. The result of this mapping is to spec-
+ ify that if the terminal type is <STRONG>dialup</STRONG>, and the baud rate
+ is greater than 9600 baud, a terminal type of <STRONG>vt100</STRONG> will
+ be used.
+
+ If no baud rate is specified, the terminal type will match
+ any baud rate. If no port type is specified, the terminal
+ type will match any port type. For example, <STRONG>-m</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>dialup:vt100</STRONG> <STRONG>-m</STRONG> <STRONG>:?xterm</STRONG> will cause any dialup port,
+ regardless of baud rate, to match the terminal type vt100,
+ and any non-dialup port type to match the terminal type
+ ?xterm. Note, because of the leading question mark, the
+ user will be queried on a default port as to whether they
+ are actually using an xterm terminal.
+
+ No whitespace characters are permitted in the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option
+ argument. Also, to avoid problems with meta-characters,
+ it is suggested that the entire <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option argument be
+ placed within single quote characters, and that <STRONG>csh</STRONG> users
+ insert a backslash character (``\'') before any exclama-
+ tion marks (``!'').
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>HISTORY</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>tset</STRONG> command appeared in BSD 3.0. The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> imple-
+ mentation was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources for
+ a terminfo environment by Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyr-
+ sus.com>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>COMPATIBILITY</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>tset</STRONG> utility has been provided for backward-compati-
+ bility with BSD environments (under most modern UNIXes,
+ <STRONG>/etc/inittab</STRONG> and <STRONG><A HREF="getty.1.html">getty(1)</A></STRONG> can set <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> appropriately for
+ each dial-up line; this obviates what was <STRONG>tset</STRONG>'s most
+ important use). This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
+ tset, with a few exceptions specified here.
+
+ The <STRONG>-S</STRONG> option of BSD tset no longer works; it prints an
+ error message to stderr and dies. The <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option only sets
+ <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>, not <STRONG>TERMCAP</STRONG>. Both these changes are because the
+ <STRONG>TERMCAP</STRONG> variable is no longer supported under terminfo-
+ based <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>, which makes <STRONG>tset</STRONG> <STRONG>-S</STRONG> useless (we made it die
+ noisily rather than silently induce lossage).
+
+ There was an undocumented 4.4BSD feature that invoking
+ tset via a link named `TSET` (or via any other name begin-
+ ning with an upper-case letter) set the terminal to use
+ upper-case only. This feature has been omitted.
+
+ The <STRONG>-A</STRONG>, <STRONG>-E</STRONG>, <STRONG>-h</STRONG>, <STRONG>-u</STRONG> and <STRONG>-v</STRONG> options were deleted from the
+ <STRONG>tset</STRONG> utility in 4.4BSD. None of them were documented in
+ 4.3BSD and all are of limited utility at best. The <STRONG>-a</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>-d</STRONG>, and <STRONG>-p</STRONG> options are similarly not documented or useful,
+ but were retained as they appear to be in widespread use.
+ It is strongly recommended that any usage of these three
+ options be changed to use the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option instead. The -n
+ option remains, but has no effect. The <STRONG>-adnp</STRONG> options are
+ therefore omitted from the usage summary above.
+
+ It is still permissible to specify the <STRONG>-e</STRONG>, <STRONG>-i</STRONG>, and <STRONG>-k</STRONG>
+ options without arguments, although it is strongly recom-
+ mended that such usage be fixed to explicitly specify the
+ character.
+
+ As of 4.4BSD, executing <STRONG>tset</STRONG> as <STRONG>reset</STRONG> no longer implies
+ the <STRONG>-Q</STRONG> option. Also, the interaction between the - option
+ and the <EM>terminal</EM> argument in some historic implementations
+ of <STRONG>tset</STRONG> has been removed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>ENVIRONMENT</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>tset</STRONG> command uses these environment variables:
+
+ SHELL
+ tells <STRONG>tset</STRONG> whether to initialize <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> using <STRONG>sh</STRONG> or <STRONG>csh</STRONG>
+ syntax.
+
+ TERM Denotes your terminal type. Each terminal type is
+ distinct, though many are similar.
+
+ TERMCAP
+ may denote the location of a termcap database. If it
+ is not an absolute pathname, e.g., begins with a `/',
+ <STRONG>tset</STRONG> removes the variable from the environment before
+ looking for the terminal description.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+ /etc/ttys
+ system port name to terminal type mapping database
+ (BSD versions only).
+
+ /usr/share/terminfo
+ terminal capability database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="csh.1.html">csh(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="sh.1.html">sh(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="stty.1.html">stty(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tty.4.html">tty(4)</A></STRONG>, ter-
+ <STRONG><A HREF="minfo.5.html">minfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ttys.5.html">ttys(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="environ.7.html">environ(7)</A></STRONG>
+
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="tset.1.html">tset(1)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html b/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e4ed35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!--
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
+ * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
+ * *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
+ * *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
+ * *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
+ * authorization. *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996
+ * @Id: wresize.3x,v 1.9 2006/02/25 21:47:06 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>wresize 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>wresize 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>wresize</STRONG> - resize a curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
+
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wresize(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>wresize</STRONG> function reallocates storage for an <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+ window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values.
+ If either dimension is larger than the current values, the
+ window's data is filled with blanks that have the current
+ background rendition (as set by <STRONG>wbkgndset</STRONG>) merged into
+ them.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+ The function returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+ on success. It will fail if either of the dimensions less
+ than or equal to zero, or if an error occurs while
+ (re)allocating memory for the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+ The only restriction placed on the dimensions is that they
+ be greater than zero. The dimensions are not compared to
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen dimensions to simplify the logic of
+ <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG>. The caller must ensure that the window's
+ dimensions fit within the actual screen dimensions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+ <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+ Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
+ for BSD curses).
+
+
+
+ <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>